Home

2014 Edge Owner`s Manual

1. 159 Spare DIG ee erroe reas 322 jump starting ss 243 terminology sese 303 push button start system 158 tire grades sse 302 Steering wheel iesise 84 treadwear 302 311 COMTO Seena erT 84 Touchscreen features inii ser EEEk 84 Climate arera eni 474 Supplemental Restraint System TOWIDB enan 229 235 236 SRS see airbags 46 recreational towing 236 Supported media file types 439 trailer towing PTEE EPE SEES 229 S ted pl di WEYOCKBE csse RR EUR 235 upported player media i formats and metadata Traction Goritrol 1 e 190 Information 23 85 ete eter 439 Traffic Directions and SYNC AppLink AERE 387 Information iranerne 385 SYNC customer Traffic preferences 481 SUDDOLL erer ieena 362 413 Trailer sway control 230 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Index 531 Transmission Voice commands in media brake shift interlock BSI 178 jajtoro MM 390 fluid checking and adding i automatic oii 975 277 bes commands in phone u fluid refill capacities HE 330 Mel lubricant specifications 330 Voice recognition 417 Turn Signal S5 crees 91 w U m Warning lights see Lights 102 USB port 12 eene 360 436 Washer fluid ite 278 Using privacy mode
2. 129 131 133 driving off road s s s 181 Fuel E CAD M evvaes 169 Capacity isses tese ctetuer kenn 330 Electronic message center 108 choosing the right fuel 165 166 Electronic stability control 192 filler funnel sese 167 Emergencies roadside filling your vehicle with fuel 169 jump starting ccena 243 filter specifications 278 running out of fuel 167 fuel pump shut off 242 octane rating 166 329 Emergency brake quality 1225 rte 165 see Parking brake 188 running out of fuel oc 167 Emission control system 171 safety information relating to automotive fuels 164 End user license agreement 489 Fuel and distance computer 112 PONS INES ete ena 329 cleaning o e 292 outside temperature Goolanb 2 er eres 269 indicator ssssssseee 112 fail safe cooling 273 to empty indicator 112 idle speed control 278 trip GISLATIGE ists ieri 112 lubrication specifications 330 trip reset button 112 refill capacities 330 Fuel flex fuel vehicle Service points siisii 266 267 EFV cien store 166 Engine block heater 162 FUSES ss 254 255 259 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Index 527 G CI
3. 369 Water Driving through 239 v Windows POWEL e 94 i HET cnnan Vehicle health report 383 460 a ee me i Pe Vehicle Identification Number Miei otc eres A 87 VIN erer aeui i imd 335 ak PEU e pere Ranae RM checking and adding fluid 278 Vehicle loading 221 replacing wiper blades 281 282 Ventilating your vehicle 162 Wrecker towing sse 235 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus
4. 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 409 INTRODUCTION WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving A Phone B Navigation or Information if your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation C Climate D Settings E Home F Information G Entertainment 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 410 MyFord Touch If Equipped This system uses a four corner strategy to provide quick access several vehicle features and settings The touchscreen provides easy interaction with your cellular phone multimedia climate control and navigation system The corners display any active modes within those menus such as phone status or the climate temperature Note Some features are not available while your vehicle is moving Note Your system is equipped with a feature that allows you to access and control audio features for 30 minutes after you switch the ignition o
5. 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Customer Assistance 251 If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Asia Pacific Region Sub Saharan Africa U S Virgin Islands Central America the Caribbean and Israel contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY FORD EXPORT OPERATIONS amp GLOBAL INITIATIVES Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 813 594 4857 FAX 813 390 0804 Email expcac ford com For customers in Guam the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands CNMI America Samoa and the U S Virgin Islands please feel free to call our Toll Free Number 800 841 FORD 8673 If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Puerto Rico contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY FORD EXPORT OPERATIONS amp GLOBAL INITIATIVES Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 Telephone 800 841 FORD 8673 FAX 813 390 0804 Email prcac ford com www ford com pr 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 252 Customer Assistance If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in the Middle East
6. If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Press Services 1 Select Connect to Services to initiate an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone 2 Once you connect to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a list of available services from which to choose 9 Say Services to return to the Services main menu or for help say Help Receiving Turn by Turn Directions 1 When connected to SYNC Services say Directions or Business Search To find the closest business or type of business to your current location just say Business Search and then Search Near Me If you need further assistance in finding a location you can say Operator at any time within a Directions or Business search to speak with a live operator The system may prompt you to speak with an operator when it has difficulty matching your voice request The live operator can assist you by searching for businesses by name or by category residential addresses by street address or by name or specific street intersections Operator Assist is a feature of your SYNC Services subscription For more
7. Potential station issues Isme Case Action Echo stutter skip or This is poor time No action required repeat in audio alignment by the radio This is a broadcast Increase or decrease broadcaster issue in audio volume 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 427 Potential station issues Isme Cause Action Sound fading or The radio is shifting No action required blending in and out between analog and The reception issue digital audio may clear up as you continue to drive There is an audio The digital multicast is No action required mute delay when not available until the This is normal selecting HD2 or HD3 HD Radio broadcast is behavior Wait until multicast preset or decoded Once the audio is available Direct Tune decoded the audio is available Cannot access HD2 or The previously stored No action required HD3 multicast channel multicast preset or The station is not when recalling a direct tune is not available in your preset or from a direct available in your current location tune current reception area Text information does Data service issue by Fill out the station not match currently the radio broadcaster issue form at website playing audio listed below There is no text Data service issue by Fill out the station information shown for the radio broadcaster issue form at website currentl
8. Sirius Satellite Radio Information Note Sirius reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its prices at any time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes Note This receiver includes the eCos real time operating system eCos is published under the eCos License Sirius satellite radio is a subscription based satellite radio 4 om service that broadcasts a variety of music sports news weather traffic and entertainment programming Your factory installed Sirius satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription term that begins on the date of sale or lease of your vehicle See your authorized dealer for availability S AT EL Li T E R A Dio For more information on extended subscription terms a service fee is required the online media player and a list of Sirius satellite radio channels and other features please visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 Potential satellite radio reception issues Antenna For optimal reception performance keep the obstructions antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other materials as far away from the antenna as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garage
9. 1 Make sure the headlamp switch is in the off position then open the liftgate to expose the lamp assembly bolts 2 Remove the two bolts from the lamp assembly 3 Carefully remove the lamp assembly away from the vehicle by pulling the assembly straight out to expose the bulb socket 4 Rotate the bulb socket counterclockwise and remove from lamp assembly 5 Pull bulb straight out of socket and snap in the new bulb 6 Install the bulb socket into the lamp assembly and rotate clockwise 7 Carefully install the tail lamp assembly on the vehicle by securing the lamp assembly with two bolts Replacing high mount brake lamp bulbs Your vehicle is equipped with an LED center high mount stop lamp It is designed to last the life of the vehicle If replacement is required see your authorized dealer 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 288 Maintenance Replacing license plate lamp bulbs 1 Make sure the headlamp switch is in the off position 2 Press the lever and carefully pry the license plate lamp assembly located above the license plate from the liftgate 3 Rotate the bulb socket counterclockwise and remove from lamp assembly 4 Pull bulb straight out of socket and push in the new bulb 5 Install the bulb socket into the lamp assembly and rotate clockwise 6 To install carefully press the lamp assembly into the liftgate BULB SPECIFICATION CHART
10. 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 338 Accessories Peace of mind e Remote start e Keyless entry keypad e Cargo security shade e Vehicle security e Bumper protector e Wheel locks e Locking fuel plug e Cargo area protector e Bumper and hitch mounted parking sensors e Car cover The accessory manufacturer designs develops and therefore warrants Ford Licensed Accessories and does not design or test these accessories to Ford Motor Company engineering requirements Contact an authorized Ford dealer for the manufacturer s limited warranty details and request a copy of the Ford Licensed Accessories product limited warranty from the accessory manufacturer For maximum vehicle performance keep the following information in mind when adding accessories or equipment to your vehicle e When adding accessories equipment passengers and luggage to your vehicle do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification label Ask an authorized dealer for specific weight information e The Federal Communications Commission FCC and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission CRTC regulate the use of mobile communications systems that are equipped with radio transmitters for example two way radios telephones and theft alarms Any such equipment installed in your vehicle should comply with Federal
11. 232 Netued sd 24 Noted sd 25 Noted sd 6 7 8 Not used 0 2 2 2 29 Notused 3 Notused 0 5 O PC Neused 0 32 Noted Blower motor relay 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Fuses 257 number rating 35 JjNotued sd 36 Rearseatrely Cd 37 Right trailer tow stop turn lamps relay tow Cooling fan vehicles without trailer tow PO Oo o a o o 2 Pa Po Notused Passenger seat Anti lock brake system valves Pod Cf Rear washer relay Rain sensor 46 Neused O 47 o Noetused 48 1 Neused O 49 Noted O PoE Noted O PoC Stop damp relay 53 Left trailer tow stop turn lamps relay pa Noted pp o l Wierda 2 0L engine headlamps 39 40 4 42 43 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 258 Fuses Fuse or relay Fuse amp Protected components M rating M EEMUEM E 5o Rear wiper motor Fuel pump 66 Powertrain control module relay 68 SA Vehicle power 4 15A Vehicle power 1 8 5 3 7L engines Vehicle power 1 2 0L engine 70 10A Air conditioner relay Vehicle power 3 All wheel drive module 3 5 3 7L engines Active grille shutter 2 0L engine o oa
12. ENGINE OIL CHECK Note Check the level before starting the engine Note Make sure that the level is between the MIN and MAX marks 1 Make sure that your vehicle is on level ground 2 Turn the engine off and wait 10 minutes for the oil to drain into the oil pan 3 Remove the dipstick and wipe it with a clean lint free cloth Replace the dipstick and remove it again to check the oil level If the level is at the MIN mark add oil immediately 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Maintenance 269 Adding Engine Oil Note Do not remove the filler cap when the engine is running Note Do not add engine oil further than the MAX mark Oil levels above the MAX mark may cause engine damage Only use oils certified for gasoline engines by the American Petroleum Institute API An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricants Specification Advisory Council ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers 1 Remove the filler cap 2 Add engine oil that meets Ford specifications See Capacities and Specifications for more information 3 Replace the filler cap Turn it until you feel a strong resistance ENGINE COOLANT CHECK Checking the Engine Coolant The concentration and level of engine coolant should be checked at the intervals listed in Schedul
13. Replacement bulbs are specified in the chart below Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an authorized D O T for North America and an E for Europe to ensure lamp performance light brightness and pattern and safe visibility The correct bulbs will not damage the lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly warranty and will provide quality bulb burn time number halogen discharge headlamp 2 Den Front sidemarker lamp Front park turn signal 9 3457NAK lamp amber 3757NAK 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Maintenance 289 Number of bulbs number or 3157K Rear courtesy lamp Visor vanity lamp All replacement bulbs are clear in color except where noted To replace all instrument panel lights see your authorized dealer To replace these lamps see your authorized dealer Function Stop tail sidemarker lamp Backup lamp License plate lamp High mount brake lamp Map lamp Second row dome reading 3 2j 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 290 Vehicle Care GENERAL INFORMATION Your Ford or Lincoln authorized dealer has many quality products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes CLEANING PRODUCTS For best results use the following products or products of equivalent quality Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A M
14. Scroll to select between On and Off selections Press OK when the desired option appears in the radio display Set On or Set Off appears in the display as confirmation Cue ce po ES Off selections include Off with reminder and Off without reminder Off with reminder provides a display and voice reminder at phone connection at vehicle start Off without reminder provides a display reminder only without a voice reminder at phone connection To make sure that 911 Assist works properly e SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use e SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident A Bluetooth enabled and compatible phone has to be paired and connected to SYNC e A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the incident e A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have adequate network coverage battery power and signal strength e The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the United States Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 382 SYNC In the Event of a Crash Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut off which would activate 911 Assist however if 911 Assist is triggered SYNC tries to contact emergency services If a connected phone is da
15. Information on P Type Tires P215 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size load index and speed rating The definitions of these items are listed below Note that the tire size load index and speed rating for your vehicle may be different from this example A P Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association that may be used for service on cars sport utility vehicles minivans and light trucks Note If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either the European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or the Japan Tire Manufacturing Association B 215 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire C 65 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width D R Indicates a radial type tire 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 305 E 15 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter F 95 Indicates the tire s load index It is an index that relates to how much weight a tire can carry You may find this information in your owner s manual If not contact a local tire dealer Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law G H Indicates the
16. Note To exit dial mode press and hold the phone button or press MENU to go to the PHONE menu Making Calls Press the voice icon and when prompted say 1 Say Call lt name gt or Dial then the desired number 2 When the system confirms the number say Dial again to initiate the call To erase the last spoken digit say Delete or press the left arrow button To erase all spoken digits say Clear or press and hold the left arrow button To end the call press and hold the phone button Receiving Calls When receiving a call you can e Answer the call by pressing the phone button e Reject the call by pressing and holding the phone button e Ignore the call by doing nothing Phone Options during an Active Call During an active call you have additional menu features which become available such as putting a call on hold joining calls etc Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the menu options To access 1 Press MENU during an active call 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 370 SYNC 2 When Active Call Menu is selected press OK 3 Scroll to cycle through the following options When you select Mute Call Mute the call Privacy Switch a call from an active hands free environment to your cellular phone for a more private conversation Press OK when Privacy on off appears The display indicates In Privacy and the system transfers your call
17. if found Restart the vehicle e Wait at least two minutes and verify that the airbag readiness light in the instrument cluster is no longer illuminated If the airbag readiness light in the instrument cluster remains illuminated this may or may not be a problem due to the front passenger sensing system Do not attempt to repair or service the system Take your vehicle immediately to an authorized dealer If it is necessary to modify an advanced front airbag system to accommodate a person with disabilities contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center at the phone number shown in the Customer Assistance section of this owner s manual 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 52 Supplementary Restraints System SIDE AIRBAGS WARNING Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover on the side of the seatbacks of the front seats or in front seat areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash WARNING Do not use accessory seat covers The use of accessory seat covers may prevent the deployment of the side airbags and increase the risk of injury in an accident WARNING Do not lean your head on the door The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the side of the seatback WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag its fuses
18. measure tread depth Every 5000 miles Change engine oil and filter montis months Every 30000 miles Change automatic transmission fluid 48000 km Reset your Intelligent Oil Life Monitor after each engine oil and filter change See the Instrument Cluster chapter 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 520 Scheduled Maintenance Special Operating Condition Log Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Scheduled Maintenance Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope H
19. the safety belt warning light illuminates and the warning chime sounds for six seconds every 25 seconds repeating for about five minutes or until the safety belts are buckled Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Safety Belts 41 Deactivating and Activating the Belt Minder Feature WARNING While the system allows you to deactivate it this system is designed to improve your chances of being safely belted and surviving an accident We recommend you leave the system activated for yourself and others who may use the vehicle To reduce the risk of injury do not deactivate or activate the system while driving the vehicle Note The driver and front passenger warning are deactivated and activated independently When deactivating or activating one seating position do not buckle the other position as this will terminate the process Read Steps 1 4 thoroughly before proceeding with the programming procedure Before following the procedure make sure that e the parking brake is set e the transmission is in park P e the ignition is off e the driver and front passenger safety belts are unbuckled 1 Turn the ignition on Do not start the engine 2 Wait until the safety belt warning light turns off about 1 2 minutes e Step 3 must be completed within 50 seconds after the safety belt warning light turns off 3 For the seating position being disabled buckle then unbuckle the safety belt three
20. 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus SYNCG 379 If you select Factory Defaults Master Reset Install Application System Info MAP Profile Choose between English Espanol and Francais Once selected all of SYNC s radio displays and prompts are in the selected language 1 Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display If you change the language setting the display indicates that the system is updating When complete SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Return to the factory default settings This selection does not erase your indexed information phonebook call history text messages and paired devices 1 Press OK to select and then press OK again when Restore Defaults appears in the display 2 Press OK to confirm Completely erase all information stored on SYNC phonebook call history text messages and paired devices and return to the factory default settings Press OK to select The display indicates when complete and SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Install applications you have downloaded Press OK and scroll to select Press OK to confirm Access the Auto Version number as well as the FPN number Press OK to select This is a Bluetooth component which can further help your phone with the exchange of text messages Exit the current menu 2014 Edge edg Owners
21. Adjusting the Rear View Camera Settings To access any of the rear view camera system settings make the following selections in the touch screen when the transmission is not in R Reverse 1 Menu 2 Vehicle 3 Camera Settings After changing a system setting the touch screen shows a preview of the feature s selected 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Parking Aids 197 Guidelines and the Centerline Note Fixed guidelines are only available when the transmission is in R Reverse Note The centerline is only available if fixed guidelines are on A Rear bumper p l B Fixed guideline Red zone N N C Fixed guideline Yellow zone C E D Fixed guideline Green zone b A E Centerline The fixed guidelines fade in and out depending on the steering wheel position Always use caution while reversing Objects in the red zone are closest to your vehicle and objects in the green zone are further away Objects are getting closer to your vehicle as they move from the green zone to the yellow or red zones Use the side view mirrors and rear view mirror to get better coverage on both sides and rear of the vehicle Enhanced Park Aids Note Enhanced park aids is only available when the transmission is in R Reverse Note The reverse sensing system is not effective at speeds above 3 mph 5 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects The enhanced park aids allows
22. Indexing times can vary from device to device and also with regard to the number of songs being indexed Search Play Genre The system searches all the data from your indexed music and if available begins to play the chosen type of music You can only play genres of music which are present in the GENRE metadata tags that you have on your digital media player Similar Music The system compiles a playlist and then plays similar music to what is currently playing from the USB port using indexed metadata information Search Play The system searches for a specific Artist Track Album artist track album from the music indexed through the USB port 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 392 SYNCG Refine This allows you to make your previous command more specific For example if you asked to search and play all music by a certain artist you could then say refine album and choose a specific album from the list to view If you then select Play the system only plays music from that specific album Press the voice icon and when prompted say Bluetooth Audio and then any of the following Media Menu Features The media menu allows you to select your media source how to play your music by artist genre shuffle repeat etc and also to add connect or delete devices 1 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the Media Menu 2 Scroll to cycle through When you sele
23. Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off Make sure the parking brake is on Make sure the gearshift is in position P Turn the ignition key to the on position If your vehicle is equipped with a keyless ignition see the following instructions 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 160 Starting and Stopping the Engine Vehicles with an Ignition Key Note Do not touch the accelerator pedal 1 Fully press the brake pedal 2 Turn the key to the start position Release the key when the engine starts Note The engine may continue cranking for up to 15 seconds or until it starts Note If you cannot start the engine on the first try wait for a short period and try again Vehicles with Keyless Start Note Do not touch the accelerator pedal 1 Fully press the brake pedal 2 Press the button The system does not function if e The key frequencies are jammed e The key battery has no charge If you are unable to start your vehicle do the following 1 Locate the key backup slot at the front of the center console storage compartment 2 With the buttons facing down place the key into backup slot 3 With the key in this position press the brake pedal then the button to switch the ignition on and start your vehicle Fast Restart Vehicles with Keyless Start The fast restart feature allows you to restart the engine within 20 seconds of switching it of
24. MyFord Touch If Equipped 461 Register for Vehicle Health Report and set your report preferences at www SYNCMyRide com After registering you can request a Vehicle Health Report inside your vehicle Return to your account at www SYNCMyRide com to view your report You can also choose for SYNC to remind you automatically to run reports at specific mileage intervals Cellular phone airtime usage may apply when reporting The system allows you to check your vehicle s overall health in the form of a diagnostic report card The Vehicle Health Report contains valuable information such as Vehicle Diagnostic Information Scheduled maintenance Open Recalls and Field Service Actions Items noted during vehicle inspections by your authorized dealer that still need servicing Making a Report If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation touch the i 2 Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab If you want to run a report by using the touchscreen touch Apps gt Vehicle Health Report EE To run a report by voice command press the voice button on i the steering wheel and when prompted say Vehicle health report Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice When you create a Vehicle Health Report Ford Motor Company may collect your cellular phone number to process your report request and diagnostic information about your
25. Play previous song Next Play similar music Play artist lt name gt Play podcast episode lt name gt 0 If you have said you would like to browse your USB or SD card the system prompts you to specify what you would like to browse When prompted see the following Browse chart This command is only available in USB mode and are device dependent BROWSE All video podcasts All albums All videos All artists Artist lt name gt 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 439 Audiobook lt name gt All genres Genre lt name gt All movies Playlist lt name gt This command is only available in USB mode and are device dependent Supported Media Players Formats and Metadata Information SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any digital media player including iPod Zune plays from device players and most USB drives Supported audio formats include MP3 WMA WAV and AAC It is also able to organize your indexed media from your playing device by metadata tags Metadata tags which are descriptive software identifiers embedded in the media files provide information about the file If your indexed media files contain no information embedded in these metadata tags SYNC may classify the empty metadata tags as Unknown In order to playback
26. USA fus 2 Table of Contents MyKey 64 Settings MyKey usas sus dr eR a e d RCRUM 64 Creating meree wd e ERA eR CR EGE SESS S E S S debe ob vi ed d 65 II eb e ep e rer XE 66 Systemi Status gt oss fide dna Poe pR Wr e UR OU PX RR e ER Hey 66 Remote start MyKey llle re 66 Troubleshooting MKey lille 67 Locks 68 Locking and unlocking 0 000000 cee ee eee 68 SecuriCode keyless entry keypad 2 0 0 0 000000 eee ae 76 Security 79 SecuriLock passive anti theft system 0 0 0 0 000000000 79 Antisthet alan x 24235 deen aed owe tes SPs doe eee e RE 82 Steering Wheel 84 Adjusting the steering wheel llle 84 Steering wheel controls vec cary ed ed a aes eS Be EE Des 84 Wipers and Washers 87 Windshield Wipers sok 4 ees8 ested Gee RR ES ExG iva eek OS 87 Rain S nsing Wipers sess pare ea ei dda be RAS hee eee hee eS 87 Windshield washers s perec enno apaga cee eee eee 88 Rear window wiper and washer llle 88 Lighting 89 Lighting Control i p h O9 BE Ey HHS SEA ee ee E vs 89 Autola Stored RUP od aed wt dh ae NUN RS ROS 89 Instrument lighting dimer llle 90 Headlamp exit delay s xav RD E 2308 Be whee ads 90 Daytime running lamps lt ccs s errs cerra ere i EEE pE EEE EG 91 Direction indicators sass eee bxc m SRR t paa ARRA 91 Interior lamps o presioa nd bw ea Ae ee Rs SI ERST o a oa xs 92 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 US
27. We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Note In order to use Sirius Travel Link your vehicle must be equipped with navigation and your navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot Note A paid subscription is required to access and use these features Go to www siriusxm com travellink for more information Note Visit www siritusxm com traffic and click on Coverage map and details for a complete listing of all traffic areas covered by Sirius Travel Link Note Neither Sirius nor Ford is responsible for any errors or inaccuracies in the Sirius Travel Link services or its use in vehicles When you subscribe to Sirius Travel Link it can help you locate the best gas prices find movie listings get current traffic alerts view the current weather map get accurate ski conditions and see scores to current sports games 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 455 e If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation touch the i 2 Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Traffic On Route and Traffic Nearby Touch these buttons to identify traffic incidents on your route n
28. a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use value or safety of the vehicle OR 3 The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total of more than 30 calendar days not necessarily all at one time In the case of 1 or 2 above the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE B Dearborn MI 48126 You are required to submit your warranty dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b You are also required to use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by the Federal Magnuson Moss Warranty Act 15 U S C sec 2301 et seq If you choose to seek redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b or the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act resorting to BBB AUTO LINE is not required by those statutes 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Customer Assistance 249 THE BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU BBB AUTO LINE PROGRAM U S ONLY Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor Company and to your dealer If a warranty concern has not been resolved using the three step procedure outlined earlier in this chapter in the Getting the Services You Need section you may be eligible to participate in the BBB
29. dle for periods longer than one minute e Warm up your vehicle on cold mornings e Use the air conditioner or front defroster e Use the speed control in hilly terrain e Rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving e Drive a heavily loaded vehicle or tow a trailer 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Driving Hints 239 e Carry unnecessary weight approximately 1 mpg 0 4 km L is lost for every 400 pounds 180 kilograms of weight carried e Add particular accessories to your vehicle e g bug deflectors rollbars or light bars running boards ski racks e Drive with the wheels out of alignment DRIVING THROUGH WATER WARNING Drive through water in an emergency only and not as part of normal driving WARNING Engine damage can occur if water enters the air filter Note Driving through deep water may allow water into the transmission or air intake and can cause internal vehicle damage or cause it to stall Note Once through the water always dry the brakes by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal If driving through deep or standing water is unavoidable proceed very slowly Never drive through water that is higher than the bottom of the wheel rims for cars or the bottom of the hubs for trucks When driving through water traction or brake capability may be limited Also water may enter your engine s air intake and severely da
30. e Fuels containing more than 1596 ethanol or E 85 fuel e Fuels containing methanol e Fuels containing metallic based additives including manganese based compounds e Fuels containing the octane booster additive methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT e Leaded fuel The use of leaded fuel is prohibited by law Note Use of any fuel other than recommended fuel can cause powertrain damage impair the emission control system or cause loss of vehicle performance Any damage to vehicle that is caused by use of fuel not recommended will not be covered under warranty 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 166 Fuel and Refueling Choosing the Right Fuel With a Flex Fuel Vehicle If Equipped Use only UNLEADED gasoline or UNLEADED gasoline blended with a maximum of 8596 ethanol E 85 in your Flex Fuel Vehicle FFV If your vehicle is flex fuel capable it will have a yellow bezel placed over the fuel fill inlet Do not use e Fuels containing more than 8596 ethanol or E 100 fuel e Fuels containing methanol e Fuels containing metallic based additives including manganese based compounds Fuels containing the octane booster additive methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT e Leaded fuel The use of leaded fuel is prohibited by law Use of any fuel other than recommended fuel can cause powertrain damage impair the emission control system or cause loss of vehicle p
31. genre playlist track similar music or even to explore what is on your USB device 1 Make sure that your device is plugged into the USB port and is turned on 2 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the Media Menu 3 Scroll to select the Play Menu and press OK If there are no media files to access the display indicates there is no media If there are media files you have the following options to scroll through and select from When you select You can Play All Play all indexed media tracks from your playing device in flat file mode one at a time in numerical order Press OK to select The first track title appears in the display Artists Sort all indexed media by artist Once selected the system lists and then play all artists and tracks alphabetically If there are less than 255 indexed artist they are listed alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more they are categorized in alphabetical categories 1 Press OK to select You can select to play All Artists or any indexed artist 2 Scroll until the desired artist is chosen and press OK Albums Sort all indexed media by albums If there are less than 255 indexed albums they are listed alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more they are organized into alphabetical categories 1 Press OK to enter the album menu and select from playing all albums or from any individual indexed album 2 Scroll until the desired album is chosen and press OK
32. judgment while driving If you feel that a route suggested by the TeleNav Software instructs you to perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver places you in an unsafe situation or directs you into an area that you consider to be unsafe do not follow such instructions c do not input destinations or otherwise manipulate the TeleNav Software unless your vehicle is stationary and parked d do not use the TeleNav Software for any illegal unauthorized unintended unsafe hazardous or unlawful purposes or in any manner inconsistent with this Agreement e arrange all GPS and wireless devices and cables necessary for use of the TeleNav Software in a secure manner in your vehicle so that they will not interfere with your driving and will not prevent the operation of any safety device such as an airbag You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav harmless against all claims resulting from any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate use of the TeleNav Software in any moving vehicle including as a result of your failure to comply with the directions above 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Appendices 497 2 Account Information You agree a when registering the TeleNav Software to provide TeleNav with true accurate current and complete information about yourself and b to inform TeleNav promptly of any changes to such information and to keep it true accurate current and complete 3 Software Lice
33. payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant If any aftermarket or authorized dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle the weight of the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the Tire Label in order to determine the new payload WARNING The appropriate loading capacity of your vehicle can be limited either by volume capacity how much space is available or by payload capacity how much weight the vehicle should carry Once you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle do not add more cargo even if there is space available Overloading or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Load Carrying 223 Example only SEATING CAPACITY TOTALS FRONT2 REAR3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs TIRE COLD TIRE PRESSURE me me eoomemesss see OWNERS MANUAL FOR 200 KPA 29 PS ADDITIONAL SPARE T145 80D16 420 KPA 6o PS INFORMATION P225 60R17 200 KPA 29 PSI TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT CEE NEEHE e TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION XXX XX2000CXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX ARRIERE 3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed 492 kg or Le poids total des occupants et du chargement na doit jamais d pesser kg ou COLD TIRE P
34. updates to third party sites or ii webcasting or any other form of transmission received from any third party sites If the SOFTWARE provides links to third party sites those links are provided to you only as a convenience and the inclusion of any link does not imply an endorsement of the third party site by MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent e Obligation to Drive Responsibly You recognize your obligation to drive responsibly and keep attention on the road You will read and abide with the DEVICE operating instructions particularly as they pertain to safety and assumes any risk associated with the use of the DEVICE UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY separate from the DEVICE on media such as a ROM chip CD ROM disk s or via web download or other means and is labeled For Upgrade Purposes Only or For Recovery Purposes Only you may install one 1 copy of such SOFTWARE onto the DEVICE as a replacement copy for the existing SOFTWARE and use it in accordance with this EULA including any additional EULA terms accompanying the upgrade SOFTWARE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS Al title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE including but not limited to any images photographs animations video audio music text and applets incorporated into the SOFTWARE the accompanying printed materials and any copies of the SOFTWARE are owned by
35. 0 0000000000 151 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 4 Table of Contents Auxiliary Power Points Storage Compartments C enter console s vus ceto tone eee ae ales ete aoe atin aya i ee an Dal Overhead console 0 0 0 eee eee Starting and Stopping the Engine Ignition Switch 223 64 spen huarere end dns Reeve e PESE Engine block heater asa assem lets eka ee EU Rx d Fuel and Refueling Fuelkguali ies ke esa Se asap ee edie ee ae dite a ls ee oe ea Running out of fuel coc aene m a kk ee Rp es Refueling e ssa 8 a9 bores hae oot S REN ee Hea y S Fuel consumption s sa siio eandem a eaaa eee Transmission Automate transmissions sidras 6 erii e Ud exe EE ex All Wheel Drive If Equipped All wheel drive ias doe ae Ai eo Sige ek ee E v UE Brakes BEAK CS MORTC Hints on driving with anti lock brakes Parking Drake eve oes hoe ed ae Gt bak Gea ee nee ee Oo HillcStart ASSISG scies a mn Poa Pee EN HU RARE ER Up Traction Control Traction Control a 2 nl ue e or eec cad hx RE TR ee Stability Control Advance F6aeQ9 usua s und dur 4 Oe eee dee Each eae ra Parking Aids Sensing SySlem 223 4 artEa aere qub A e p deu eee ER ES Rear view camera system csse 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 155 156 156 156 157 158 162 164 165 167 168 170 174 Table of Contents Cruise C
36. 196 Parking Aids Using the Rear View Camera System The rear view camera system displays what is behind your vehicle when you place the transmission in R Reverse The system uses two types of guides to help you see what is behind your vehicle 1 Fixed guidelines Show the actual path the vehicle is moving in while reversing in a straight line which can be helpful when backing into a parking space or aligning the vehicle with another object behind the vehicle 2 Centerline Helps align the center of the vehicle with an object i e a trailer Note If the transmission is in R Reverse and the liftgate is ajar no rear view camera features are displayed Note If the image comes on while the transmission is not in R Reverse have the system inspected by your authorized dealer Note When towing the camera only sees what is being towed behind the vehicle This might not provide adequate coverage as it usually provides in normal operation and some objects might not be seen In some vehicles the guidelines may disappear once the trailer tow connector is engaged Note The camera may not operate correctly under the following conditions e Nighttime or dark areas if one or both reverse lamps are not operating e The camera s view is obstructed by mud water or debris Clean the lens with a soft lint free cloth and non abrasive cleaner e The rear of the vehicle is hit or damaged causing the camera to become misaligned
37. 2 Turn the ignition from off to on Keep the ignition on for at least three seconds but no more than 10 seconds 3 Turn the ignition off and remove the first coded key from the ignition 4 After three seconds but within 10 seconds of turning the ignition off insert the second previously coded key into the ignition 5 Turn the ignition from off to on Keep the ignition on for at least three seconds but no more than 10 seconds 6 Turn the ignition off and remove the second previously programmed coded key from the ignition 7 After three seconds but within 20 seconds of turning the ignition off and removing the previously programmed coded key insert the new unprogrammed key into the ignition 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Security 81 8 Turn the ignition from off to on Keep the ignition on for at least six seconds until you hear the door locks cycle 9 Remove the newly programmed coded key from the ignition The key will start the vehicle s engine and will operate the remote entry system if the new key is an integrated keyhead transmitter if it has been successfully programmed Wait 20 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 8 if the key was not successfully programmed Take your vehicle to your authorized dealer to have the new key programmed if you are still unsuccessful Wait 20 seconds and then repeat this procedure from Step 1 to program an additional key Programming
38. 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 396 SYNC Genres Sort indexed music by genre category type SYNC lists the genres alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 SYNC automatically organizes them into alphabetical categories Press OK to select and then scroll to select the desired genre and press OK Access your playlists from formats such as ASX M3U WPL MTP The system lists your playlists alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 they are organized into alphabetical categories Press OK to select Then scroll to select the desired playlist and press OK Tracks Search for and play a specific track which has been indexed SYNC lists your tracks alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 SYNC automatically organizes them into alphabetical categories Press OK to select Then scroll to select the desired track and press OK Explore USB Explore all supported digital media on your media device connected to the USB port You can only view media content which is compatible with SYNC other files saved are not visible Press OK to select Then scroll to explore indexed media on your flash drive 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus SYNCG 397 Similar Music Play music similar to what is currently playing from the USB port The system uses the metadata information of each song to c
39. 291 e Note Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage any painted surface if these substances come in contact with your vehicle wash it Off as soon as possible e Remove any exterior accessories before entering a car wash Stripes or Graphics if equipped Do not use a commercial or high pressure wand on the surface or edge of stripes and graphics This can cause damage to the film and cause the edge of the film to peel away from the vehicle surface Exterior Chrome Note Never use abrasive materials such as steel wool or plastic pads as they can scratch the chrome surface Note Do not use chrome cleaner metal cleaner or polish on wheels and wheel covers e Wash the vehicle first using cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash e Use Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner Apply the product as you would a wax to clean bumpers and other chrome parts allow the cleaner to dry for a few minutes then wipe off the haze with a clean dry rag e Do not apply cleaning product to hot surfaces and do not leave cleaning product on chrome surfaces for a period of time exceeding that which is recommended e Note Using other non recommended cleaners can result in severe and permanent cosmetic damage Underbody Flush the complete underside of your vehicle frequently Keep body and door drain holes free from packed dirt Cleaning Plastic Exterior Parts Use only approved products to
40. 377 System Settings System Settings provide access to your Bluetooth Devices and Advanced menu features Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the menu options The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you to add connect delete and set a phone as primary as well as turn your Bluetooth feature on and off The Advanced menu allows you to access and set prompts languages defaults perform a master reset install an application and view system information Bluetooth Devices Menu Options This menu allows you to add connect delete set a phone as primary and turn Bluetooth on or off 1 Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu 2 Scroll until System Settings appears and press OK 3 Scroll until Bluetooth Devices appears and select OK 4 Scroll to select from the following options If you select Device this chapter for pairing instructions Connect Bluetooth Connect a previously paired Device Bluetooth enabled phone 1 Press OK to select and view a list of previously paired phones 2 Scroll until the desired device is chosen then press OK to connect the phone Note Only one device can be connected at a time When another phone is connected the previous one is disconnected Set Primary Phone Set a previously paired phone as your primary phone Press OK to select and scroll to select the desired phone Press OK to confirm Note SYNC attempts to connect with the primary phone at every ignition cycle When a p
41. 99 kg the calculation would be 1 400 2 x 220 12 x 100 1 400 440 1 200 240 Ib No you do not have enough cargo capacity to carry that much weight In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 2 x 99 kg 12 x 45 kg 635 198 540 103 kg You will need to reduce the load weight by at least 240 Ib 104 kg If you remove 3 100 Ib 45 kg cement bags then the load calculation would be 1 400 2 x 220 9 x 100 1 400 440 900 60 Ib Now you have the load capacity to transport the cement and your friend home In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 2 x 99 kg 9x 45 kg 635 198 405 32 kg The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your vehicle in a manner that does not overload the Front or the Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating specified for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Towing 229 TOWING A TRAILER WARNING Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label WARNING Towing trailers beyond the maximum recommended gross trailer weight exceeds the limit of your vehicle and could result in engine damage transmission damage structural damage loss of vehicle con
42. Apply the accelerator slowly and avoid excessive wheel slip Do not drive your vehicle in deep sand for an extended period of time This could cause the AWD system to overheat and default to front wheel drive If this occurs AWD Off will be displayed in the Information Display 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus All Wheel Drive If Equipped 183 To resume normal AWD function as soon as possible stop the vehicle in a safe location and stop the engine for at least 10 minutes After the engine has been restarted and the AWD system has adequately cooled the AWD Off message will turn off and normal AWD function will return In the event the engine is not stopped the AWD Off message will turn off when the system cools and normal AWD function returns When driving at slow speeds in deep sand under high outside temperatures use L Low gear when possible L Low gear operation will maximize the engine and transmission cooling capability Under severe operating conditions the A C may cycle on and off to protect overheating of the engine Avoid driving at excessive speeds this causes vehicle momentum to work against you and your vehicle could become stuck to the point that assistance may be required from another vehicle Remember you may be able to back out the way you came if you proceed with caution Mud and Water If you must drive through high water drive slowly Traction or brake capability
43. Assist from working properly Note SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident Note Before setting this feature on ensure that you read the 911 Assist privacy notice later in this section for important information Note If 911 Assist is turned on or off by any user that setting applies for all paired phones If 911 Assist is turned off a voice message plays and or a display message icon comes on when the vehicle is started after a previously paired phone connects Note Every phone operates differently While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones some may have trouble using this feature 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus SYNCG 381 If a crash deploys an airbag excludes knee airbags and rear inflatable safety belts if equipped or activates the fuel pump shut off your SYNC equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth enabled phone For more information about 911 Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca e For information on airbag deployment see the Supplementary Restraints System chapter e For information on the fuel pump shut off see the Roadside Emergencies chapter Setting 911 Assist On Perform the following Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu Scroll until 911 Assist is selected Press OK to confirm and enter the 911 Assist menu
44. BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM BLIS WITH CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT CTA IF EQUIPPED WARNING To help avoid injuries NEVER use the BLIS as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors and looking over your shoulder before changing lanes BLIS is not a replacement for careful driving and only an assist BLISQ aids the driver in detecting vehicles that may have entered the blind spot zone A The detection area is on both sides of the vehicle extending rearward from the exterior mirrors to approximately 10 feet 8 meters beyond the bumper The system alerts you if certain vehicles enter the blind spot zone while driving CTA warns the driver of vehicles approaching from the sides when the transmission is in R Reverse Note BLIS is not designed to prevent contact with other vehicles or objects or to detect parked vehicles people animals or infrastructure fences guardrails trees etc It is designed to alert the driver to vehicles in the blind zones Note When a vehicle passes quickly through the blind zone typically fewer than two seconds the system does not trigger 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Driving Aids 209 Using the Systems BLIS turns on when the engine is started and the vehicle is driven forward above 3 mph 5 km h it remains on while the transmission is in D Drive and N Neutral If shifted out of D Drive or N Neutral
45. Call Hold Put an active call on hold Press OK when Place Call on Hold appears To answer another call at this time press the phone button Join Calls Join two separate calls 1 Press the phone button 2 Access the desired contact through SYNC or use voice commands to place the second call Once actively in the second call press MENU 3 Scroll until Join Calls appears and press OK Press OK again when Join Calls appears Note SYNC supports a maximum of three callers on a multiparty conference call Enter Tones Enter tones such as numbers for passwords Scroll until the desired number appears in the display then press OK a tone sounds as confirmation Repeat as necessary Phonebook Access your phonebook contacts 1 Press OK to select then scroll through your phonebook contacts 2 Press OK again when the desired selection appears in the display 3 Press the phone button 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus SYNCG 371 When you select Call History Access your call history log 1 Press OK to select then scroll through your call history options incoming outgoing or missed 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display 3 Press the phone button to call the selection Exit the current menu Accessing Features through the Phone Menu SYNC s phone menu allows you to redial a number access your call history and phone book and send text mes
46. Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 504 Appendices furnished shall be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following Notice of Use and be treated in accordance with such Notice NOTICE OF USE CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER SUPPLIER NAME NAVTEQ CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER SUPPLIER ADDRESS 425 West Randolph Street Chicago IL 60606 This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2 101 and is subject to the EndUser License Agreement under which this Data was provided 2011 NAVTEQ All rights reserved If the Contracting Officer federal government agency or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein the Contracting Officer federal government agency or any federal official must notify NAVTEQ prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data Wi Fi hotspot data provided by JiWire 2013 JiWire Gracenote Copyright CD and music related data from Gracenote Inc copyright 2000 2007 Gracenote Gracenote Software copyright 9 2000 2007 Gracenote This product and service may practice one or more of the following U S Patents 5 987 525 16 061 680 6 154 773 46 161 132 6 230 192 6 230 207 36 240 459 16 330 593 and other patents issued or pending Some services supplied under license from Open Globe Inc for U S Patent 46 304 523 Gracenote and CDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote The Gracenote logo and logotype and the Powered b
47. Make sure the windshield wipers are switched off before entering a car wash Note Clean the windshield and wiper blades if they begin to leave streaks or smears If that does not resolve the issue install new wiper blades Note Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield This may scratch the glass damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out Always use the windshield washers before wiping a dry windshield Rotate the end of the control away from you to increase the speed of the wipers Rotate toward you to decrease the speed of the wipers Press the stalk down and release for a single swipe of the wipers Speed dependent Wipers If Equipped When your vehicle speed increases the interval between wipes will decrease when intermittent wipe is selected RAIN SENSING WIPERS IF EQUIPPED Note Wet road conditions may result in inconsistent or unexpected wiping or smearing Lower the sensitivity switch to normal or high speed wiping or turn the wipers off to reduce smearing Note Turn off the wipers before entering a car wash Use the rotary control to adjust the sensitivity to one of the interval moisture settings The wipers will not cycle until moisture is detected on the windshield The wiper speed will vary based on the amount of moisture detected on the windshield and the sensitivity setting The wipers will continue to wipe as long as moisture is detected This feature can be turned on
48. NORMAL SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE AND LOG Intelligent Oil Life Monitor amp Your vehicle is equipped with an Intelligent Oil Life Monitor that determines when the engine oil needs to be changed based on how your vehicle is used By using several important factors in its calculations the monitor helps reduce the cost of owning your vehicle and reduce environmental waste at the same time This means you won t have to remember to change the oil on a mileage based schedule the vehicle lets you know when an oil change is due by displaying ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED in the information display The following table is intended to provide examples of vehicle use and its impact on engine oil change intervals it is provided as a guideline only Actual engine oil change intervals depend on several factors and generally decrease with severity of use When to expect the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message Vehicle use and examples 7600 10000 miles No or moderate load or towing CUE Flat to moderately hilly roads No extended idling Severe 5000 7499 miles Moderate to heavy load or towing 8000 11999 km 7 Mountainous or off road conditions Extended idling Extended hot or cold operation ee Extreme hot or cold operation 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 513 Normal scheduled maintenance At every oil change Change engine oil and filter the informati
49. November 2013 USA fus 280 Maintenance When a battery replacement is required the battery should only be replaced with a Ford recommended replacement battery that matches the electrical requirements of the vehicle When the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed the automatic transmission must relearn its adaptive strategy As a result of this the transmission may shift firmly when first driven This operation is considered normal and will fully update transmission operation to its optimum shift feel If the battery has been disconnected or a new battery has been installed the clock and the preset radio stations must be reset once the battery is reconnected Note Always dispose of automotive batteries in a responsible manner Follow your local authorized standards for disposal Call your local authorized recycling center to find out more about recycling automotive batteries Because your vehicle s engine is electronically controlled by a computer some control conditions are maintained by power from the battery When the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed the engine must relearn its idle and fuel trim strategy for optimum driveability and performance To begin this process 1 With the vehicle at a complete stop set the parking brake 2 Put the gearshift in P Park turn off all accessories and start the engine 3 Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature 4 Allow t
50. Pregnant Women WARNING Always ride and drive with your seatback upright and the safety belt properly fastened The lap portion of the safety belt should fit snug and be positioned low across the hips The shoulder portion of the safety belt should be positioned across the chest Pregnant women should also follow this practice See the following figure Pregnant women should always wear their safety belts The lap belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt should be positioned low across the hips below the belly and worn as tight as comfort will allow The shoulder belt should be positioned to cross the middle of the shoulder and the center of the chest Safety Belt Locking Modes WARNING After any vehicle crash the safety belt system at all passenger seating positions must be checked by an authorized dealer to verify that the automatic locking retractor feature for child seats is still functioning properly In addition all safety belts should be checked for proper function 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Safety Belts 37 WARNING The belt and retractor assembly must be replaced if the safety belt assembly automatic locking retractor feature or any other safety belt function is not operating properly when checked by an authorized dealer Failure to replace the belt and retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in crashes All safety restraints in the vehicle
51. THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV S SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE TELENAV SOFTWARE SOME STATES AND OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Appendices 499 6 Arbitration and Governing Law You agree that any dispute claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the TeleNav Software shall be settled by independent arbitration involving a neutral arbitrator and administered by the American Arbitration Association in the County of Santa Clara California The arbitrator shall apply the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association and the judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction Note that there is no judge or jury in an arbitration proceeding and the decision of the arbitrator shall be binding upon both parties You expressly agree to waive your right to a jury trial This Agreement and performance hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions To the extent judicial action is necessary in connection with the binding arbitration both TeleNav and you agree to submit to the exclusive
52. THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN You agree that your non exclusive licenses to use the Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions If your licenses terminate you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers Gracenote respectively reserve all rights in Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and the Gracenote Servers and Gracenote Content including all ownership rights Under no circumstances will either Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide including any copyrighted material or music file information You agree that Gracenote may enforce its respective rights collectively or separately under this agreement against you directly in each company s own name Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow Gracenote to count queries without knowing anything about who you are For more information see the web page at www gracenote com for the Gracenote Privacy Policy THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE EACH ITEM OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED TO YOU AS IS NEITHER GRACENOTE MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY GRACENOTE DA
53. TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VIN TIL MMMSUUNNNIINE ESE TYPE X p XTPNT XXX DSO XXX WB TAPER Es TR E Ia Tg XXX XXX x XX X XX X XXX XXX XXXXXX000000 XXX 9 XXXX XXXXXXX XX The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Regulations require that a Safety Compliance Certification Label be affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where the Safety Compliance Certification Label may be located The Safety Compliance Certification Label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar the door latch post or the edge of the door near the door latch next to the driver s seating position TRANSMISSION CODE DESIGNATION MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO GVWR _ XXXX KG XXXX LB REAR GAWR WITH XXXX KG XXXX LB WITH TRS ET M DATE _ XX XX FRONT GAWR XXXX KG XXXX LB XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXX AT XXXX kPa XXX PsiCOLD ti sn kPa XXX PsiCOLD THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX TYPE X EXTPNT XX XXXXXX LRC Xg DSO XXXX WB TINTTR TP PS TR TAXLE SPR 1 XXXX XXX x XX x x OOX XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX X 9 XXXX XXXXXXX XX You can find a transmission code on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The following table tells you which transmission
54. The tire pressure should be checked periodically at least monthly using a tire gauge See Inflating Your Tires in this chapter Failure to properly maintain your tire pressure could increase the risk of tire failure loss of control vehicle rollover and personal injury r Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 318 Wheels and Tires Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper ti
55. The turn signal lamps will flash once after locking the vehicle to indicate the alarm is in the pre armed mode It will become fully armed in 20 seconds Disarming the Alarm To disarm the alarm do any of the following e Press the power door unlock button within the 20 second pre armed mode e Press the unlock button on the remote control Unlock the doors with the keyless entry pad e Enter the vehicle using intelligent access if equipped e Turn the ignition on with a valid key if equipped with an integrated keyhead transmitter only e Press the panic button on the remote control The alarm system will still be armed but this shuts off the horn and turn lamps when the alarm is sounding Note If the driver door is unlocked with a key a tone will sound when you open the door and a message will appear in the information display You will have 12 seconds to disarm the alarm using any of the actions above otherwise the alarm will trigger 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 84 Steering Wheel ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving Note Make sure that you are sitting in the correct position See Sitting in the Correct Position in the Seats chapter 1 Unlock the steering column 2 Adjust the steering wheel to the desired position 2 amp 94 2 FL f AUDIO CONTROL SEEK Press to select the ne
56. You drive too closely to the vehicle in front of you e Your vehicle is hydroplaning e You take corners too fast e The road surface is poor PARKING BRAKE WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated then driving your vehicle could result in reduced braking ability increased stopping distances and potential loss of brakes See your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure that the transmission is securely latched in park P Failure to set the parking brake and engage park could result in vehicle roll away property damage or bodily injury To set the parking brake press the parking brake pedal down to its fullest extent To release the parking brake press the parking brake pedal down again 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Brakes 189 HILL START ASSIST WARNING The hill start assist feature does not replace the parking brake When you leave the vehicle always apply the parking brake and shift the transmission into park P WARNING You must remain in the vehicle once you have activated the hill start assist feature WARNING During all times you are responsible for controlling the vehicle supervising the hill start assist system and intervening if required WARNING If the engine is revved excessively or if a malfunction is detected when the hill start assist f
57. a Spare Intelligent Access Key If Equipped Note A maximum of four intelligent access keys can be programmed to your vehicle You must take your vehicle and all access keys to your authorized dealer to be erased and reprogrammed if you would like to replace a previously programmed access key with a new access key or if you already have four access keys programmed to your vehicle You must have two previously programmed intelligent access keys inside the vehicle and the new unprogrammed intelligent access keys readily accessible See your authorized dealer to have the spare key programmed if two previously programmed keys are not available Make sure that the vehicle is off before beginning this procedure Make sure that all doors are closed before beginning and that they remain closed throughout the procedure Perform all steps within 30 seconds of starting the sequence Stop and wait for at least one minute before starting again if any steps are performed out of sequence Read and understand the entire procedure before you begin 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 82 Security 1 Place the new unprogrammed intelligent access key with the buttons facing down in the pocket inside of the center console 2 Press the driver or passenger power door unlock control three times 3 Press and release the brake pedal one time 4 Press the driver or passenger power door lock control three tim
58. a breach of this Agreement Entire Agreement These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between NT and its licensors including their licensors and suppliers and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter Severability You and NT agree that if any portion of this agreement is found illegal or unenforceable that portion shall be severed and the remainder of the Agreement shall be given full force and effect Governing Law The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to i its conflict of laws provisions or ii the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods which is explicitly excluded You agree to submit to the personal jurisdiction of the State of Illinois for any and all disputes claims and actions arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder Government End Users If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government this Data is a commercial item as that term is defined at 48 C F R FAR 2 101 is licensed in accordance with this End User License Agreement and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise 2014
59. a higher center of gravity and a greater difference in center of gravity between the loaded and unloaded condition These differences that make your vehicle so versatile also make it handle differently than an ordinary passenger car TIRE CARE Information About Uniform Tire Quality Grading e 7 Tire Quality Grades apply to new i pneumatic passenger car tires The Tire Quality Grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example e Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A These Tire Quality Grades are determined by standards that the United States Department of Transportation has set Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires They do not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires light truck or LT type tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches or limited production tires as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 575 104 c 2 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 302 Wheels and Tires U S Department of Transportation Tire quality grades The U S Department of Transportation requires Ford Motor Company to give you the following information about tire grades exactly as the government has written it Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled cond
60. a preset gap distance The distance setting is adjustable The lead vehicle graphic will be illuminated Your vehicle will maintain a constant distance between the vehicle ahead until e the vehicle in front of you accelerates to a speed above the set speed e the vehicle in front of you moves out of your lane or out of view e the vehicle speed falls below 16 mph 26 km h e anew gap distance is set The vehicle brakes will be automatically applied to slow your vehicle to maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front The maximum braking which is applied by the system is limited and can be overridden by the driver applying the brakes 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Cruise Control 203 If the system predicts that its maximum braking level will not be sufficient an audible warning will sound while the system continues to brake This is accompanied by a heads up display a red warning bar illuminating on the windshield You should take immediate action Setting the Gap Distance Note It is your responsibility to select a gap appropriate to the driving conditions You can decrease or increase the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you by pressing the GAP control up or down The selected gap will display in the information display as shown by the bars in the graphic Four gap distance settings are available Graphic Following Following display bars distanc
61. a speed of 3 mph 5 km h Or less e but not moving and a moving object is approaching the rear of the vehicle at a speed of 3 mph 5 km h or less 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Parking Aids 195 REAR VIEW CAMERA SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED WARNING The rear view camera system is a reverse aid supplement device that still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with the interior and exterior mirrors for maximum coverage WARNING Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper might not be seen on the screen due to the limited coverage of the camera system WARNING Back up as slow as possible since higher speeds might limit your reaction time to stop the vehicle WARNING Use caution when using the rear video camera and the liftgate is ajar If the liftgate is ajar the camera will be out of position and the video image may be incorrect All guidelines if enabled have been removed when the liftgate is ajar WARNING Use caution when turning camera features on or off while in R Reverse Make sure the vehicle is not moving The rear view camera system provides a video image of the area behind the vehicle During operation lines appear in the display which represent your vehicle s path and proximity to objects behind the vehicle The camera is located on the liftgate 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus
62. access 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 262 Fuses number rating 28 15A Ignition switch without intelligent access Key inhibit solenoid Push button start with intelligent access 29 20A Radio Multi function display screen Electronic finish panel SYNC module lamps Not used spare 32 15A Lock switch backlighting Moonroof Power windows driver front Compass auto dimming rear view mirror camera Blind spot monitor Heads up display Headlamp leveling I dE 198 Not used spare engines 38 10A Not used spare ee High beam headlamps lamps Restraints control module engine Not used spare Not used spare 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Fuses 263 Fuse or relay Fuse amp Protected components omer rating po 45 5A Not used spare E Climate control 4 A LED signal mirrors 30A Circuit Power windows E Delayed accessory relay 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 264 Maintenance GENERAL INFORMATION Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help maintain its roadworthiness and resale value There is a large network of Ford authorized dealers who are there to help you with their professional servicing expertise We believe that their specially trained technicians are best qualified to service your vehicle p
63. allows you have the system automatically fill in the state and province based on the information already entered into the system Turn this feature ON or OFF Traffic Preferences Avoid Traffic Problems allows you to choose how you want the system to handle traffic problems along your route e Automatic Have the system reroute you to avoid traffic incidents that develop and impact the current route The system does not provide a traffic alert notification e Manual Have the system always provide a traffic alert notification for traffic incidents along the planned route You have a choice to accept or ignore the notification before making the route deviation Traffic Alert Notification allows you to choose have the system display traffic alert notifications Other traffic alert features allows you to turn on certain or all traffic icons on the map such as road work incident accidents and closed roads Scroll down to view all the different types of alerts Turn these features ON or OFF 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 483 Avoid Areas Avoid Areas allows you to choose areas which you want the system to avoid when calculating a route for you Press Add to program an entry Once you make a selection the system tries to avoid the area s if possible for all routes To delete a selection choose the listing on the screen When the screen changes to Avoid Are
64. also be switched off permanently at your authorized dealer Once switched off switching it back on must also be done at the dealership COLLISION WARNING SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED WARNING This system is designed to be a supplementary driving aid It is not intended to replace the driver s attention and judgment or the need to apply the brakes This system does NOT activate the brakes automatically Failure to press the brake pedal to activate the brakes may result in a collision WARNING The collision warning system with brake support cannot help prevent all collisions Do not rely on this system to replace driver judgment and the need to maintain distance and speed Note The system does not detect warn or respond to potential collisions with vehicles to the rear or sides of the vehicle Note The collision warning system is active at speeds above approximately 5 mph 8 km h This system is designed to alert the Cr o0 a driver of certain collision risks A radar detects if your vehicle is rapidly approaching another vehicle traveling in the same direction as yours 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 214 Driving Aids LS If it is a red warning light illuminates and an audible warning chime sounds The brake support system assists the driver in reducing the collision speed by charging the brakes If the risk of collision further increases after the warning light illuminates t
65. and record call details and voice communications For more information see SYNC Services Terms and Conditions at www SYNCMyRide com If you do not want Ford or its service providers to collect the vehicle travel information or other information identified in the Terms and Conditions do not activate or use the service SYNC Services uses advanced vehicle sensors integrated GPS technology and comprehensive map and traffic data to give you personalized traffic reports precise turn by turn directions business search news sports weather and more For a complete list of services or to learn more please visit www SYNCMyRide com Connecting to SYNC Services Using Voice Commands l Press the voice button 2 When prompted say Services This initiates an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 386 SYNC 3 Once you are connected to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a complete list of available services from which to choose 4 Say Services to return to the services main menu or for help say Help Connecting to SYNC Services Using the Phone Menu Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu Scroll until Services appears in the display Press OK to conf
66. and monitoring system with readiness LM indicator See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator later in this chapter e Front passenger sensing system 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Supplementary Restraints System 47 Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating Adjustment WARNING The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration recommends a minimum distance of at least 10 inches 25 centimeters between an occupant s chest and the driver airbag module Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death To properly position yourself away from the airbag e Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the pedals comfortably e Recline the seat slightly one or two degrees from the upright position After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts it is very important that they continue to sit properly Properly seated occupants sit upright lean against the seat back and center themselves on the seat cushion with their feet comfortably extended on the floor Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event For example if an occupant slouches lies down turns sideways sits forward leans forward or sideways or puts one or both feet up the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased Children and Airbags WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a re
67. are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving WARNING For safety reasons do not connect or adjust the settings on your portable music player while your vehicle is moving WARNING Store the portable music player in a secure location such as the center console or the glove box when your vehicle is in motion Hard objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while your vehicle is moving 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 441 Your A V inputs allow you to connect an auxiliary audio video source such as a gaming systems or a personal camcorder QUUD m by connecting RCA cords not included to these input jacks The jacks are yellow red and white and are located either behind a small access door on the instrument panel or in your center console You can also use the A V inputs as an auxiliary input jack to play music from your portable music player over your vehicle s speakers Plug in your 1 8 inch 3 5 millimeter RCA adapter into the two left A V input jacks red and white Press the lower left corner of the touchscreen and then select A V In To use the auxiliary input jack feature make sure that your portable music player is de
68. are possible results from your Lists voice commands The system simply makes a best guess at your request with these turned off Phone Candidate Candidate lists are possible results from your Lists voice commands The system simply makes a best guess at your request with these turned off Voice Control Volume This allows you to adjust the system s voice volume level 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 467 Media Player Press the Settings icon Settings Media Player then select 9 from the following Autoplay Bluetooth Devices Gracenote Mgmt Cover Art Priority 2014 Edge edg When this feature is on the system automatically switches to the media source upon initial connection This allows you to listen to music during the indexing process When this feature is off the system does not automatically switch to the inserted media source Select to connect disconnect add or delete a device You can also set a device as your favorite so that the system automatically With this feature on the Gracenote Database supplies metadata information for your music files This overrides information from your device This feature defaults to off With this feature on the Gracenote Database supplied cover art for your music files This overrides any art from your device This feature defaults to Media Player Owners Guide gf 1st Printin
69. be required You must also have the active SYNC Services Bluetooth enabled cellular phone paired and connected to the system in order to connect to and use SYNC Services See Phone earlier in this chapter for pairing instructions Note This feature does not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your mobile phone Make sure your mobile phone is not blocking caller ID before using SYNC Services 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 451 Note The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Any navigation features are provided only as an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of errors changes in roads traffic conditions or driving conditions Note When you connect the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect your vehicle s current location travel direction and speed to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches you request Further to provide the servi
70. calculated and sent back to your vehicle After the route download is complete the phone call is automatically ended You then receive audible and visual driving instructions as you travel toward your destination 3 While on an active route you can select or say Route summary or Route status to view the Route Summary turn list or the Route Status ETA You can also turn voice guidance on or off cancel the route or update the route If you miss a turn SYNC automatically asks if you want the route updated Just say Yes when prompted and a new route will be delivered to your vehicle gus WN 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus SYNCG 387 Disconnecting from SYNC Services 1 Press and hold the phone button on the steering wheel 2 Say Good bye from the SYNC Services main menu SYNC Services quick tips Personalizing You can personalize your Services feature to provide quicker access to your most used or favorite information You can save address points such as work or home You can also save favorite information like sports teams or a news category To learn more log onto www SYNCMyRide com Push to interrupt Press the voice button at any time while you are connected to SYNC Services to interrupt voice prompt or an audio clip such as a sports report wait for the listening tone and say your voice command Portable Your subscription is associated with your B
71. can also be used to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice GENERAL OPERATING TIPS Manual Climate Control e To reduce fog build up on the windshield during humid weather select Defrost You can also improve clearing by increasing the temperature and fan speed e To reduce humidity build up inside the vehicle do not drive with the system off or with recirculated air engaged e Do not put objects under the front seats that will interfere with the airflow to the back seats e Remove any snow ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield e To improve the air conditioning cool down drive with the windows slightly open for 2 3 minutes after start up or until you have aired out the vehicle e You may feel a small amount of air from the floor vent regardless of the air distribution setting you select During extreme high ambient temperatures when idling stationary for extended periods in gear run the air conditioning in the MAX A C mode 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Climate Control 135 adjust the blower fan speed to the lowest setting and put the vehicle s transmission into position P automatic transmission to continue to receive cool air from your air conditioning system For maximum cooling performance in A C mode press MAX A C For maximum cooling performance in panel or panel floor modes 1 Move temperature control to the coolest set
72. cap Door Lock lower anchor and Unlock Child seat x Do not open tether anchor when hot Engine Engine coolant coolant temperature Fan warning Fasten safety belt Introduction 11 Fuel pump reset Heated rear window Power steering fluid Service engine soon Windshield defrost and demist Fuse compartment Interior luggage compartment release Low tire pressure warning Parking aid system Power windows front and rear Side airbag Windshield washer and wiper Hazard warning flasher Maintain correct fluid level Parking brake system Power window lockout Stability control 12 Introduction DATA RECORDING Service Data Recording Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle such as engine throttle steering or brake systems In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them vehicle diagnostic information received through a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle Additionally when your vehicle is in for service or repair Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them data for veh
73. cluster lens 294 Cleaning leather S6808 55 22g Re ek ees dua A E UR ed 295 Cleaning the alloy wheels oi 44 a44 66 adbwads deane bie es 296 Vehicle StOFaBge ie Dx qb RR EG A E EY RR ERES 296 Wheels and Tires 299 ibi i E C 301 Using snow Chains sceri XXE E nee RR EE Sade 316 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 317 Changing a road Wheel ste creere tiae ee eee 322 Technical specifications sss spise presise ne upien ene 327 Wheel Tug nut Torque 4 cerana cai piak rem RS Le RR 327 Capacities and Specifications 329 Engine specifications 2 0 bea ena i aa a ia eee 329 Part n rabers vx det ow vu E A Eva o see 334 Vehicle identification number sses teerada netaa En ERER 335 Vehicle certification label llle 336 Transmission code designation 00 0000 ransas 336 Accessories 337 AGCESSOMIES 66 bie stieg SR SERGE ES Heed ee Oe eS pes 337 Ford Extended Service Plan 340 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf USA fus 1st Printing November 2013 8 Table of Contents Audio System 343 MyFord system 0 ee ee ee eens 345 Satellite radio information 0 0 0000 ccc ee ee eee 356 Auxiliary input jack 2 6 ee ee 359 USB DOE iue ebbe aee ees SARE eS he OEE ae HS 360 SYNC 361 Pairing your phone for the first time 0000 366 O11 Assist M nement rem b ESI bh EARS bide dees 380 Vehicle Health Report 0 0 0 0 0 eee 383 MyFord
74. communicate with or may be later upgraded to interface with and or communicate with additional software and or systems provided by third party software and service suppliers The additional software and services of third party origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation THRID PARTY SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved e The MS SOFTWARE FORD SOFTWARE and THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE hereinafter collectively and individually will be referred to as SOFTWARE IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT EULA DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR COPY THE SOFTWARE ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICE WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS EULA OR RATIFICATION OF ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE This EULA grants you the following license e You may use the SOFTWARE as installed on the DEVICE and as otherwise interfacing with systems and or services provide by or through FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third party software and service providers 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 490 Appendices DESCRIPTION OF OTHER RIGHTS AND LIMITATIONS Speech Recognition If the SOFTWARE includes speech recognition component s you should understand that speech recognition is an inherent
75. contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact Ford Middle East Customer Relationship Center P O Box 21470 Dubai United Arab Emirates Telephone 971 4 3326084 Toll Free Number of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia 800 8971409 Local Telephone Number of Kuwait 24810575 FAX 971 4 3327299 Email menacac ford com www me ford com If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate to any of the above locations register your vehicle identification number VIN and new address with Ford Motor Company Export Operations amp Global Growth Initiatives by emailing expcac ford com If you are in another foreign country contact the nearest authorized dealer In the event your inquiry is unresolved communicate your concern with the dealership s Sales Manager Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager If you require additional assistance or clarification please contact the respective Customer Relationship Center as previously listed Customers in the U S should call 1 800 392 3673 ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER S LITERATURE To order the publications in this portfolio contact Helm Incorporated at HELM INCORPORATED 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth Michigan 48170 Attention Customer Service Or to order a free publication catalog call toll free 1 800 782 4356 Monday Friday 8 00 a m 6 00 p m EST Helm Incorporated can also be reached by their website www helminc com
76. cord plug connections are free and clear of water This could cause an electric shock or fire Make sure your vehicle is parked in a clean area clear of combustibles Make sure the heater heater cord and extension cord are firmly connected Check for heat anywhere in the electrical hookup once the system has been operating for approximately 30 minutes Make sure the system is unplugged and properly stowed before driving your vehicle Make sure the protective cover seals the prongs of the block heater cord plug when not in use Keep plug terminals clean and free of dirt and corrosion Make sure the heater system is checked for proper operation before winter Using the Engine Block Heater Make sure the receptacle terminals are clean and dry before use To clean them use a dry cloth The heater uses 0 4 to 1 0 kilowatt hours of energy per hour of use The system does not have a thermostat It achieves maximum temperature after approximately three hours of operation Using the heater longer than three hours does not improve system performance and unnecessarily uses electricity 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 164 Fuel and Refueling SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WARNING Do not overfill the fuel tank The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire WARNING The fuel system may be under pressure If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler inlet do
77. cotton cloth CLEANING LEATHER SEATS IF EQUIPPED e Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner e Clean spills and stains as quickly as possible e For routine cleaning wipe the surface with a soft damp cloth For more thorough cleaning wipe the surface with a mild soap and water solution Dry the area with a soft cloth e f the leather cannot be completely cleaned using a mild soap and water solution the leather may be cleaned using a commercially available leather cleaning product designed for automotive interiors e To check for compatibility first test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous part of the leather e Do not use household cleaning products alcohol solutions oil petroleum based leather conditioners or solvents or cleaners intended specifically for rubber vinyl and plastics These products may cause premature wearing or damage to the leather 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 296 Vehicle Care CLEANING THE ALLOY WHEELS Note Do not use chrome cleaner metal cleaner or polish on wheels and wheel covers A clearcoat paint finish coats aluminum wheels and wheel covers In order to maintain their condition e Clean weekly with Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner Use a sponge to remove heavy deposits of dirt and brake dust accumulation Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream of water when you have completed the cleaning process e To remove tar and grea
78. could cause the AWD system to stop functioning and default to front wheel drive or damage the AWD system 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus All Wheel Drive If Equipped 181 Driving In Special Conditions With All Wheel Drive AWD AWD vehicles are equipped for driving on sand snow mud and rough roads and have operating characteristics that are somewhat different from conventional vehicles both on and off the highway When driving at slow speeds in deep sand under high outside temperatures use a low gear when possible Lower gear operation will maximize the engine and transmission cooling capability Under severe operating conditions the A C may cycle on and off to protect overheating of the engine Basic operating principles in special conditions e Drive slower in strong crosswinds which can affect the normal steering characteristics of your vehicle e Be extremely careful when driving on pavement made slippery by loose sand water gravel snow or ice If Your Vehicle Goes Off the Edge of the Pavement e If your vehicle goes off the edge of the pavement slow down but avoid severe brake application ease the vehicle back onto the pavement only after reducing your speed Do not turn the steering wheel too sharply while returning to the road surface e It may be safer to stay on the apron or shoulder of the road and slow down gradually before returning to the pavement You may lose contr
79. deployed the curtain airbags will not function again The curtain airbags including the A B or D pillar trim and headliner must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the curtain airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash The Safety Canopy will deploy during significant side crashes or when a certain likelihood of a rollover event is detected by the rollover sensor The Safety Canopy is mounted to the roof side rail sheet metal behind the headliner above each row of seats In certain sideways crashes or rollover events the Safety Canopy will be activated regardless of which seats are occupied The Safety Canopy is designed to inflate between the side window area and occupants to further enhance protection provided in side impact crashes and rollover events The system consists of e Safety canopy curtain airbags fitted above the trim panels over the front and rear side windows identified by a label or wording on the headliner or roof pillar trim e A flexible headliner which opens above the side doors to allow air curtain deployment e amp Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness t indicator See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator in this chapter 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Supplementary Restraints System 55 Children 12 years old and under should always be properly restrained in the rear se
80. designed to activate in frontal near frontal and side crashes and in rollovers The safety belt pretensioners at the front seating positions are designed to tighten the safety belts firmly against the occupant s body when activated This helps increase the effectiveness of the safety belts In frontal crashes the safety belt pretensioners can be activated alone or if the crash is of sufficient severity together with the front airbags 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Safety Belts 35 FASTENING THE SAFETY BELTS The front outboard and rear safety restraints in your vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts 1 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle button and remove the tongue from the buckle 2 To unfasten press the release E amp gt When in use place the rear outboard safety belts in the comfort guides These guides are attached to the head restraint and are stored in a pocket in the seat back 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 36 Safety Belts To adjust the comfort guide 1 Slip the shoulder belt into the belt guide 2 Slide the guide up or down along the webbing so that the belt is centered on the occupant s shoulder Restraint of
81. dusty and dirty conditions Vehicles operated in these conditions require frequent inspection and replacement of the engine air filter and cabin air filter ENGINE COOLANT CHANGE RECORD Initial change Six years or 100000 miles 160000 km whichever comes first After initial change Every three years or 50000 miles 80000 km Engine Coolant Change Log Dearer VALIDATION Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 524 Index 911 Assist oo 380 458 All Wheel Drive AWD driving off road 180 A Ambient mood lighting 464 AMIEM cotes 423 ABS see Brakes 188 Antift cze see Bigne Accessing and using your coOlant arecuna 269 USB DOE 4 ne ete 436 Anti lock brake system Accessing call history phone see Brakes M 188 book during active call 369 Anti theft system oo 79 82 Accessing your calendar 457 arming the system 79 82 A di disarming a triggered ccessing your megla Tenu Syste e EAE 82 featUres secosieee niens 392 M d Acsescing your phone m n PPLINK M senes fe
82. engine RPM during engine braking e The grade assist lamp in the instrument cluster is illuminated Grade assist is designed to aid the driver with optimal gear A selection in hilly terrain or mountainous areas but is not intended for normal operation It is recommended that you return to O D overdrive mode on flat terrain to provide the best fuel economy and transmission function Press the transmission control switch again to return to normal D Drive position with O D e The grade assist lamp in the instrument cluster will not be illuminated e The transmission will operate in gears one through six L Low e Provides maximum engine braking e Will downshift to the lowest available gear for the current vehicle speed allows for first gear when vehicle reaches slower speeds e s not intended for use under extended or normal driving conditions and results in lower fuel economy S Sport if equipped Moving the gearshift lever to S Sport mode e Provides additional grade engine braking and extends lower gear operation to enhance performance for uphill climbs hilly terrain or mountainous areas This will increase engine RPM during engine braking 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 176 Transmission e Provides additional lower gear operation through the automatic transmission shift strategy which reacts to vehicle inputs vehicle acceleration accelerator pedal brake peda
83. engineer any portion of this Data and may not transfer or distribute it in any form for any purpose except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws License Limitations on Transfer Your limited license does not allow transfer or resale of the Data except on the condition that you may transfer the Data and all accompanying materials on a permanent basis if a you retain no copies of the Data b the recipient agrees to the terms of this End User License Agreement and c you transfer the Data in the exact same form as you purchased it by physically transferring the original media e g the CD ROM or DVD you purchased all original packaging all Manuals and other documentation Specifically Multi disc sets may only be transferred or sold as a complete set as provided to you and not as a subset thereof 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 502 Appendices Additional License Limitations Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by NT in a separate written agreement and without limiting the preceding paragraph your license is conditioned on use of the Data as prescribed in this agreement and you may not a use this Data with any products systems or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation positioning dispatch real time route guidance fleet management or similar applications or b with or in communi
84. first and add the appropriate air pressure when you get to the pump It is normal for tires to heat up and the air pressure inside to go up as you drive 2 Remove the cap from the valve on one tire then firmly press the tire gauge onto the valve and measure the pressure 3 Add enough air to reach the recommended air pressure Note If you overfill the tire release air by pressing on the metal stem in the center of the valve Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge 4 Replace the valve cap 5 Repeat this procedure for each tire including the spare Note Some spare tires operate at a higher inflation pressure than the other tires For T type mini spare tires see the Dissimilar Spare Tire and Wheel Assembly Information section Store and maintain at 60 psi 4 15 bar For full size and dissimilar spare tires see Dissimilar Spare Tire and Wheel Assembly Information under Changing a Road Wheel in this chapter Store and maintain at the higher of the front and rear inflation pressure as shown on the Tire Label 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 311 6 Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak 7 Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges cuts or bulges Inspecting Your Tires and Wheel Valve Stems Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or exc
85. free 278 Child safety seats replacement booster seats seeseee 22 specifications 334 Cleaning the touchscreen 412 SOT VICI usos a 278 i Cleaning your vehicle 290 Blind Spot Information engine compartment 292 SYSTE st capssuleddacsa si e eo espe 208 instrument panel o s 294 Booster seats sssssssssss 22 UNUETION ccce eoe ven tero See ees 294 BAKES inet trae 187 plastic DaTUS eere 291 anti lock ssssssesssss 188 washing RD 25 anti lock brake system Waxing arera 9 ABS warning light PIRE 188 wheels EUREN M 2 brake warning light NN 188 Wiper blades 93 fluid checking and adding 277 Climate control see Air fluid refill capacities 330 conditioning or Heating 128 fluid specifications AN ON 330 Climate voice commands 476 lubricant specifications 330 parking sesinin a 188 Clock isch 345 462 shift Inbterlogk seenen 178 Collision Warning System 213 talei HS 233 Compass Display ee 112 C Console esee 156 overhead 3 esee eie 156 Capacities for refilling Coolant ossis 269 Mads e a n 330 checking and adding 269 Cargo management system 219 refill capacities 330 Cargo net 218 Specifications s 330 OD BRNO deii deasa O AT iaki 208 CD player oniinn 343
86. frequency interference is present in the area or if the transmitter battery is low it may be necessary to mechanically unlock your door You can use the mechanical key blade in your intelligent access key to open the driver door in this situation Refer to Remote Control in this chapter for more information on the location and use of the mechanical key blade 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 58 Keys and Remote Control REMOTE CONTROL Integrated Keyhead Transmitters IKTs If Equipped Use the key blade to start your vehicle and unlock or lock the driver door from outside your vehicle The transmitter portion functions as the remote control Note Your vehicle s keys came with a security label that provides important key cut information Keep the label in a safe place for future reference ATNO HAWOLSNOD AB G3 OW3H 38 OL Nolunvo XEvVOO WONT Intelligent Access Key If Equipped Your intelligent access keys operate the power locks and the remote start system The key must be in your vehicle to activate the push button start system The intelligent access key also contains a removable mechanical key T blade that you can use to unlock the driver door Slide the release on the back of the transmitter to release the key blade and then pull the blade out Note Your vehicle s back up keys M ass provides important key cut dose information Keep the tag in a sa
87. frequency signal 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 152 Universal Garage Door Opener If Equipped After programming the HomeLink button follow Steps 5 7 as listed below to program your garage door opener Note You may need a ladder to reach the unit and you may need to remove the cover or amp lens on your garage door opener 5 Press the learn button on the garage door opener motor and then you have 30 seconds to complete the next step 6 Return to your car 7 Press and hold the function button you want to program for two seconds then release Repeat this step Depending on your brand of garage door opener you may need to repeat this sequence a third time To program additional buttons repeat Steps 1 4 For questions or comments please contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 Erasing the Function Button Codes Note You cannot erase individual buttons 1 Press and hold the outer two function buttons simultaneously for approximately 20 seconds until the indicator lights above the buttons flash rapidly 2 When the indicator lights flash release the buttons The codes for all buttons are erased Reprogramming a single button To program a device to a previously trained button follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired button Do NOT release the button 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds With
88. front wipers are activated This feature may be enabled or disabled in the information display 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Lighting 89 LIGHTING CONTROL A Off B Parking lamps instrument panel lamps license plate lamps and tail lamps C Headlamps High Beams 4 Push the lever forward to switch the high beams on Push the lever forward again or pull the lever toward you to switch the high beams off Headlamp Flasher ePull toward you slightly to activate and release to deactivate AUTOLAMPS A WARNING In severe weather conditions it may be necessary to switch your headlamps on manually Note If the vehicle is equipped with autolamps it will have the windshield wiper rainlamp feature When the windshield wipers are turned to low or high speed wiping during daylight and the headlamp control is in the autolamp position the exterior lamps will turn on after a brief delay and will remain on until the wipers are turned off 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 90 Lighting The autolamp system provides light sensitive automatic on off control of the exterior lights normally controlled by the headlamp control The headlamps will remain on for a period of time after you switch the ignition off You can adjust the time delay using the message center in the instrument cluster See Information displays Pr
89. has been detected Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Normal braking is still functional unless the brake warning light also is illuminated Brake system warning light OLO To confirm the brake system warning light is functional it will asa momentarily illuminate when the ignition is turned to the on position when the engine is not running or in a position between on and start or by applying the parking brake when the ignition is turned to the on position If it iluminates when you are driving check that the parking brake is not engaged If the parking brake is not engaged this indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system malfunction Have the system checked immediately by your authorized dealer WARNING Driving a vehicle with the brake system warning light on is dangerous A significant decrease in braking performance may occur It will take you longer to stop the vehicle Have the vehicle checked by your authorized dealer as soon as possible Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 104 Instrument Cluster Charging system RTT Illuminates when the battery is not charging properly If it stays cE on while the engine is running there may be a malfunction with the charging system Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible This indicates a probl
90. hot weather 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Seats 139 SITTING IN THE CORRECT POSITION WARNING Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in a crash Always sit upright against your seat back with your feet on the floor WARNING Do not recline the seat back as this can cause the occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt resulting in severe personal injury in the event of a crash WARNING Do not place objects higher than the seat backs to reduce the risk of injury in a crash or during heavy braking or when stopping suddenly Max 30 When you use them properly the seat head restraint safety belt and airbags will provide optimum protection in the event of a crash We recommend that you follow these guidelines e Do not recline the seat back more than 30 degrees from vertical e Sit in an upright position with the base of your spine as far back as possible Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible remaining comfortable e Keep sufficient distance between yourself and the steering wheel We recommend a minimum of 10 inches 25 centimeters between your breastbone and the airbag cover e Hold the steering wheel with your arms slightl
91. incorrect check for the following e Objects lodged underneath the seat e Objects between the seat cushion and the center console e Objects hanging off the seat back e Objects stowed in the seat back map pocket e Objects placed on the occupant s lap e Cargo interference with the seat e Other passengers pushing or pulling on the seat e Rear passenger feet and knees resting or pushing on the seat 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Supplementary Restraints System 51 The conditions listed above may cause the weight of a properly seated occupant to be incorrectly interpreted by the front passenger sensing system The person in the front passenger seat may appear heavier or lighter due to the conditions described in the previous list PS Make sure the front passenger sensing system is operating t properly See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator later in this chapter If the airbag readiness light is lit do the following The driver and adult passengers should check for objects lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat If there are lodged objects or cargo is interfering with the seat take the following steps to remove the obstruction e Pull the vehicle over e Turn the vehicle off e Driver and adult passengers should check for any objects lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat e Remove the obstruction s
92. information on Operator Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com support 2 Follow the voice prompts to select your Destination After the route download is finished the phone call automatically ends If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation e Turn by turn directions appear in the information display in the status bar of your touchscreen system and on the SYNC Services screen You also receive driving instructions from audible prompts e When on an active route you can select Route Summary or Route Status using the touchscreen controls or voice commands to view the Route Summary Turn List or the Route Status ETA You can also turn voice guidance on or off cancel the route or update the route 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 453 If you miss a turn SYNC automatically asks if you want the route updated Just say Yes when prompted and the system delivers a new route to your vehicle If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation SYNC Services downloads your requested destination to the navigation system The navigation system then calculates the route and provides driving instructions See the Navigation system section for more information Disconnecting from SYNC Services 1 Press and hold the phone button on the steering wheel 2 Say Good bye from the SYNC Services main menu SYNC Services quick tips Personalizing You can personalize your Service
93. may be limited When driving through water determine the depth avoid water higher than the bottom of the wheel rims for cars or the bottom of the hubs for trucks if possible and proceed slowly If the ignition system gets wet the vehicle may stall Once through water always try the brakes Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as effectively as dry brakes Drying can be improved by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle speed or direction when you are driving in mud Even AWD vehicles can lose traction in slick mud As when you are driving over sand apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning your wheels If the vehicle does slide steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of the vehicle After driving through mud clean off residue stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating driveshafts causes an imbalance that could damage drive components Note Driving through deep water may damage the transmission If the front or rear axle is submerged in water the axle lubricant and PTU power transfer unit lubricant should be checked and changed if necessary 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 184 All Wheel Drive If Equipped Tread Lightly is an educational program designed to increase public awareness of land use regulations and responsibilities in our
94. messages Download Unread Msgs allows you to download your unread messages only to SYNC To download the messages press OK to select The 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 374 SYNCG display indicates your messages are being downloaded When complete SYNC takes you to your inbox Delete All Messages allows you to delete current text messages from SYNC not your phone To delete the messages press OK to select The display indicates when all your text messages have been deleted and SYNC returns you to the text message menu Note SYNC does not automatically download all of your unread text messages at every ignition cycle as it does with call history and phonebook if automatic download is set to on Return exits the current menu when you press OK If you select Send Text Message 1 Press OK to select If the system detects your phone does not support this feature Unsupported appears in the display and SYNC returns to the main menu 2 Scroll to cycle through the message options in the following chart 9 Press OK when the desired selection is in the display The system now needs to know who to send the message to 4 Scroll to cycle through Phonebook or Call History entries You can also select Enter Number to audibly enter a desired number 5 Press OK to enter the desired menu and scroll to select the specific contact 6 Press OK when the contact appears and press OK again t
95. nations wilderness areas Ford Motor Company joins the U S Forest Service and the Bureau of Land Management in encouraging you to help preserve our national forest and other public and private lands by treading lightly Driving on Hilly or Sloping Terrain Note Avoid driving crosswise or turning on steep slopes or hills A danger lies in losing traction slipping sideways and possibly rolling over Whenever driving on a hill determine beforehand the route you will use Do not drive over the crest of a hill without seeing what conditions are on the other side Do not drive in reverse over a hill without the aid of an observer Although natural obstacles may make it necessary to travel diagonally up or down a hill or steep incline you should always try to drive straight up or straight down When climbing a steep slope or hill start in a lower gear rather than downshifting to a lower gear from a higher gear once the ascent has started This reduces strain on the engine and the possibility of stalling If you do stall out do not try to turnaround because you might roll over It is better to back down to a safe location Apply just enough power to the wheels to climb the hill Too much power will cause the tires to slip spin or lose traction resulting in loss of vehicle control Descend a hill in the same gear you would use to climb up the hill to avoid excessive brake application and brake overheating Do not descend in neutra
96. non abrasive cleaner such as Motorcraft amp Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner e The wiper blades can be cleaned with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrates in the U S or Motorcraft Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid in Canada Replace your wiper blades when they appear worn or do not function properly e Do not use abrasive materials as they may cause scratches e Do not use fuel kerosene or paint thinner to clean any parts If you cannot remove those streaks after cleaning with the glass cleaner or if the wipers chatter and move in a jerky motion clean the outer surface of the windshield and the wiper blades using a sponge or soft cloth with a neutral detergent or mild abrasive cleaning solution After cleaning rinse the windshield and wiper blades with clean water The windshield is clean if beads do not form when you rinse the windshield with water Note Do not use sharp objects such as a razor blade to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals as it may cause damage to the rear window defroster s heated grid lines 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 294 Vehicle Care CLEANING THE INTERIOR WARNING Do not use cleaning solvents bleach or dye on the vehicle s safety belts as these actions may weaken the belt webbing WARNING On vehicles equipped with seat mounted airbags do not use chemical solvents or strong deterge
97. not refuel until the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury WARNING Automotive fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or mishandled WARNING The flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity which can cause a fire if fuel is pumped into an ungrounded fuel container WARNING Fuel ethanol and gasoline may contain benzene which is a cancer causing agent WARNING When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the filler neck Never smoke while refueling Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions Care should be taken to avoid inhaling excess fumes Observe the following guidelines when handling automotive fuel e Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before refueling your vehicle e Always turn off the vehicle before refueling e Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed Fuel such as gasoline is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury If fuel is swallowed call a physician immediately even if no symptoms are immediately apparent The toxic effects of fuel may not be visible for hours Avoid inhaling fuel vapors Inhaling too much fuel vapor of any kind can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation In severe cases excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury 2014 Edge edg Own
98. on or off press the power button Vehicle Health Report Turn Automatic Reminders on and off and set the mileage interval at which you would like to receive the reports Press for more information on these selections When done making your selections press Run Vehicle Health Report Now if you want your report Door Keypad Code To change the keypad code for your keyless entry keypad system 1 Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle gt Door Keypad Code 2 Enter your current factory code then when prompted enter your new code 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 465 Rear View Camera This menu allows you to access settings for your rear view camera Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle gt Rear View Camera then select from the following settings e Rear Camera Delay e Visual Park Aid Alert e Guidelines Enable Valet Mode Valet mode allows you to lock the system No information is accessible until the system is unlocked with the correct PIN 1 Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle gt Enable Valet Mode 2 When prompted enter a four digit PIN After you press Continue the system locks until you enter the PIN again Note If the system locks and you need to reset the PIN enter 3681 and the system unlocks Settings Access and adjust system settings voice features as well as phone navigation and wireless settings System Press the S
99. on slippery or loose surfaces the system reduces engine power in order to increase traction USING TRACTION CONTROL In certain situations for example stuck in snow or mud turning the traction control off may be beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin with full engine power Turn the traction control system off through the information display See the Information Displays chapter System Indicator Lights and Messages WARNING If a failure has been detected within the Traction Control System the stability control light will illuminate steadily Verify that the Traction Control System was not manually disabled using the information display control If the stability control light still illuminates steadily have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately Operating your vehicle with Traction Control disabled could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death The stability control light temporarily illuminates on engine Fed Start up and flashes when a driving condition activates the stability system 28 The stability control off light temporarily illuminates on engine Hl start up and stays on when the traction control system is turned off or if a problem occurs in the stability system When the traction control system is turned off or on a message appears in the information display showing system status 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 201
100. or off using the information display 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 88 Wipers and Washers Keep the outside of the windshield clean especially the area around the interior mirror where the sensor is located or sensor performance may be affected WINDSHIELD WASHERS Note Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield This may scratch the glass damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out Always use the windshield washer before wiping a dry windshield Note Do not operate the washer when the washer reservoir is empty This may cause the washer pump to overheat Press the end of the stalk to activate the washer e A brief press causes the wipers to swipe three times with washer fluid e A long press and hold will activate the wipers and washer fluid for up to 10 seconds A wipe will occur a few seconds after washing to clear any remaining washer fluid This feature can be turned on and off in the information display REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHERS Rotate the control to select 2 Intermittent operation shortest pause between wipes 1 Intermittent operation longest pause between wipes 0 Off Rotate and hold the control to either the top or bottom position to activate the rear washer The control will return to the 2 or 0 position when you release it When you select reverse gear the rear wiper will switch on to intermittent if the
101. push button MyKey start MyKey distances do e The MyKey user is not using the MyKey not accumulate e An admin key holder cleared the MyKeys and created new MyKeys e The key system has been reset 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 68 Locks LOCKING AND UNLOCKING You can use the power door lock control or the remote control to lock and unlock your vehicle Power Door Locks The power door lock control is located on the driver and front passenger door panels A Unlock B Lock Remote Control You can use the remote control anytime your vehicle is not running Unlocking the Doors Two Stage Unlock A Press the button to unlock the driver door Press the button again within three seconds to unlock all doors The turn signals will flash Press and hold both the lock and unlock buttons on the remote control for four seconds to disable or enable two stage unlocking Disabling two stage unlocking allows all vehicle doors to unlock with one press of the button The turn signals will flash twice to indicate a change to the unlocking mode The unlocking mode applies to the remote control keyless entry keypad and intelligent access Intelligent access at the driver door unlocks all doors when you have disabled two stage unlocking Locking the Doors Press the button to lock all the doors The turn signals will illuminate Press the button again within three seconds to co
102. repaired and put back on your vehicle To restore the full function of the tire pressure monitoring system have the damaged road wheel and tire assembly repaired and remounted on your vehicle 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 320 Wheels and Tires When You Believe Your System Is Not Operating Properly The main function of the tire pressure monitoring system is to warn you when your tires need air It can also warn you in the event the system is no longer capable of functioning as intended See the following chart for information concerning your tire pressure monitoring system Low tire Possible cause Customer action required pressure warning light Solid warning Tire s 1 Make sure tires are at the proper light under inflated pressure See Inflating Your Tires in this chapter 2 After inflating your tires to the manufacturer s recommended pressure as shown on the Tire Label located on the edge of driver s door or the B Pillar the vehicle must be driven for at least two minutes over 20 mph 32 km h before the light turns off Spare tire in use Repair the damaged road wheel and tire and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function For a description on how the system functions see When Your Temporary Spare Tire is Installed in this section TPMS If the tires are properly inflated malfunction and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on contact
103. scheduled maintenance performed and to make sure that the materials used meet the specifications identified in the Capacities and Specifications chapter of this owner s manual Failure to perform scheduled maintenance invalidates warranty coverage on parts affected by the lack of maintenance Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your Dealership Factory Trained Technicians Service technicians participate in extensive factory sponsored certification training to help them become experts on the operation of your vehicle Ask your dealership about the training and certification their technicians have received Genuine Ford and Motorcraft Replacement Parts Dealerships stock Ford Motorcraft and Ford authorized branded re manufactured replacement parts These parts meet or exceed our specifications Parts installed at your dealership carry a nationwide 12 month or 12000 mile 20000 kilometers parts and labor limited warranty If you do not use Ford authorized parts they may not meet our specifications and depending on the part it could affect emissions compliance Convenience Many dealerships have extended evening and Saturday hours to make your service visit more convenient and they offer one stop shopping They can perform any services that are required on your vehicle from general maintenance to collision repairs Note Not all dealers have extended hours or body shops Please contact your dealer for details 2014 Edge edg Owners G
104. seat back if equipped child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors and attaching hardware should be inspected after a crash Read the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for additional inspection and maintenance information specific to the child restraint Ford Motor Company recommends that all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a crash be replaced However if the crash was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly they do not need to be replaced Safety belt assemblies not in use during a crash should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted For proper care of soiled safety belts see Cleaning the Interior in the Vehicle Care chapter 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Personal Safety System 43 PERSONAL SAFETY SYSTEM The Personal Safety System provides an improved overall level of frontal crash protection to front seat occupants and is designed to help further reduce the risk of airbag related injuries The system is able to analyze different occupant conditions and crash severity before activating the appropriate safety devices to help better protect a range of occupants in a variety of frontal crash situations Your vehicle s Personal Safety System consists of e Driver and passenger dual stage airbag supplemental restraints e Front outboard safety belts wit
105. seat bight and one top tether anchor located behind that seating position LATCH compatible child safety seats have two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to the two lower anchors at the LATCH equipped seating positions in your vehicle This type of attachment method eliminates the need to use safety belts to attach the child seat however the safety belt can still be used to attach the child seat For forward facing child seats the top tether strap must also be attached to the proper top tether anchor if a top tether strap has been provided with your child seat Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for child seat installation at the seating positions marked with the child seat symbol 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Child Safety 29 The LATCH anchors are located at the rear section of the rear seat between the cushion and seatback below the symbols as shown Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install a child seat with LATCH attachments Follow the instructions on attaching child safety seats with tether straps See Using Tether Straps in this chapter Attach LATCH lower attachments of the child seat only to the anchors shown Use of Inboard Lower Anchors from the Outboard Seating Positions Center Seating Use WARNING The standardized spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 11 inches 28 centimeters center to cen
106. severity belt usage were not appropriate to activate these safety devices e The design of the front airbags is to activate only in frontal and near frontal crashes not rollovers side impacts or rear impacts unless the crash causes sufficient frontal deceleration e The design of the safety belt pretensioners is to activate in frontal near frontal and side crashes and in rollovers e The design of the side airbags is to inflate in certain side impact crashes Side airbags may activate in other types of crashes if the vehicle experiences sufficient sideways motion or deformation e The design of the Safety Canopy is to inflate in certain side impact crashes or rollover events The Safety Canopy may activate in other types of crashes if the vehicle experiences sufficient sideways motion or deformation or a certain likelihood of rollover AIRBAG DISPOSAL Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Airbags must be disposed of by qualified personnel 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Keys and Remote Control 57 GENERAL INFORMATION ON RADIO FREQUENCIES This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Not
107. shelf The finger opening to remove the shelf is located by the key slot C Rear powerpoint OVERHEAD CONSOLE The appearance of the overhead console will vary according to your option package Press near the rear edge of the door to open it 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Starting and Stopping the Engine 157 GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system creating the risk of fire or other damage WARNING Do not park idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire WARNING Do not start your vehicle in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas Exhaust fumes can be toxic Always open the garage door before you start the engine WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes If you disconnect the battery your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics for approximately 5 miles 8 kilometers after you connect it This is because the engine management system must realign itself with the engine You may disregard any unusual driving characteristics during this period The powertrain control system meets all Canadian interference causing equi
108. strap afterward if included with the child seat Using Tether Straps ae Many forward facing child safety seats include a tether strap RAL which extends from the back of the child safety seat and hooks to an anchoring point called the top tether anchor Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats Contact the manufacturer of your child seat for information about ordering a tether strap or to obtain a longer tether strap if the tether strap on your safety seat does not reach the appropriate top tether anchor in your vehicle Once the child safety seat has been installed using either the safety belt the lower anchors of the LATCH system or both you can attach the top tether strap The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions shown from top view v ES f n Perform the following steps to install a child safety seat with tether anchors Note If you install a child seat with rigid LATCH attachments do not tighten the tether strap enough to lift the child seat off your vehicle seat cushion when the child is seated in it Keep the tether strap just snug without lifting the front of the child seat Keeping the child seat just touching your vehicle seat gives the best protection in a severe crash 1 Route the child safety seat tether strap over the back of the seat For outboard seating positions route the tether strap under the head r
109. subject the vehicle to excessive stress which might result in damage which is not covered under your warranty With the all wheel drive option power will be delivered to the front wheels and distributed to the rear wheels as needed This increases traction which may enable you to safely drive over terrain and road conditions that a conventional two wheel drive vehicle cannot The system is active all the time and requires no input from the operator For all wheel drive vehicles a spare tire of a different size other than the tire provided should never be used A dissimilar spare tire size other than the spare tire provided or major dissimilar tire sized between the front and rear axles could cause the system to stop functioning and default to front wheel drive 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 301 How Your Vehicle Differs from Other Vehicles Crossover vehicles can differ from some other vehicles in a few noticeable ways Your vehicle may be e Higher to allow higher load carrying capacity Shorter to give it the capability to approach inclines All other things held equal a shorter wheelbase may make your vehicle quicker to respond to steering inputs than a vehicle with a longer wheelbase e Narrower to provide greater maneuverability in tight spaces As a result of the above dimensional differences crossover vehicles often will have
110. that is intended for service on light trucks B Load Range Load Inflation Limits Indicates the tire s load carrying capabilities and its inflation limits C Maximum Load Dual Ib kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a dual defined as four tires on the rear axle a total of six or more tires on the vehicle D Maximum Load Single Ib kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a single defined as two tires total on the rear axle 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 308 Wheels and Tires Information on T Type Tires T type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires These differences are described below B C D E A z T145 80D16 is an example of a tire eal size Note The temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different from this example Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire A T Indicates a type of tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association that is intended for temporary service on cars sport utility vehicles minivans and light trucks B 145 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire C 80 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a
111. the Moonroof and Sunshades Note The sunshades will only close after the moonroof is completely closed Pull and release the control The moonroof will stop short of the fully closed position Pull the control again and hold to fully close the moonroof Pull and release the control to close the sunshades The sunshades will stop short of the fully closed position Pull the control again and hold to fully close the sunshades Venting the Moonroof Press and release the TILT control to vent the moonroof Pull and hold the TILT control to close the moonroof 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Instrument Cluster 101 GAUGES Type 1 Cluster shown in standard measure metric clusters similar A B C A Tachometer B Information display See Information displays for more information C Speedometer D Fuel gauge Fuel Gauge Indicates approximately how much fuel is left in the fuel tank when the ignition is on The fuel gauge may vary slightly when the vehicle is in motion or on a grade The fuel icon and arrow indicates which side of the vehicle the fuel filler door is located 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 102 Instrument Cluster Type 2 Cluster shown in standard measure metric clusters similar A B C A Left information display See Information displays for more information B Speedometer C Right information
112. the Remote Control 1 Press and hold the desired memory button for five seconds A tone will sound after about two seconds Continue to hold until you hear a second tone 2 Press the unlock button on the remote control within three seconds Repeat this procedure for each additional remote control if desired Car Finder Press the button twice within three seconds The horn will sound Ay and the turn signals will flash We recommend you use this method to locate your vehicle rather than using the panic alarm Sounding a Panic Alarm Press the button to activate the alarm Press the button again ch or switch the ignition on to deactivate Note The panic alarm will only operate when the ignition is off Remote Start If Equipped WARNING To avoid exhaust fumes do not use remote start if your vehicle is parked indoors or areas that are not well ventilated Note Do not use remote start if your vehicle is low on fuel The remote start button is on the transmitter This feature allows you to start your vehicle from outside your vehicle The transmitter has an extended operating range Vehicles with automatic climate control can be configured to operate when the vehicle is remote started See the Climate Control chapter for more information A manual climate control system will run at the setting it was set to when your vehicle was last turned off Many states and provinces have restrictions for the use of remote start
113. the driver to view the area that is being detected by the reverse sensing system The system uses red yellow and green highlights which appear on top of the video image when an object is detected by the reverse sensing system The alert highlights the closest object detected The reverse sensing alert can be disabled and if enhanced park aids is enabled highlighted areas are still displayed Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 198 Parking Aids Manual Zoom WARNING When manual zoom is on the full area behind the vehicle is not shown Be aware of your surroundings when using the manual zoom feature Note Manual zoom is only available when the transmission is in R Reverse Note When manual zoom is enabled only the centerline is shown Allows the driver to get a closer view of an object behind the vehicle The zoomed image keeps the bumper in the image to provide a reference The zoom is only active while the transmission is in R Reverse When the transmission is shifted out of R Reverse the feature automatically turns off and must be reset when it is used again Selectable settings for this feature are OFF and ON Press the button to change the view The default setting for the manual zoom is OFF Rear Camera Delay When shifting the transmission out of R Reverse and into any gear other than P Park the camera image remains in t
114. the main menu bar on the left side of the information display you can choose from the following categories e Display Mode e Tripl amp 2 e Fuel Economy e Driver Assist e Settings Scroll up down to highlight one of the categories then press the right arrow key to enter into that category Press the left arrow key as needed to exit back to the main menu Display Mode Use the left right arrow buttons to choose the following display options XXX mi m to empty X J Ox S X a LE Engine coolant temp gauge 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 114 Information Displays D Intelligent AWD AWD Present Present Present Present left corner Present Present Present Present TVehicles with Intelligent AWD only You can choose to have only the fuel gauge show in this mode Refer to Display gt Gauge Display found in the table under the Settings section later in this chapter Regardless of display mode chosen when SelectShift Automatic transmission SST is activated the cluster will change to the round tachometer if not already selected After the round tachometer displays other display modes with the bar tachometer can also be chosen e XXX mi km to empty Shows approximate fuel level before the fuel tank reaches empty The value is dynamic and can change raise or lower depending on driving style e Fuel gauge Indicates approximately how m
115. the roadside assistance identification card found in the centerfold of this warranty guide and retain for future reference Canadian roadside coverage and benefits may differ from the U S coverage If you require more information please refer to the coverage section of your warranty guide call us in Canada at 1 800 665 2006 or visit our website at www ford ca HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS The hazard flasher control is located on the instrument panel A by the radio Use it when your vehicle is disabled and is creating a safety hazard for other motorists e Press the flasher control and all front and rear direction signals will flash e Press the flasher control again to turn them off Note With extended use the flashers may run down your 12 volt battery FUEL CUT OFF SWITCH WARNING Failure to inspect and if necessary repair fuel leaks after a collision may increase the risk of fire and serious injury Ford Motor Company recommends that the fuel system be inspected by an authorized dealer after any collision 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Roadside Emergencies 243 In the event of a moderate to severe collision this vehicle is equipped with a fuel pump shut off feature that stops the flow of fuel to the engine Not every impact will cause a shut off Should your vehicle shut off after a collision you may restart your vehicle by doing the following 1 Turn the ignition off 2
116. the system enters CTA mode Once shifted back into D Drive BLIS turns back on when the vehicle is driven above 3 mph 5 km h Note BLIS does not function in R Reverse or P Park or provide any additional warning when a turn signal is on CTA detects approaching vehicles from up to 45 feet 14 meters away though coverage decreases when the sensors are blocked Reversing slowly helps increase the coverage area and effectiveness WARNING To help avoid personal injury NEVER use the CTA system as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors and looking over your shoulder before backing out of a parking space CTA is not a replacement for careful driving and only an assist In this first example the left sensor is only partially obstructed zone coverage is nearly maximized 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 210 Driving Aids Zone coverage also decreases when parking at shallow angles Here the left sensor is mostly obstructed zone coverage on that side is severely limited System Lights and Messages The BLIS and CTA systems illuminate a yellow alert indicator in the outside mirror on the side of the vehicle the approaching vehicle is coming from Note The alert indicator dims when nighttime darkness is detected CTA also sounds an audible alarm and a message appears in the information display indicating a vehicle is coming from the right or left CT
117. the vehicle options equipped with your vehicle not all of the messages will display or be available Certain messages may be abbreviated or shortened depending upon which cluster type you have Press the OK button to acknowledge and remove some messages from the information display Other messages will be removed automatically after a short time Certain messages need to be confirmed before you can access the menus Message indicators Some messages will be supplemented by a system specific symbol Control Messages Malfunction preventing the ACC from engaging Available adaptive cruise cannot function properly Adaptive Cruise Not Displayed when the radar is blocked because Available Sensor of poor radar visibility due to bad weather or Blocked ice mud water in front of radar Driver can typically clean the sensor to resolve AdvanceTrac Action Description Traction Control Messages Service AdvanceTrac Displayed when the AdvanceTrac system has detected a condition that requires service Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible disabled by the driver Trailer Sway Reduce Displayed when the trailer sway control has Speed detected trailer sway 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 120 Information Displays Alarm Security Action Description Messages To Stop Alarm Start Displayed when the perimeter alarm system is Vehicle armed and the vehicle is entered using
118. the voice icon and say Phone Say any of the following i 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 368 SYNC PHONE Call lt name gt at home Call lt name gt at work OR Call name in office Djal 14 Phone book lt name gt Phone book lt name gt at work OR Phone book lt name gt at office Call history incoming Connections Go to privacy These commands do not require you to say Phone first These commands are not available until phone information is completely downloaded using Bluetooth See MENU table below See DIAL table below Phone settings set ringer 1 Phone settings set ringer 2 Phone settings set ringer 3 Text message inbox Words in are optional and do not have to be spoken for the system to understand the command Phone book commands When you ask SYNC to access a phone book name number etc the requested information appears in the display to view Press the phone button and say Call to call the contact 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus SYNCG 369 411 four one one 911 nine one one 700 seven hundred seven hundred 800 eight hundred eight hundred 900 nine hundred nine hundred H pound Asterisk Delete deletes one digit
119. tire s speed rating The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure The tires on your vehicle may operate at different conditions for load and inflation pressure These speed ratings may need to be adjusted for the difference in conditions The ratings range from 81 mph 130 km h to 186 mph 299 km h These ratings are listed in the following chart Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law 9 5 9905 IR 0 10607 O Note For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph 240 km h tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR For those with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph 299 km h tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 306 Wheels and Tires H U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in bet
120. trademark of SD 3C a ui LLC USB Port The ports are located either in the center yy console or behind a small access door in the mm instrument panel To access and play music mm from your device press the lower left corner of the touchscreen and then select the USB tab OOO This feature allows you to plug in media playing devices memory sticks flash drives or thumb drives and charge devices if they support this feature In order to playback video from your iPod or iPhone if compatible you must have a special combination USB RCA composite video cable which you can buy from Apple When you connect the cable to your iPod or iPhone plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 437 Playing Music from Your Device Insert your device and select the SD Card or USB tab once the system recognizes it You can then select from the following options Repeat replays the currently playing song or album Shuffle plays music on the selected album or folder in random order Similar Music allows you to choose music similar to what is currently playing More Info displays information such as current track artist name album and genre Options allows you to view and adjust various media settings e Sound Settings allows you to adjust settings for e Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal P
121. vehicle when in dual zone mode J Fan speed control Press or to increase or decrease the volume of air circulated in your vehicle K Driver temperature control Press or to increase or decrease the air temperature inside the vehicle This control also adjusts the passenger side temperature when dual zone operation is disengaged 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Climate Control 133 DUAL AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM WITH MyTemp A B C Note You can switch temperature units between Fahrenheit and Celsius See Settings in the MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch chapter A MyTemp Allows you to quickly adjust to a frequently used setting with a single touch Press and to increase and decrease the temperature Touch and hold MyTemp to save the current temperature To access the setting again touch the MyTemp indicator again B Power Fan speed control Press to turn the system off and on When the system is off outside air cannot enter the vehicle Turn to increase or decrease the fan speed C DUAL Allows the passenger to set their temperature independent of the driver temperature D Recirculated air Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air When the LED on the button is lit the air currently in the passenger compartment is being recirculated Using recirculated air can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors fr
122. voice button and speak commands specific to the app such as Play Station Quickmix Say Help to discover available voice commands 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus SYNCG 389 USING SYNC WITH YOUR MEDIA PLAYER You can access and play music from your digital music player over the vehicle s speaker system using the system s media menu or voice commands You can also sort and play your music by specific categories such as artists albums etc SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any digital media player including iPod Zune Plays from device players and most USB drives SYNC also supports audio formats such as MP3 WMA WAV and ACC Connecting Your Digital Media Player via the USB Port Note If your digital media player has a power switch ensure that the device is turned on To connect using voice commands 1 Plug the device into the vehicle s USB port 2 Press the voice icon and when prompted say USB 3 You can now play music by saying any of the appropriate voice commands See the media voice commands To connect using the system menu Plug the device into the vehicle s USB port Press AUX and then MENU to enter the Media Menu Scroll until Select Source appears and press OK Scroll to select USB and press OK Depending on how many digital media files are on your connected device Indexing may appear in the radio display When indexing is complete the screen r
123. wheels on the ground regardless of the powertrain and transmission configuration under the following conditions e Your vehicle is facing forward for towing in a forward direction e Place the transmission in position N See Automatic transmission in the Transmission chapter if you cannot move the transmission into N e Maximum speed is 35 mph 56 km h e Maximum distance is 50 miles 80 kilometers Recreational Towing Vehicles Equipped with a 2 0L Engine Note Put your climate control system in recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust fumes from entering your vehicle See the Climate Control chapter Follow these guidelines if you have a need for recreational towing such as towing your vehicle behind a motorhome We designed these guidelines to prevent damage to your transmission You can tow your vehicle with the front wheels off the ground by using a tow dolly If you are using a tow dolly follow the instructions specified by the equipment provider Otherwise you cannot tow your vehicle Vehicles Equipped with a 3 5L or 3 7L Engine Note Put your climate control system in recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust fumes from entering your vehicle See the Climate Control chapter Follow these guidelines if you have a need for recreational towing such as towing your vehicle behind a motorhome or truck We designed these guidelines to prevent damage to your vehicle after it is hooked up to the recreational vehicle or t
124. you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to the vehicles SYNC module Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent a court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada For further privacy information see the sections on 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and Traffic Directions and Information 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 416 MyFord Touch If Equipped ACCESSING AND ADJUSTING MODES THROUGH YOUR RIGHT VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY IF EQUIPPED The display is located on the right side of your instrument cluster You can use your steering wheel controls to view and make minor adjustments to active modes without taking your hands off the wheel For example e n Entertainment mode you can view what is now playing change the audio source and select memory presets e n Phone mode you can accept or reject an incoming call e If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation you can view the current route or cancel a route Use the OK and arrow buttons on the right side of your steering wheel to scroll through the available modes You c
125. you review your device s manual before using it with SYNC Support The SYNC support team is available to help you with any questions you cannot answer on your own Monday Saturday 8 30am 9 00pm EST Sunday 10 30am 7 30pm EST In the United States call 1 800 392 3673 In Canada call 1 800 565 3673 Times are subject to change due to holidays SYNC Owner Account Why do I need a SYNC owner account e Required to activate Vehicle Health Report and to view the reports online e Required to activate the subscription based SYNC Services and to personalize your Saved Points and Favorites e Essential for keeping up with the latest software downloads available for SYNC e Access to customer support for any questions you may have Driving Restrictions For your safety certain features are speed dependent and restricted when your vehicle is traveling over 3 mph 5 km h Safety Information WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving When using SYNC e Do not o
126. you select a category seek and scan functions only stop on channels in that category Alerts Select to turn off or turn on alerts for songs artists or teams The system alerts you when the selection is playing on another channel Save up to 20 alerts Unlock All Stations Use your PIN to unlock previously locked stations Skip No Stations Remove the skip feature from all the channels you previously skipped Parental Lock PIN Select to create a PIN which allows you to lock or unlock channels Your initial PIN is 1234 Audio Settings Spd Comp Vol Automatically adjusts the volume to compensate for speed and wind noise You can set the system between 0 and 7 bM Bass Fade and Balance Occupancy Mode Select to optimize sound quality for the chosen seating position 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Audio System 349 CD Settings Scan All Select to scan all disc selections Scan Folder Select to scan all music in the current MP3 folder CD Compression Select to bring soft and loud passages together for a more consistent listening level Clock Settings Select to set the time Select to set the calendar date 24h Mode Select to view clock time in a 12 hour mode or 24 hour mode Display Settings Dimming Select to change display brightness French or Spanish Temp Setting Select to display the outside temperature in Fahrenheit or Celsius 2014 Ed
127. your authorized dealer as soon as possible 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 321 Low tire Possible cause Customer action required pressure warning light Flashing Spare tire in use Repair the damaged road wheel warning light and tire assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function For a description on how the system functions see When Your Temporary Spare Tire is Installed in this section TPMS If the tires are properly inflated malfunction and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible When Inflating Your Tires When putting air into your tires such as at a gas station or in your garage the tire pressure monitoring system may not respond immediately to the air added to your tires It may take up to two minutes of driving over 20 mph 32 km h for the light to turn off after you have filled your tires to the recommended inflation pressure How Temperature Affects Your Tire Pressure The tire pressure monitoring system monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic tire While driving in a normal manner a typical passenger tire inflation pressure may increase about 2 to 4 psi 14 to 28 kPa from a cold start situation If the vehicle is stationary overnight with the outside temperature significantly lower than the daytime temperature the tire pressure may decrease approximately
128. your vehicle properly may void the warranty increase your repair cost reduce vehicle performance and operational capabilities and adversely affect driver and passenger safety Frequent inspection of vehicle chassis components is recommended if the vehicle is subjected to off highway usage 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Brakes 187 GENERAL INFORMATION Note Occasional brake noise is normal If a metal to metal continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present the brake linings may be worn out Have them inspected by an authorized dealer If your vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking have your vehicle inspected by an authorized dealer Note Brake dust may accumulate on the wheels even under normal driving conditions Some dust is inevitable as the brakes wear and does not contribute to brake noise See the Vehicle Care chapter for wheel cleaning instructions OLO See the Instrument Cluster chapter for information on the aI brake system warning light Wet brakes result in reduced braking efficiency Gently press the brake pedal a few times when driving from a car wash or standing water to dry the brakes Brake Over Accelerator In the event the accelerator pedal becomes stuck or entrapped apply steady and firm pressure to the brake pedal to slow your vehicle and reduce engine power If you experience this condition apply the brakes
129. 13 USA fus Roadside Emergencies 241 ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE Vehicles Sold in the United States Getting Roadside Assistance To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary Roadside Assistance program This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty e 24 hours a day seven days a week e Throughout the life of the vehicle for original owners only e For six years or 70000 miles 112655 kilometers whichever comes first within the extended powertrain warranty coverage period for subsequent owners Roadside assistance will cover e A flat tire change with a good spare except vehicles that have been supplied with a tire inflation kit e Battery jump start e Lock out assistance key replacement cost is the customer s responsibility e Fuel delivery Independent Service Contractors if not prohibited by state local or municipal law shall deliver up to 2 0 gallons 7 5 liters of gasoline or 5 0 gallons 18 9 liters of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle Fuel delivery service is limited to two no charge occurrences within a 12 month period e Winch out available within 100 feet 80 5 meters of a paved or county maintained road no recoveries e Towing Lincoln eligible vehicles will be towed to the client s selling or preferred dealer within 100 miles 161 kilometers of the disablement location or to the nearest Lincoln dealer If a client req
130. 2014 EDGE Owner s Manual fordowner com ford ca N o ne m Jg m O 15 o ES ui o 3 lc m m pi RT I n ET4J19A321 AA October2013 First Printing Owners Manual Edge Litho in U S A Table of Contents 1 Introduction 9 Child Safety 17 Child seat positioning llle 19 Booster Seals 43s S edt depre CE edu s PEU echoes 21 Installing child seats llle 24 Child Safety lOCkSs se 2s ard aote ER C ev REV bed 32 Safety Belts 33 Fastening the safety belts 2l 35 Safety belt height adjustment llle 39 Safety belt warning light and indicator chime 39 Safety belt niinder 2 ios ane ee eee Res ES rwr es 40 Child restraint and safety belt maintenance 42 Personal Safety System 43 Supplementary Restraints System 44 Driver and passenger airbags llle 46 Front passenger sensing system lesse 48 SIde alPbags es cn ee x EDU S PEE Nee mae OR e RS 52 Safety canopy curtain airbags 2 53 Crash sensors and airbag indicator 0200005 55 Airbag disposal 2 2 2 2 56 Keys and Remote Control 57 General information on radio frequencies 0 0005 57 Remote control 626 dn4 ee oes he reat hoe Y p Ed 58 KeyvS wives eho teh tas dae eh doa hed es Mees 29 39954 08243 58 Replacing a lost key or remote control 000000004 63 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013
131. 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation WARNING Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 507 GENERAL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION Why Maintain Your Vehicle Carefully following the maintenance schedule helps protect against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or inadequate maintenance and may help to increase the value of your vehicle when you sell or trade it Keep all receipts for completed maintenance with your vehicle We have established regular maintenance intervals for your vehicle based upon rigorous testing It is important that you have your vehicle serviced at the proper times These intervals serve two purposes one is to maintain the reliability of your vehicle and the second is to keep your cost of owning your vehicle down It is your responsibility to have all
132. 3 USA fus Stability Control 191 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION WARNING Vehicle modifications involving braking system aftermarket roof racks suspension steering system tire construction or wheel and tire size may change the handling characteristics of the vehicle and may adversely affect the performance of the AdvanceTrac system In addition installing any stereo loudspeakers may interfere with and adversely affect the AdvanceTrac system Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from the front center console the tunnel and the front seats in order to minimize the risk of interfering with the AdvanceTrac sensors Reducing the effectiveness of the AdvanceTrac system could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death WARNING Remember that even advanced technology cannot defy the laws of physics It s always possible to lose control of a vehicle due to inappropriate driver input for the conditions Aggressive driving on any road condition can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of personal injury or property damage Activation of the AdvanceTrac system is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road this could reduce the operator s ability to control the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death If your AdvanceTrac sys
133. 3 psi 21 kPa for a drop of 30 F 17 C in ambient temperature This lower pressure value may be detected by the tire pressure monitoring system as being significantly lower than the recommended inflation pressure and activate the system warning light for low tire pressure If the low tire pressure warning light is on visually check each tire to verify that no tire is flat If one or more tires are flat repair as necessary Check the air pressure in the road tires If any tire is under inflated carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest location where air can be added to the tires Inflate all the tires to the recommended inflation pressure 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 322 Wheels and Tires CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL WARNING The use of tire sealants may damage your tire pressure monitoring system and should not be used However if you must use a sealant have an authorized dealer install a new tire pressure monitoring system sensor and valve stem WARNING See Tire Pressure Monitoring System in this chapter for important information If the tire pressure monitoring sensor becomes damaged it will no longer function Note The tire pressure monitoring system indicator light will illuminate when the spare tire is in use To restore the full function of the monitoring system all road wheels equipped with tire pressure monitoring sensors must be mounted on this vehicle If you get a flat tire
134. 39s oq p nous eae pmyg pue pmy uorssrursued jo qunoure au 97009 xuej ur ue uj peddmbo ji pue 9ZIS Jo 002 uo poseq Area Lewu suorjeordde eurog Ajroedeo qg amp rp ejeurxodde Auo sojeorpur CTE TD Send 6 TT eSexoed Mo I9 Te1 YIM JUR OOD 9urgurp Area Aeur suorpeordde ourog Ayede y Arp ojeurxodde ATUO So3e5rpur g gporyea INOA ut peddmbo ATTeurst10 adAy 3uepo0o 9d PPV SUI91S S UOTSSTUIO pue ourguo au Jo sjueuraambod ay Joour JOU op SPO S YL eur uoneognoo GV oy sAe dsip t 1 ose eget ay ssepun ATOSayed IOMOT 10 TS WS NS S po eqer sto A1oseyeo S TGV 9sn jou oq AjueleMm ploy MOA Aq poJoAOO JOU ogeurep outrguo 0 peo prnoo pue amp ressooouun ore Aou SUSU INOA UT soAnrppe IO eurgue pejueurepddns asn you Od Seuiguo out oseg 10 x1ejy uoreogno GV oy s amp ejdsrp pue sjueuroumboJd NS dV Seoul yey ope18 AYISOOSIA popu9ouluroo284 JO IO outSuo ue osn 03 o qe3doooe ose ST 3 suorjeogroods pio 429W jeu sro yusTeambe 10 spo UTSU 3je194030 X JO 9sn ou 107 smoT e outguo INOA Jo USIS P Su uorjvorgri ods pJo q Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 2014 Edge edg USA fus 334 Capacities and Specifications MOTORCRAFT PART NUMBERS Component 3 5L 3 7L V6 2 0L EcoBoost engine engines Air filter element FA 1884 FA 1884 Battery non push BXT 59 BXT 59 systems Battery push BXT 65 650 BXT 65 650 button start systems Oil filter FL 500 S FL 9108 Spark plugs SP
135. 434 pie uode i sat nanan ae a ustomer Assistance CD voice commands 435 Ford Extended Service Cell phone use o s 16 Plai EE RUE 340 Changing a tire 322 Getting roadside assistance 241 ine th Child safety restraints 28 30 Need e e e es 246 Child safety seats Ordering additional owner s attaching with tether straps 30 literature eeeeeeeeee 252 automatic locking mode IebraeboE i acciri reto 36 LATCH secs eeeetethee ote iine 28 2014 Edge edg Utilizing the Mediation Arbitration Programi 2er tete 250 Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 526 Index D Engine oil checking and adding 268 Defrost ss 128 129 131 133 GIDSUC ect det 268 filter specifications 334 Fear WIDGOW recensere 136 refill capacities 330 Dipstick specifications s 330 automatic transmission Event data recording 12 fluid seems 275 277 Exhaust fumes sss 162 engine Oil seisein 268 Display settings 463 F Driving under special Fail safe cooling 273 conditions 179 181 184 SANG essaie oer EE Does 182 Pipet Mye DEBEAMUS see pa snow and ice issis 185 POOF MATS e expen 240 through Water iocos 183 239 Fluid capacities wo eee 330 Dual automatic temperature Four Wheel Drive vehicles control DATO
136. 520 SP 537 Cabin air filter FP65 FP65 WW 2601 PF driver side a Per WW 2001 PF passenger side i WW 1401 PF rear Replace the spark plugs with ones that meet Ford material and design specifications for your vehicle such as Motorcraft or equivalent replacement parts The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if such spark plugs are not used 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Capacities and Specifications 335 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER The vehicle identification number is located on the driver s side instrument panel ME Please note that in the graphic XXXX is representative of your vehicle identification number The Vehicle Identification Number VIN contains the following information A World manufacturer identifier B Brake system Gross Vehicle XXXXXX 3 Weight Rating GVWR Restraint Devices and their location F C Make vehicle line series body type G H D Engine type E Check digit F Model year G Assembly plant H Production sequence number 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 336 Capacities and Specifications VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO GVWR _ XXXX KG XXXX LB REAR GAWR WITH XXXX KG XXXX LB WITH oe ae XXX KG Xx LB XXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXX XXXX XXXX kPa XXX PID i XXXX kPa XXX BIOD HIS VEHICLE CONFORMS
137. A fus Table of Contents 3 Windows and Mirrors 94 Power windOWS szesecco e ON bx ao RTesRdoERArsdB4 3 94 Exterior m rrOLS 122a ue ees ee SGT REG Roar E 96 Interior MITOS 223 Gee Be e A ROG RUE UU AE Ree MEC 98 SUILVISOIS 4er ibe Cee eat BAY he ERE UE eee ea 98 MOOMTOOR 4 s 0264 fa5 65 ee doa Hund o Mae See beans SALES 99 Instrument Cluster 101 GAUGES 4 ga ate deed eds a eee eS Weste bbe DA d RES 101 Warning lamps and indicators 0 00 0002 eee 102 Audible warnings and indicators llle 107 Information Displays 108 CONOIS ccs ape a ori Seawater BUS RUN ATTE Pak RR ARTT OREMUS ATH 108 THP COMPUSE 32535 nah ei Sob er QE jene Py on do dese ea de s 112 Information Messages ca x eX ex RR RIA Kp oR nee FES 119 Climate Control 128 Manual heating and air conditioning 128 Dual automatic temperature control 00 0 129 Rear window defroster 2 0 0 0 cc cee eee nee 136 Cabin aip TIGER gare Renee oad YR RAS Ale lS cedars EBEN 136 Seats 139 Sitting in the correct Position i5 zz 5640 e046 AUR E TEE Y s 139 Head restraints coco reacer da een ene 140 Front manual Seatsc 2a abre Sed AE vede 142 Powerseats celeris 144 Memory function se cess eira ee cee rs 146 Heated Seats ss ses doe Tuae 4p x xe eR7 ras 147 Bear Seats sius Oe bee bE PE ARAM oe ee DE GUY eae SS 148 Universal Garage Door Opener If Equipped 150 HomeLink wireless control system
138. A works with the reverse sensing system which sounds its own audible alarm see the Parking Aids chapter 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Driving Aids 211 System Sensors WARNING Just prior to the system recognizing a blocked condition and alerting the driver the number of missed objects will increase To help avoid injuries NEVER use the BLIS as a replacement for using the side and rear view mirrors and looking over your shoulder before changing lanes BLIS is not a replacement for careful driving and only an assist Note It is possible to get a blockage warning with no blockage present this is rare and known as a false blockage warning A false blocked condition either self corrects or clears after a key cycle The system uses radar sensors which are located behind the bumper fascia on each side of the vehicle Do not allow these areas to become obstructed by mud snow or bumper stickers as this can cause degraded system performance If the system detects a degraded performance condition a blocked sensor warning or low visibility warning will appear in the information display and the alert indicator illuminates in the appropriate mirror s The information display warning can be cleared but the alert indicator remains illuminated When the blockage is removed the system can be reset in two ways 1 when at least two objects are detected while driving or 2 turn the ig
139. ALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Scheduled Maintenance Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 518 Scheduled Maintenance SPECIAL OPERATING CONDITIONS If you operate your vehicle primarily in any of the following conditions you need to perform additional maintenance as indicated If you occasionally operate your vehicle under any of these conditions it is not necessary to perform the additional maintenance For specific recommendations see your dealership service advisor or technician Perform the services shown in the following tables when specified or within 3000 miles 4800 kilometers of the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message appearing in the information display Exampl
140. AUTO LINE program The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of two parts mediation and arbitration During mediation a representative of the BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor Company to explore options for settlement of the claim If an agreement is not reached during mediation or you do not want to participate in mediation and if your claim is eligible you may participate in the arbitration process An arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that you can present your case in an informal setting before an impartial person The arbitrator will consider the testimony provided and make a decision after the hearing Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE program are usually decided within 40 days after you file your claim with the BBB You are not bound by the decision and may reject the decision and proceed to court where all findings of the BBB Auto Line dispute and decision are admissible in the court action Should you choose to accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision Ford is then bound by the decision and must comply with the decision within 30 days of receipt of your acceptance letter BBB AUTO LINE Application Using the information provided below please call or write to request a program application You will be asked for your name and address general information about your new vehicle information about your warranty concerns and any steps you have already taken to try to resolve them A Customer Claim Form will be mailed that will
141. Accelerate to the desired speed 9 Press SET upward and release The vehicle speed is stored in the memory The information display will show a green indicator light f current gap setting and desired set speed 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 202 Cruise Control 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal NE 5 A lead vehicle graphic will illuminate if there is a vehicle detected in front of you Note When adaptive cruise control is active the set speed displayed in the information display may vary slightly from the speedometer Following a Vehicle WARNING When following a vehicle in front of you your vehicle will not decelerate automatically to a stop nor will your vehicle always decelerate quickly enough to avoid a collision without driver intervention Always apply the brakes when necessary Failing to do so may result in a collision serious injury or death WARNING Adaptive cruise control only warns of vehicles detected by the radar sensor In some cases there may be no warning or the warning may be delayed The driver should always apply the brakes when necessary Failing to do so may result in a collision serious injury or death Note The brakes may emit a sound when they are being modulated by the adaptive cruise control system When a vehicle ahead of you enters the same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in the same lane the vehicle speed adjusts to maintain
142. Automatic Locking Mode 1 Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt 2 Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until the entire belt is pulled out 3 Allow the belt to retract As the belt retracts you will hear a clicking sound This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode How to Disengage the Automatic Locking Mode Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and activate the vehicle sensitive emergency locking mode Safety Belt Extension Assembly WARNING Do not use extensions to change the fit of the shoulder belt across the torso If the safety belt is too short when fully extended you can obtain a safety belt extension assembly from an authorized dealer Use only extensions manufactured by the same supplier as the safety belt Manufacturer identification is located at the end of the webbing on the label Also use the safety belt extension only if the safety belt is too short for you when fully extended 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Safety Belts 39 SAFETY BELT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT WARNING Position the safety belt height adjusters so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder Failure to adjust the safety belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the seat belt and increase the risk of injury in a crash Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so
143. CED TO LOWER TEMP message may appear on the message center You may notice a reduction in the vehicle s speed caused by reduced engine power Your vehicle has been designed to enter this mode if certain high temperature high load conditions take place in order to manage the engine s fluid temperatures The amount of speed reduction will depend on the vehicle loading towing grade ambient temperature and other factors If this occurs there is no need to pull off the road The vehicle can continue to be driven while this message is active The air conditioning may also cycle on and off during severe operating conditions to protect overheating of the engine When the engine coolant temperature decreases to a more normal operating temperature the air conditioning will turn on once again If you notice any of the following e the engine coolant temperature gauge moves fully into the red hot area e the coolant temperature warning light illuminates e the service engine soon indicator illuminates 1 Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and place the vehicle in P Park 2 Leave the engine running until the coolant temperature gauge needle moves away from the H range After several minutes if this does not happen follow the remaining steps 3 Turn the engine off and wait for it to cool before checking the coolant level 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Maintenance 273 WA
144. Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding remote start systems 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 62 Keys and Remote Control The remote start system will not work if e the ignition is on e the alarm system is triggered e you disable the feature e the hood is open e the transmission is not in P e the vehicle battery voltage is too low e the service engine soon light is on Remote Starting the Vehicle Note You must press each button within three seconds of each other Your vehicle will not remote start and the horn will not sound if you do not follow this sequence The label on your transmitter details the starting procedure To remote start your vehicle 1 Press the lock button to lock all the doors 2 Press the remote start button twice The exterior lamps will flash twice The horn will sound if the system fails to start Note If you remote start your vehicle with an integrated keyhead transmitter you must switch the ignition on before driving your vehicle If you remote start your vehicle with an intelligent access transmitter you must have a programmed intelligent access key inside your vehicle and press the START STOP button on the instrument panel once while applying the brake pedal before driving your vehicle The power windows will not work during the remote start and the radio will not turn on automatically The parki
145. Communications Commission FCC and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission CRTC regulations and should be installed only by an authorized dealer 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Accessories 339 e An authorized dealer needs to install mobile communications systems Improper installation may harm the operation of your vehicle particularly if the manufacturer did not design the mobile communication system specifically for automotive use e If you or an authorized Ford dealer add any non Ford custom electrical or electronic accessories or components to your vehicle you may adversely affect battery performance and durability In addition you may also adversely affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 340 Ford Extended Service Plan FORD ESP EXTENDED SERVICE PLANS PROTECT YOURSELF FROM THE RISING COST OF VEHICLE REPAIRS WITH A FORD EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN SERVICE PLANS U S only More than 32 Million Ford and Lincoln owners have discovered the powerful protection Ford ESP It is the only extended service plan backed by Ford Motor Company and provides peace of mind protection beyond the expiration of the New Vehicle Warranty coverage Ford ESP can quickly pay for itself One service bill the cost of parts and labor can easily exceed the price of your Ford Extended Service
146. D II in the Fuel and Refueling chapter If the light is blinking engine misfire is occurring which could damage your catalytic converter Drive in a moderate fashion avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle serviced immediately by your authorized dealer WARNING Under engine misfire conditions excessive exhaust temperatures could damage the catalytic converter the fuel system interior floor coverings or other vehicle components possibly causing a fire Speed control if equipped RTT The speed control system indicator light changes color to indicate what mode the system is in e On gray light type 1 and type 2 Illuminates when the speed control system is turned on Turns off when the speed control system is turned off e Engaged grey light type 1 green light type 2 Illuminates when the speed control system is engaged Turns off when the speed control system is disengaged 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Instrument Cluster 107 Stability Control System Displays when the AdvanceTrac Traction control is active If PAGE the light remains on have the system serviced immediately Stability Control System Off Illuminates when AdvanceTrac Traction control has been HAMO disabled by the driver AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND INDICATORS Key In Ignition Warning Chime Sounds when the key is left in the ignition in the off or accessory position and the
147. F THE CLAIM DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS INJURY OR DAMAGES DIRECT OR INDIRECT WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THIS DATA OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT REVENUE CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS OR ANY OTHER DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Appendices 503 OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA ANY DEFECT IN THIS DATA OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY EVEN IF NT OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES Some States Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations so to that extent the above may not apply to you Export Control You agree not to export from anywhere any part of the Data or any direct product thereof except in compliance with and with all licenses and approvals required under applicable export laws rules and regulations including but not limited to the laws rules and regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U S Department of Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U S Department of Commerce To the extent that any such export laws rules or regulations prohibit NT from complying with any of its obligations hereunder to deliver or distribute Data such failure shall be excused and shall not constitute
148. Failure to follow these instructions may interfere with the passenger seat sensing system WARNING Any alteration or modification to the front passenger seat may affect the performance of the front passenger sensing system which could seriously increase the risk of injury or death This system works with sensors that are part of the front passenger s seat and safety belt to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the front passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or not 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Supplementary Restraints System 49 The front passenger sensing system uses a passenger airbag status indicator which will illuminate indicating that the front passenger frontal airbag is either ON enabled i or OFF disabled The indicator lamp is located in the center stack of the instrument panel PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF ON Note When the ignition is first turned on the passenger airbag status indicator OFF and ON lamps will illuminate for a short period of time to confirm it is functional The front passenger sensing system is designed to disable will not inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag when the front passenger seat is unoccupied or a rear facing infant seat a forward facing child restraint or a booster seat is detected Even with this technology parents are strongly encouraged to always prop
149. Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 380 SYNC SYNC APPLICATIONS AND SERVICES IF EQUIPPED Note In order for the following features to work your cellular phone must be compatible with SYNC To check your phone s compatibility visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca e SYNC Services if equipped United States only Provides access to traffic directions and information such as travel horoscopes stock prices and more e 911 Assist Can alert 911 in the event of an emergency e Vehicle Health Report Gf equipped United States only Provides a diagnostic and maintenance report card of your vehicle 911 Assist WARNING Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on prior to a crash the system will not dial for help which could delay response time potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash WARNING Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash the system or phone may be damaged or non functional WARNING Always place your phone in a secure location in the vehicle so it does not become a projectile or get damaged in a crash Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911
150. In Sirius mode press one of these buttons to select the previous or next channel If you select a specific category such as Jazz Rock or News use these buttons to find the previous or next channel in the selected category Press and hold one of these buttons to move quickly in that direction to the next channel or category e n CD mode press one of these buttons to select the previous or next track Press and hold one of these buttons to move quickly in that direction within the current track Hj G OK and arrow buttons e Press the up and down or left and right arrow buttons to browse menu selections e Press OK to confirm menu selections H Eject Press this button to eject a CD I Power and Volume e Press this button to switch the system off and on e Turn it to adjust the volume J CLOCK Press this button to access the clock setting Use the center arrow controls to change the hours and minutes K SOUND Press this button to adjust settings for Treble Middle Bass Balance and Fade L MENU Press this button to access different audio system features See Menu structure later in this section 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Audio System 347 M PHONE Press this button to access the phone features of the SYNC system See the SYNC chapter for more information N AUX Press this button to access your auxiliary input jack or switch between devices you plug into th
151. Items in this catalog may be purchased by credit card check or money order 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Customer Assistance 253 Obtaining a French Owner s Manual A French owner s manual can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by contacting Helm Incorporated using the contact information listed previously in this section REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS U S ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Ford Motor Company To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to Attp www safercar gov or write to Administrator 1200 New Jersey Avenue Southeast Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS CANADA ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform
152. MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY or their affiliates or suppliers The SOFTWARE is licensed not sold You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the SOFTWARE AII title and intellectual 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Appendices 493 property rights in and to the content which may be accessed through use of the SOFTWARE is the property of the respective content owner and may be protected by applicable copyright or other intellectual property laws and treaties This EULA grants you no rights to use such content All rights not specifically granted under this EULA are reserved by MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service providers their affiliates and suppliers Use of any on line services which may be accessed through the SOFTWARE may be governed by the respective terms of use relating to such services If this SOFTWARE contains documentation that is provided only in electronic form you may print one copy of such electronic documentation EXPORT RESTRICTIONS You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is subject to U S and European Union export jurisdiction You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE including the U S Export Administration Regulations as well as end user end use and destination restrictions issued by U S and other governments For additional information see http www mic
153. NG Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the Safety Compliance Certification Label WARNING Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the original tires because they may lower the vehicles GVWR and GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit than the original tires do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations WARNING Exceeding any vehicle weight rating limitation could result in serious damage to the vehicle and or personal injury 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Load Carrying 227 Steps for determining the correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ib 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicl
154. Noted sd 72 Neued B Not used u Noted Le Air conditioner clutch diode 3 5 3 7L engines PGT Not used S Tae tow park lemps rely 20A Right high intensity discharge headlamps PT 5A Adaptive cruise control 80 JjNtued O 8 jNtued 83 Not used 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Fuses 259 Fuse or relay Fuse amp Protected components number rating o s i 7 5A Powertrain control module relay Powertrain control module keep alive 8 5 3 7L engines Oo o 8 o Rurstartrelay O EE e Oa only 10A Powertrain control module nm Transmission Control Module 2 0L engine i M E 2 0L engine 94 30A Passenger compartment fuse panel run start Noted Canister purge solenoid diode 2 0L engine 95 97 Automatic transmission warm up diode 2 0L engine Air conditioner clutch relay Mini Fuses Cartridge Fuses Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel The fuse panel is located behind a trim panel on the left side of the driver s footwell near the parking brake To remove the trim panel slide the release lever to the right then pull the trim panel out To remove the fuse panel cover press in the tabs on both sides of the cover then pull the cover off 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013
155. November 2013 USA fus 34 Safety Belts WARNING When possible all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death WARNING Safety belts and seats can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather they could burn a small child Check seat covers and buckles before you place a child anywhere near them WARNING Front and rear seat occupants including pregnant women should wear safety belts for optimum protection in an accident All seating positions in your vehicle have lap and shoulder safety belts All occupants of the vehicle should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided The safety belt system consists of e Lap and shoulder safety belts e Shoulder safety belt with automatic locking mode except driver safety belt e Height adjuster at the front outboard seating positions e Safety belt pretensioner at the front outboard seating positions e Belt tension sensor at the front outboard passenger seating position hh e Safety belt warning light and chime See Safety belt warning AT light and indicator chime later in this chapter e amp Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness PAN indicator See Crash sensors and airbag indicator in the Supplemental Restraint System chapter The safety belt pretensioners are
156. OR seat belt maintenance 42 Rear view camera warning light and chime 39 display zccusseseeossesc tees 195 465 Safety restraints Rear window LATCH anchors 28 defroster 128 129 131 133 Safety seats for children 24 Receiving a text message 373 447 Safety Compliance Recommendations for Certification Label 336 attaching safety restraints for childten aonecseteetesraiein 24 Aem je UE d chedule aintenance Guide Relays scsccieitec s e 254 255 Normal Scheduled Remote entry system Maintenance and Log 512 illuminated entry 72 lods anlodldad door n 68 SDcard iesene 360 436 477 opening the trunk 69 Seat belts replacing the batteries 59 see Safety restraints 35 Reverse sensing system 194 Eal r cea redd eate esate aes 148 Roadsid ist 241 child safety seats 24 oadside assistance easy access easyout feature 146 Roll stability control 192 front seats 142 144 147 Roof PRON 2sockaeci stein 220 memory seat s 60 146 Robo d 481 second row seats 148 QUOI RUE OR QUSS Second row power fold seat 148 S SecuriCode keyless entry SVSUCIM e RRE 76 Safety Belt Maintenance 42 aeunLock passive anti theft Safety belts SV SLIM peces eiie p UAE ren 79 see Sa
157. PS access e v r uL Quick touch Buttons When in map mode touch anywhere on the map display to access more features Set as Dest Touch this button to select a scrolled location on the map as your destination You may scroll the map by pressing your index finger on the map display When you reach the desired location simply let go and then touch Set as Dest Set as Waypoint Touch this button to set the current location as a waypoint Save to Favorites Touch this button to save the current location to your favorites POI Icons Touch this button to select icons to display on the map You can select up to three icons to display on the map at the same time Turn these ON or OFF 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 486 MyFord Touch If Equipped Cancel Route Touch this button to cancel the active route View Edit Route Access these features when a route is active View Route Edit Destination Waypoints Edit Turn List Detour Edit Route Preferences Edit Traffic Preferences e Cancel Route Nokia is the digital map provider for the navigation application If you find map data errors you may report them directly to Nokia by going to http mapreporter navteq com Nokia evaluates all reported map errors and responds with the result of their investigation by e mail Navigation Map Updates Annual navigation map updates are available for purchase through your dealership
158. Plan With Ford ESP you minimize your risk for unexpected repair bills and rising repair costs Coverage for up to 500 covered components There are four Extended Service Plans with different levels of coverage Ask your dealer for details 1 PremiumCARE Our most comprehensive coverage With over 500 covered components this plan is so complete that we generally only discuss what s not covered 2 ExtraCARE Covers 113 components and includes many high tech items 3 BaseCARE Covers 84 components 4 PowertrainCARE Covers 29 critical components Ford ESP is honored by all Ford and Lincoln Dealers in the United States and Canada It is the only Extended Service Plan authorized and backed by Ford Motor Company That means you get e Reliable quality service anywhere you go e Repairs performed by factory trained technicians using Genuine Ford and Lincoln parts Rental Car Reimbursement 1st day Rental Benefit You take advantage of replacement transportation if your vehicle is at the dealership for same day covered repairs Extended Rental Benefits If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered repairs you are eligible for rental car coverage including Bumper to Bumper warranty repairs or Field Service Actions 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Ford Extended Service Plan 341 Roadside Assistance Exclusive 24 7 roadside assistance including e Towing flat tire ch
159. RESSURE TIRE PRESSION DES SEE OWNERS PNEU PNEUS A FROID MANUAL FOR 1 eo oo a ADDITIONAL INT P235 70R16 240 KPA 35 PSI INFORMATION REAR arricrE P235 70R16 240 KPA 35 PSI T RA SPARE POUR PLUS DE secourns T145 90R17 415 KPA 60 PSI RENSEIGNEMENTS PET x x x iol x x x ol x x x s XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX CARGO Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment When towing trailer tongue load weight is also part of cargo weight GAW Gross Axle Weight is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 224 Load Carrying GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR Note For trailer towing information refer to Trailer towing found in this chapter or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide provided by your authorized dealer Dn GVW Gross Vehicle Weight is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rati
160. RNING Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification Label vehicle weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling or performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious damage to the vehicle loss of control and personal injury 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 226 Load Carrying GCW Gross Combined Weight is the weight of the loaded vehicle GVW plus the weight of the fully loaded trailer GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle and the loaded trailer including all cargo and passengers that the vehicle can handle without risking damage Important The towing vehicle s braking system is rated for operation at GVWR not at GCWR Separate functional brakes should be used for safe control of towed vehicles and for trailers where the GCW of the towing vehicle plus the trailer exceed the GVWR of the towing vehicle The GCW must never exceed the GCWR Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer the vehicle can tow It assumes a vehicle with only mandatory options no cargo internal or external a tongue load of 10 1596 conventional trailer and driver only 150 Ib 68 kg Consult your authorized dealer or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide provided by your authorized dealer for more detailed information WARNI
161. RNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot 4 If the coolant level is normal you may restart your engine and continue on 5 If the coolant is low add coolant restart the engine and take your vehicle to an authorized dealer See Adding engine coolant in this chapter for more information Refer to fail safe cooling for additional information What You Should Know About Fail Safe Cooling If the engine coolant supply is depleted this feature allows the vehicle to be driven temporarily before incremental component damage is incurred The fail safe distance depends on ambient temperatures vehicle load and terrain How Fail Safe Cooling Works If the engine begins to overheat the engine coolant temperature gauge will move to the red hot area and E The coolant temperature warning light will illuminate ey The service engine soon indicator will illuminate If the engine reaches a preset over temperature condition the engine will automatically switch to alternating cylinder operation Each disabled cylinder acts as an air pump and cools the engine When this occurs the vehicle will still operate However e The engine power will be limited e The air conditioning system will be disabled Continued operation will increase the engine temperature and the engine will completely shut down causing steering and braking effort to increase Once the engine temperature cools the engine can be restart
162. SCO 2st ette 102 Garage door ODEnBP aou 150 Intelligent Access Key 58 Gas cap see Fuel cap 169 J Gauges usse eetee 101 102 odometer TED 112 p iGoning ea dee gares E THREE See E M2 Sorge Eee H Joining two calls multiparty conference call 369 Hazard flashers 242 Jump starting your vehicle 243 HD Radio M 2e 424 Headlamps K AMINE OD 283 bulb specifications 288 Keyless entry system flash to pass une 89 autolock nici ette 71 high beam eee 89 KEV DAG eese ttes 76 replacing bulbs 286 locking and unlocking doors 78 Head restraints 140 programming entry code 76 KEYS 58 79 Heated steering wheel 474 positions of the ignition Ge 158 Heating 128 129 131 133 Hp icc imespaliien siete oh duties 473 L Hill start assist 189 Lamps Homelink wireless control bulb replacement SYSUGTU E EIE 150 specifications chart 288 headlamps flash to pass 89 Hood E E E aus 265 e MN RUNG 92 93 How to use voice commands 417 replacing bulbs 286 I LATCH anchors 28 Liftgate 69 73 74 221 Ignition PES 158 329 Lights warning and indicator 102 Illuminated visor mirror 98 99 Listening to music 110100 421 Information dis
163. Settings gt Voice Control 2 Select from e Interaction Mode Confirmation Prompts Media Candidate Lists Phone Candidate Lists Voice Control Volume 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 420 MyFord Touch If Equipped To access these settings using voice commands Press the voice icon Wait for the prompt Please say a us command Another tone sounds to let you know the system is listening Voice settings using voice commands Using Voice Commands with the Touchscreen Options Your voice system has a dual mode feature which allows you to switch between using voice commands and making on screen selections This is available only when the system displays a list of candidates generated during a voice session For example when entering in a street address or trying to call a contact from the phone you paired to the system 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 421 ENTERTAINMENT nmo ouv gt AM 1 and AM AST FM 1 FM 2 and FM AST SIRIUS CD USB Touch this button to scroll down for more options such as SD Card BT Stereo A V In These buttons change with the media mode you are in moeeeumootupr Radio memory presets and CD controls Note Some features may not be available in your area Contact an authorized dealer for more information You can access these options using the touchsc
164. Settings icon gt Help gt Voice Command List e f you use the steering wheel control press the voice icon After the tone speak your command clearly 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 419 This command is only available when your vehicle is equipped with the navigation system and the navigation system SD card is in the card slot This command is only available when you have an active Sirius satellite radio subscription Voice Settings Voice settings allow you to customize the level of system interaction help and feedback The system defaults to standard interaction that uses candidate lists and confirmation prompts as these provide the highest level of guidance and feedback Interaction Mode Novice mode provides detailed interaction and guidance while the advanced mode has less audible interaction and more tone prompts Confirmation Prompts The system uses these short questions to confirm your voice request If turned off the system simply makes a best guess as to what you requested The system may still occasionally ask you to confirm settings Phone Media Candidate Lists Candidate lists are lists of possible results from your voice commands The system creates these lists when it has the same confidence level of several options based on your voice command To access these settings using the touchscreen 1 Press the Settings icon gt
165. Stuck in Mud or Snow Note Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur Note Do not rock the vehicle for more than a minute or damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 180 All Wheel Drive If Equipped USING YOUR ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED AWD uses all four wheels to power the vehicle This increases traction enabling you to drive over terrain and road conditions that a conventional two wheel drive vehicles cannot The AWD system is active all the time and requires no input from the operator Note Your AWD vehicle is not intended for off road use The AWD feature gives your vehicle some limited off road capabilities in which driving surfaces are relatively level obstruction free and otherwise similar to normal on road driving conditions Operating your vehicle under other than those conditions could subject the vehicle to excessive stress which might result in damage which is not covered under your warranty Note When an AWD system fault is present the warning Check AWD will display in the information display The AWD system is not functi
166. TA FROM THE GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE CONTENT GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT TO DELETE DATA AND OR 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 506 Appendices CONTENT FROM THE COMPANIES RESPECTIVE SERVERS OR IN THE CASE OF GRACENOTE CHANGE DATA CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT NO WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR FREE OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED GRACENOTE IS NOT OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES AT ANY TIME GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRINGEMENT NEITHER GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER 9 Gracenote 2007 Vehicle with SYNC only FCC ID KMHSGI1G1 IC 1422A SG1G1 Vehicle with SYNC and MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch FCC ID KMHSYNCG2 IC 1422A SYNCG2 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS
167. This is important since while setting up or changing some functions you might be required to distract your attention away from the road and remove your hands from the wheel General operation Voice Command Control Functions within the Windows Automotive based system may be accomplished using only voice commands Using voice commands while driving allows you to operate the system without removing your hands from the wheel Prolonged Views of Screen Do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the screen while you are driving Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Appendices 495 access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention Even occasional short scans to the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Volume Setting Do not raise the volume excessively Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident Use of Speech Recognition Functions Speech recognition software is inherently a statistical process which is subject to errors It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address any errors Navigation Features Any navigation features included in the system are intended to prov
168. Touch If Equipped 409 Intotairiment display se ade UREWEG ERRARE RE eS 416 VOICE FECOSTUUION P 417 Listening to MUSIC 3x i564 4 5 64445 eR S Re US te le eee 421 Phone features a saseda io man ada hm RR RS RR mm hon 442 Information M nu 2 eod uoc or bro eo exe DAR e E 450 DELNO RCM 462 Climate features 2 llsseseee ee es 474 Navigation System i gu AXIS wes kaa EEWODE R3 d 4TT Appendices 489 Scheduled Maintenance 507 Normal scheduled maintenance and log 512 Index 524 The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print In the interest of continuous development we reserve the right to change specifications design or equipment at any time without notice or obligation No part of this publication may be reproduced transmitted stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission Errors and omissions excepted Ford Motor Company 2013 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Introduction 9 ABOUT THIS MANUAL Thank you for choosing Ford We recommend that you take some time to get to know your vehicle by reading this manual The more that you know about it the greater the safety and pleasure you will get from driving it WARNING Always drive with due care and attention when using and operating the controls and features on your vehicle Note This manual
169. Touch If Equipped 463 You can also turn the outside air temperature display on and off It appears at the top center of the touchscreen next to the time and date The system automatically saves any updates you make to the settings Display You can adjust the touchscreen display through the touchscreen or by pressing the voice button on your steering wheel controls and when prompted say Display settings Press the Settings icon Display to access and make 9 adjustments using the touchscreen e Brightness allows you to make the screen display brighter or dimmer e Auto DIM when set to On lets you use the Auto Dim Manual Offset feature When set to Off screen brightness does not change e Mode allows you to set the screen to a certain brightness or have the system automatically change based on the outside light level or turn the display off e f you select AUTO or NIGHT you have the options of turning the display s Auto Dim feature on or off and changing the Auto Dim Manual Offset feature e Auto Dim Manual Offset allows you to adjust screen dimming as the outside lighting conditions change from day to night This feature also allows you to adjust screen brightness using the instrument panel dimming control Edit Wallpaper e You can have your touchscreen display the default photo or upload your own Uploading Photos for Your Home Screen Wallpaper Note You cannot load photos directly from your camera You
170. Transmission Brake shift interlock j WARNING Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brake lamps are working AN WARNING When doing this procedure you will be taking the vehicle out of park which means the vehicle can roll freely To avoid unwanted vehicle movement always fully set the parking brake prior to doing this procedure Use wheel chocks if appropriate A WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake A warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer Use the BSI lever to move the gearshift lever from the park position in the event of an electrical malfunction or if your vehicle has a dead battery Apply the parking brake and turn the ignition off before performing this procedure 1 Using a screwdriver or similar tool carefully pry off and remove the BSI access panel 2 Locate the brake shift interlock lever in front of the shifter assembly 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Transmission 179 3 Apply the brake pedal Gently push and hold the brake shift interlock lever while pulling the gearshift lever out of the P Park position and into the N Neutral position 4 Install the trim panel 5 Apply the brake pedal start the vehicle and release the parking brake Note See your authorized dealer as soon as possible if this procedure is used If Your Vehicle Gets
171. Transport Canada using their toll free number 1 800 333 0510 or online at http www tc gc ca eng roadsafety menu htm 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 254 Fuses CHANGING A FUSE Fuses WARNING Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire If electrical components in your vehicle are not working a fuse may have blown Blown fuses are identified by a broken wire within the fuse 15 Check the appropriate fuses before replacing any electrical components Standard Fuse Amperage Rating and Color COLOR Fuse Mini Standard Maxi ipo Fuse link maxi ns rating fuses fuses fuses fee cartridge Loup pup D ae eee Vide Volt Pink Pink Tn Tn Se a C lt e ee a a cy 2 3 4 5 A A A A T Red Red 15A 25A Natural Natural Natural Natural 40A Orange Green Green 50 Red Red Red 60 Bue Yelow Yelow 70A Tn Brom soa Natural Black Black N gt S 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Fuses 255 FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART Power Distribution Box WARNING Alwa
172. Turn the ignition on 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 to re enable fuel pump Note If your vehicle has the push button start system press the stop start button twice to reactivate the fuel system JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE WARNING The gases around the battery can explode if exposed to flames sparks or lit cigarettes An explosion could result in injury or vehicle damage WARNING Batteries contain sulfuric acid which can burn skin eyes and clothing if contacted Do not attempt to push start your automatic transmission vehicle Automatic transmissions do not have push start capability Attempting to push start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage When the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed the automatic transmission must relearn its shift strategy As a result the transmission may exhibit a combination of firm and soft shifts This operation is considered normal and will not affect function or durability of the transmission Over time the adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation Preparing Your Vehicle Note Use only a 12 volt supply to start your vehicle Note Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle s electrical system 1 Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle making sure the two vehicles do not touch Set the parking brake on both vehicles and stay clear of the engine coolin
173. USA fus 260 Fuses To reinstall the fuse panel cover place the top part of the cover on the fuse panel then push the bottom part of the cover until it clicks into place Gently pull on the cover to make sure it is secure To reinstall the trim panel align the tabs on the bottom of the panel with the grooves push the panel shut and slide the release lever to the left to secure the panel To remove a fuse use the fuse puller tool provided on the fuse panel cover ol e Joo foo N 5 IS w w fs e 4 B Fuse or relay Fuse amp Protected components number rating 30A 15A Not used spare 30A Not used spare HEB BOBBBBBDO 10A Demand lamps relay 20A Not used spare Radio frequency module 7 5A Power mirror switch Memory seat switch Driver seat module 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Fuses 261 Fuse or relay Fuse amp Protected components a rating Not used spare D Power liftgate 11 10A Instrument panel cluster COO LO O RLENN 12 Interior lighting Puddle lamps 10A Keypad illumination Brake shift interlock Start button LED Passive anti theft system Powertrain control module wake up Second row power enable ep Amplifier Sony E relays vehicles D intelligent access a used a 20A Horn Horn relay 15A Steering wheel control Intelligent BIEN d 24 15A On board diagnostics Intelligent
174. additives treatments or cleaning agents The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components 6F35 transmission if equipped Note Transmission fluid should be checked by an authorized dealer If required fluid should be added by an authorized dealer The automatic transmission does not have a transmission fluid dipstick Refer to your scheduled maintenance information for scheduled intervals for fluid checks and changes Your transmission does not consume fluid However the fluid level should be checked if the transmission is not working properly i e if the transmission slips or shifts slowly or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives treatments or cleaning agents The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components BRAKE FLUID CHECK Fluid levels between the MIN and MAX lines are within the normal operating range there is no need to add fluid If the fluid levels are outside of the normal operating range the performance of the system could be compromised seek service from your authorized dealer immediately POWER STEERING FLUID CHECK Check the power steering fluid Refer to scheduled maintenance information 1 Start the engine and let it run until it reaches normal operating temperature the engine coolant temperature ga
175. age intervals at which you would like to be prompted Mileage Intervals Press OK Scroll to select between 5000 7500 or 10000 mile intervals and press OK to make your selection Run Report Press OK for SYNC to run a health report of your vehicle s diagnostic systems and send the results to Ford where it is combined with scheduled maintenance information open recalls and other field service actions and unserviced vehicle inspection items from your authorized dealer Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice When you run a Vehicle Health Report Ford Motor Company may collect your cellular phone number to process your report request and diagnostic information about your vehicle Certain versions or updates to Vehicle Health Report may also collect additional vehicle information Ford may use the vehicle information it collects for any purpose If you do not want to disclose your cellular phone number or vehicle information do not run the feature or set up your Vehicle Health Report profile at www SYNCMyRide com See www SYNCMyRide com Vehicle Health Report Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement for more information 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus SYNCG 385 SYNC Services Traffic Directions amp Information TDI Note SYNC Services requires activation prior to use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register and check your eligibility for complimentary services Standard phone and me
176. ake several driving cycles for the message to turn off A driving cycle consists of an engine start up after four or more hours with the engine off followed by city highway driving Continuing to drive with the message on may cause the service engine soon lamp to turn on as well 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 170 Fuel and Refueling FUEL CONSUMPTION Filling the Tank The advertised capacity is the indicated capacity and the empty reserve combined Indicated capacity is the difference in the amount of fuel in a full tank and a tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty Empty reserve is the amount of fuel in the tank after the fuel gauge indicates empty Note The amount of usable fuel in the empty reserve varies and should not be relied upon to increase driving range When refueling your vehicle after the fuel gauge indicates empty you might not be able to refuel the full amount of the advertised capacity of the fuel tank due to the empty reserve still present in the tank For consistent results when filling the fuel tank e Turn the ignition off before fueling an inaccurate reading results if the engine is left running e Use the same fill rate low medium high each time the tank is filled e Allow no more than two automatic click offs when filling Results are most accurate when the filling method is consistent Calculating Fuel Economy Do not measure fuel economy during the firs
177. ake sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving EXPORT UNIQUE NON UNITED STATES CANADA VEHICLE SPECIFIC INFORMATION For your particular global region your vehicle may be equipped with features and options that are different from the features and options that are described in this owner s manual A market unique supplement may be supplied that complements this book By referring to the market unique supplement if provided you can properly identify those features recommendations and specifications that are unique to your vehicle This owner s manual is written primarily for the U S and Canadian Markets Features or equipment listed as standard may be different on units built for Export See this owner s manual for all other required information and warnings 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Child Safety 17 GENERAL INFORMATION See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety restraints for children WARNING Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their height age and weight Child safety restraints must be bought separately from your vehicle Failure to follow these instructions and guidelines may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child WARNING All children are shaped differently The recommendations for safety restraints ar
178. al may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute Satellite radio signal Your display may show ACQUIRING to interference indicate the interference and the audio system may mute 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Audio System 357 Sirius Satellite Radio Service Note Sirius reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its prices at any time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes Sirius satellite radio is a subscription based satellite radio 4 om service that broadcasts a variety of music sports news weather traffic and entertainment programming Your factory installed Sirius satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of your vehicle See an authorized dealer for availability SATELLITE R A Dio For more information on extended subscription terms a service fee is required the online media player and a complete list of Sirius satellite radio channels and other features please visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN You need your ESN to activate modify or track your satellite radio account When in satellit
179. alls Access the device connected to your USB port Bluetooth Audio Stream audio from your phone Line in Access the device connected to the auxiliary input jack Cancel the requested action Return to the main menu Voice settings Adjust the level of voice interaction and feedback Vehicle Health Report Run a vehicle health report Access the SYNC Services portal Mobile apps Access mobile applications Help Hear a list of voice commands available in the current mode If equipped U S only System Interaction and Feedback The system provides feedback through audible tones prompts questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction voice settings You can customize the voice recognition system to provide more or less instruction and feedback The default setting is to a higher level of interaction in order to help you learn to use the system You can change these settings at any time 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus SYNCG 365 Adjusting the Interaction Level Push the voice icon when prompted say Voice settings then i any of the following guidance Interaction mode advanced Provides less audible interaction and more tone prompts The system defaults to the standard interaction mode Confirmation prompts are short questions the system asks when it is not sure of your re
180. amage such as bulges in the tread or sidewalls cracks in the tread groove and separation in the tread or sidewall If damage is observed or suspected have the tire inspected by a tire professional Tires can be damaged during off road use so inspection after off road use is also recommended WARNING Age Tires degrade over time depending on many factors such as weather storage conditions and conditions of use such as load speed inflation pressure the tires experience throughout their lives In general tires should be replaced after six years regardless of tread wear However heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process and may require tires to be replaced more frequently You should replace your spare tire when you replace the road tires or after six years due to aging even if it has not been used U S DOT Tire Identification Number Both U S and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and th
181. an make selections from the menu by using the OK button The selection menu expands and different options appear e Press OK to enter the mode e Press the left or right arrows to make adjustments within the chosen mode Small white arrows appear in the menu you are in which indicate that you can scroll in those directions to enter more menus e Press OK to confirm your selection 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 417 Note If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation Compass appears in the display instead of Navigation If you press the right arrow to go into the Compass menu you can see the compass graphic The compass displays the direction in which the vehicle is traveling not true direction i e if the vehicle is traveling west the middle of the compass graphic displays west north displays to the left of west though its true direction is to the right of west USING VOICE RECOGNITION This system helps you control many features using voice commands This allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is in front of you The system provides feedback through audible tones prompts questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction voice settings The system also asks short questions confirmation prompts when it is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible responses to you
182. and bring your vehicle to a safe stop Turn the engine off shift to position P and apply the parking brake then inspect the accelerator pedal for any interferences If none are found and the condition persists have your vehicle towed to the nearest authorized dealer Brake Assist Brake assist detects when you brake heavily by measuring the rate at which you press the brake pedal It provides maximum braking efficiency as long as you press the pedal Brake assist can reduce stopping distances in critical situations 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 188 Brakes Anti Lock Brake System This system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking This lamp momentarily illuminates when you turn the ignition 55 on If the light does not illuminate during start up remains on or flashes the anti lock brake system may be disabled and may need to be serviced OLO If the anti lock brake system is disabled normal braking is still aee cffective If the brake warning lamp illuminates with the parking brake released have your brake system serviced immediately HINTS ON DRIVING WITH ANTI LOCK BRAKES When the system is operating the brake pedal will pulse and may travel further Maintain pressure on the brake pedal You may also hear a noise from the system This is normal The anti lock braking system will not eliminate the dangers inherent when e
183. ange and battery jump starts e Out of fuel and lock out assistance e Travel Expense reimbursement for lodging meals and rental car e Destination assistance for taxi shuttle rental car coverage and emergency transportation Transferable Coverage If you sell your vehicle before your Ford Extended Service Plan coverage expires you can transfer any remaining coverage to the new owner Whenever you sell your vehicle prospective buyers may have a higher degree of confidence that vehicle was properly maintained with Ford ESP thereby improving resale value Avoid the Rising cost of vehicle maintenance Ford ESP also offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that covers all scheduled maintenance and select items that routinely wear out The coverage is prepaid so you never have to worry about affording vehicle maintenance It covers regular checkups routine inspections preventative care and replacement items that require periodic attention for normal wear e Windshield Wiper Blades e Spark Plugs except in California e The clutch Disc e Brake pads and linings e Shock Absorbers e Belts and Hoses e Diesel Exhaust Fluid Replenishment Contact your selling dealership today so they can customize a Genuine Ford Extended Service Plan that fits your driving lifestyle and budget 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 342 Ford Extended Service Plan Interest Free Financing Options Available Take adva
184. ap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Child Safety 25 e Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety seat with the tongue between the child seat and the release button to prevent accidental unbuckling Place the vehicle seat upon which the child seat will be installed in the upright position Put the safety belt in the automatic locking mode See Step 5 This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip Perform the following steps when installing the child seat with combination lap and shoulder belts Note Although the child seat illustrated is a forward facing child seat the steps are the same for installing a rear facing child seat 1 Position the child safety seat in a seat with a combination lap and shoulder belt 2 Pull down on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 2 Child Safety 6 3 While holding the shoulder and lap belt portions together route the tongue through the child seat according to the child seat D manufacturer s instructions Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted 4 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming e from for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the
185. appear 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Information Displays 117 Settings Vehicle Normal Towing Easy Entry Exit check enabled default uncheck disabled Lighting Auto highbeam check enabled default uncheck disabled Autolamp Delay of seconds Locks Autolock check enabled default uncheck disabled Autounlock check enabled default uncheck disabled Remote All doors Unlocking Driver s door m Percent Oil Life XXX Hold Oil Life Reset OK to Reset Power Liftgate Enabled or Disabled Auto Last Settings Remote Stari or Front Seats Duration 5 10 Ba ON default uncheck disabled default uncheck disabled Rain Sensing check enabled default uncheck disabled Climate Control Wipers 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 118 Information Displays Settings cont d MyKey MyKeys Admin Keys MyKey Selectable Selectable or off or off Volume Limiter On Off Selectable Clear MyKeys Hold OK to Clear All MyKeys Some MyKey items will only appear if a MyKey is set Settings cont d Display Fuel Gauge or Fuel Tach Select your applicable language Hold OK to Set Temperature Fahrenheit F Celsius C 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Information Displays 119 INFORMATION MESSAGES Note Depending on
186. ar facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back Children must always be properly restrained Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of injury in a crash 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 48 Supplementary Restraints System FRONT PASSENGER SENSING SYSTEM WARNING Even with Advanced Restraints Systems children 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death WARNING Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the front passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in a crash Always sit upright against your seat back with your feet on the floor WARNING To reduce the risk of possible serious injury Do not stow objects in seat back map pocket or hang objects off seat back if a child is in the front passenger seat Do not place objects underneath the front passenger seat or between the seat and the center console Check the passenger airbag indicator lamp for proper airbag status
187. are combination lap and shoulder belts The driver safety belt has the first type of locking mode The front outboard passenger and rear seat safety belts have both types of locking modes described as follows Vehicle Sensitive Mode This is the normal retractor mode which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement For example if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply or the vehicle receives an impact of about 5 mph 8 km h or more the combination safety belts will lock to help reduce forward movement of the driver and passengers In addition the retractor is designed to lock if the webbing is pulled out too quickly If this occurs let the belt retract slightly and pull webbing out again in a slow and controlled manner Automatic Locking Mode In this mode the shoulder belt is automatically pre locked The belt will still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver safety belt When to Use the Automatic Locking Mode This mode should be used any time a child safety seat except a booster is installed in passenger front or rear seating positions Children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible See the Child Safety chapter 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 38 Safety Belts How to Use the
188. are designed to work with the safety belts to help protect the driver and right front passenger from certain upper body injuries Airbags do not inflate slowly there is a risk of injury from a deploying airbag Note You will hear a loud bang and see a cloud of harmless powdery residue if an airbag deploys This is normal The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon activation After airbag deployment it is normal to notice a smoke like powdery residue or smell the burnt propellant This may consist of cornstarch talcum powder to lubricate the bag or sodium compounds for example baking soda that result from the combustion process that inflates the airbag Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be present which may irritate the skin and eyes but none of the residue is toxic While the system is designed to help reduce serious injuries contact with a deploying airbag may also cause abrasions or swelling Temporary hearing loss is also a possibility as a result of the noise associated with a deploying airbag Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with considerable force there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures facial and eye injuries or internal injuries particularly to occupants who are not properly restrained or are otherwise out of position at the time of airbag deployment Thus it is extremely important that occupants be properly restrained as far away from the airbag module as possible while maintaining
189. are inch a standard unit of air pressure Cold tire pressure The tire pressure when the vehicle has been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and prior to the vehicle being driven for 1 mile 1 6 kilometers Recommended inflation pressure The cold inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door B pillar The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door Bead area of the tire Area of the tire next to the rim Sidewall of the tire Area between the bead area and the tread Tread area of the tire Area of the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle Rim The metal support wheel for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 304 Wheels and Tires INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THE TIRE SIDEWALL Both U S and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall
190. arking on a grade However if you must park on a grade Turn the steering wheel to point your vehicle tires away from traffic flow Set your vehicle parking brake Place the automatic transmission in position P Place wheel chocks in front and back of the trailer wheels Chocks not included with vehicle A wN Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal Watercraft PWC Note Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before backing the trailer into the water Note Reconnect the wiring to the trailer after removing the trailer from the water When backing down a ramp during boat launching or retrieval e Do not allow the static water level to rise above the bottom edge of the rear bumper e Do not allow waves to break higher than 6 inches 15 centimeters above the bottom edge of the rear bumper Exceeding these limits may allow water to enter vehicle components e Causing internal damage to the components e Affecting driveability emissions and reliability Replace the rear axle lubricant anytime the rear axle submerges in water Water may have contaminated the rear axle lubricant which does not normally require checking or changing unless it is leaking or other axle repair is required 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Towing 235 TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE If you need to have your vehicle towed contact a professional towing service or if y
191. as Edit you can press Delete at the bottom right of the screen Map Mode Press the green bar in the upper right area of the touchscreen to view map mode Map mode shows advanced viewing comprised of both 2D city maps as well as 3D landmarks when available 2D city maps show detailed outlines of buildings visible land use and land elements and detailed railway infrastructure for the most essential cities around the globe These maps also contain features such as town blocks building footprints and railways 3D landmarks appear as clear visible objects that are typically recognizable and have a certain tourist value The 3D landmarks appear in 3D map mode only Coverage varies and improves with updated map releases Change the appearance of the map display by repeatedly pressing the arrow button in the upper left corner of the screen It toggles between three different map modes Heading up North up and 3D travel to be upward on the screen This view is available for map scales up to 2 5 miles 4 kilometers The system remembers this setting for larger map scales but shows the map in North up only If the scale returns below this level the system restores Heading up N North up 2D map always shows the northern direction to be P Heading up 2D map always shows the direction of forward upward on the screen 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 484 MyFord Touch If Equippe
192. ath WARNING Never use pillows books or towels to boost a child They can slide around and increase the likelihood of injury or death in a crash WARNING Always restrain an unoccupied child seat or booster seat These objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 20 Child Safety WARNING Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a crash WARNING To avoid risk of injury do not leave children or pets unattended in your vehicle Use any attachment method as indicated below by X Combined LATCH LATCH Safety Safety weight of lower lower Restraint child and anchors anchors LATCH only child and top only restraint tether seat anchor Rear facing child seat Rear facing Ones 65 Ib child seat 29 5 kg Forward facing e 65 Ib child seat 29 5 kg Note The child seat must rest tightly against the vehicle seat upon which it is installed It may be necessary to lift or remove the head restraint See the Seats chapter for information on head restraints 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Child Safety 21 BOOSTER SEATS WARNING Never place or allow a child t
193. ats The Safety Canopy will not interfere with children restrained using a properly installed child or booster seat because it is designed to inflate downward from the headliner above the doors along the side window opening The design and development of the Safety Canopy included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags including the Safety Canopy CRASH SENSORS AND AIRBAG INDICATOR WARNING Modifying or adding equipment to the front end of your vehicle including frame bumper front end body structure and tow hooks may affect the performance of the airbag system increasing the risk of injury Do not modify the front end of your vehicle Your vehicle has a collection of crash and occupant sensors which provide information to the restraints control module The restraints control module deploys activates the front safety belt pretensioners driver airbag passenger airbag seat mounted side airbags and the Safety Canopy Based on the type of accident frontal impact side impact or rollover the restraints control module will deploy the appropriate safety devices The restraints control module also monitors the readiness of the above safety devices plus the crash and occupant sensors The readiness of the safety system is ind
194. atures sescenti ST AMMPOSIS succorsi 149 Accessory delay e 95 oss an ER E Active call menu options 369 A p m i E udio system Alaiye CENE OTEO srasni 200 See Radio 345 350 351 Adding pairing a phone 444 Automatic transmission 174 Advanced menu options 378 399 fluid adding 275 277 Advanced menu options fluid checking eee 275 277 prompts languages defaults fluid refill capacities 330 master reset installing fluid specification 330 applications eee 378 Selectshift SST 176 Auxiliary Input Jack 432 Airbag supplemental restraint SY SUG MR IN 46 Auxiliary input jack and child safety seats 47 NEIN asengar inina 359 description sers to kenia 46 1 disposal 12 25 oneris 56 ATE HOWEN sidigi Hm driver airbag ecscusisiarsusasi AG AV ADDIS iocis esas 360 440 passenger airbag 46 Axle side airbag TA ETE E EET 46 52 lubricant specifications POLENE 330 Air cleaner filter 282 283 334 Air conditioning 128 manual heating and air BALLETI soscoeetire tenderet 278 conditioning system 128 acid treating emergencies 278 Air filter cabin 136 jumping a disabled battery 243 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Index 525 maintenance
195. available or point of interest icons such as EM Coffeehouse Food amp Drink Nightlife 9 Attraction 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 481 This icon appears when your selection exists in multiple ps categories within the system When you are viewing more information for hotels cityseekr also tells you if the hotel has certain services and facilities using icons Hotel services and facilities 79 Restaurant 24 Hr Room Service amp Business Center Fitness Center amp Handicap Facilities Internet Access Laundry e Pool f Refrigerator Wi Fi For restaurants cityseekr can provide information such as star rating average cost review handicap access hours of operation and website address For hotels cityseekr can provide information such as star rating price category review check in and check out times hotel service icons and website address Setting Your Navigation Preferences Select settings for the system to take into account when planning your route E Press the Settings icon Settings Navigation Map Preferences Breadcrumbs displays your vehicle s previously traveled route with white dots Turn this feature ON or OFF Turn List Format allows you to choose to have the system display your turn list Top to Bottom or Bottom to Top Parking POI Notification sets the automatic parking point
196. ay result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes Your vehicle is equipped with various emission control components and a catalytic converter which will enable your vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust emission standards To make sure that the catalytic converter and other emission control components continue to work properly e Use only the specified fuel listed e Avoid running out of fuel e Do not turn off the ignition while your vehicle is moving especially at high speeds e Have the items listed in Scheduled Maintenance Information performed according to the specified schedule The scheduled maintenance items listed in Scheduled Maintenance Information are essential to the life and performance of your vehicle and to its emissions system If other than Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized parts are used for maintenance replacements or for service of components affecting emission control such non Ford parts should be equivalent to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in performance and durability Illumination of the service engine soon indicator charging system warning light or the temperature warning light fluid leaks strange odors smoke or loss of engine power could indicate that the emission control system is not working properly An improp
197. book download re download your phonebook add contacts from your phone as well as delete or upload your phonebook Roaming Warning Have the system alert you when in Roaming mode 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 471 Wireless amp Internet Your system has a Wi Fi feature that creates a wireless network within your vehicle thereby allowing other devices such as personal computers or phones in your vehicle to speak to each other share files or play games Using this Wi Fi feature everyone in your vehicle can also gain access the internet if you have a USB mobile broadband connection inside your vehicle your phone supports personal area networking and if you park outside a wireless hotspot Press the Settings icon Settings Wireless amp Internet then select from the following Wi Fi Settings Wi Fi Network Client Mode turns the Wi Fi feature on and off in your vehicle Make sure you turn it on for connectivity purposes Choose a Wireless Network allows you to use a previously stored wireless network You can categorize by alphabetical listing priority and signal strength You can also choose to search for a network connect to a network disconnect from a network receive more information prioritize a network or delete a network Gateway Access Point Mode makes SYNC an access point for a phone or a computer when turned on This forms the l
198. button until the LED turns off before pressing the button again Once HomeLink has been programmed successfully the Genie transmitter must be changed out of program mode To do this 1 Press and hold the previously programmed Genie button on the hand held transmitter for 10 seconds The indicator light will change from red to red and green 2 Press the same button twice to confirm the change If done correctly the LED will turn green 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 154 Universal Garage Door Opener If Equipped Programming HomeLink to the Genie Intellicode garage door opener motor Note You may need a ladder to access the garage door opener motor To program HomeLink to the garage door opener motor 1 Press and hold the PROGRAM button on the garage door opener motor until both blue LED s turn on 2 Release the PROGRAM button Only the smaller round LED should be on 3 Press and release the program button The larger purple LED will flash Note The next two steps must be completed in 30 seconds 4 Press and release the Genie Intellicode 2 hand held transmitter s previously programmed button Both indicator lights on the garage door opener motor unit should now flash purple 5 Press and hold the previously programmed button on the sun visor for two seconds Repeat this step up to 3 times until the garage door moves Programming is now complete Clearing a HomeLink d
199. by calling 1 800 NAVMAPS in Mexico call 01 800 557 5539 or going to www navigation com ford You need to specify the make and model of your vehicle to determine if there is an update available Navigation Voice Commands EB When in navigation mode press the voice button on the steering wheel control After the tone say any of the following commands Navigation system voice commands Cancel next waypoint Navigation Navigation voice volume decrease Navigation voice volume increase Repeat instruction Show 3D Show heading up Show map Show north up 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 487 Navigation system voice commands POI category Show turn list This command is only available when a navigation route is active alii you have said the command Destination you may say any of the above commands or commands in the following Destination chart If you have said the command Navigation you may say any of the above commands or commands in the following Navigation chart Zoom in minimum 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 488 MyFord Touch If Equipped Zoom street Zoom to distance If you have said Destination you may say any of the commands in the Destination chart One shot Destination S
200. calling the wrong contact when I want to make a call 2014 Edge edg e You may be using the wrong voice commands OR e You may not be saying the name exactly as it is saved OR e Contacts in your phonebook may be very short and similar or they may contain special characters OR e Your phonebook contacts may be saved in CAPS e Review the phone voice commands at the beginning of the phone section e Make sure you are saying the contacts exactly as listed For example if a contact is saved as Joe Wilson say Call Joe Wilson e The system works better if you list full names such as Joe Wilson rather than Joe e Do not use special characters such as 123 or ICE as the system does not recognize them e f contacts are saved in CAPS you have to spell them JAKE requires you to say Call J A K E Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 408 SYNC Possible solution s cause s SYNC does not e Your device e Check the website for find any mobile may not support compatible devices and apps that are on the AppLink applications my phone feature OR e Make sure your device is e The application paired and connected If you does not support have an iPhone make sure it is AppLink OR plugged in using the USB and e If you have an that the application is running iPhone it may in the foreground not be plugged in OR e Your phone may not be paired or connected
201. card out to remove it this could cause damage Your navigation system is comprised of two main features destination mode and map mode To set a destination press the green corner of your touchscreen then Dest when it appears See Setting a destination later in this chapter To view the navigation map and your vehicle s current location touch the green bar in the upper right hand corner of the touchscreen or press Dest gt Map See Map mode later in this chapter Setting a Destination Press the green corner of your touchscreen then Dest when it appears Choose any of the following Destination selections Street Address Previous Destinations City Center 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 478 MyFord Touch If Equipped Destination selections Point of Interest Emergency Edit Route Cancel Route 1 Enter the necessary information into the highlighted text fields in any order For address destination entry Go appears once you enter all the necessary information Pressing Go makes the address location appear on the map If you choose Previous Destination the last 20 destinations you have selected appear 2 Select Set as Dest to make this your destination You can also choose to set this as a waypoint have the system route to this point on the way to your current destination or save it as a favorite The system considers any Avoid Areas selections in its route calcu
202. cation with including without limitation cellular phones palmtop and handheld computers pagers and personal digital assistants or PDAs WARNING This Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time changing circumstances sources used and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic Data any of which may lead to incorrect results No Warranty This Data is provided to you as is and you agree to use it at your own risk NT and its licensors and their licensors and suppliers make no guarantees representations or warranties of any kind express or implied arising by law or otherwise including but not limited to content quality accuracy completeness effectiveness reliability fitness for a particular purpose usefulness use or results to be obtained from this Data or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error free Disclaimer of Warranty NT AND ITS LICENSORS INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED OF QUALITY PERFORMANCE MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON INFRINGEMENT Some States Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you Disclaimer of Liability NT AND ITS LICENSORS INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM DEMAND OR ACTION IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE O
203. ccount Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 406 SYNC Possible solution s cause s SYNC does not e You may be e Review the Phone voice understand what using the wrong commands and the Media voice I am saying voice commands commands at the beginning of OR their respective sections e You may be e Be aware that SYNC s speaking too soon microphone is either in your or at the wrong rear view mirror or in the time headliner just above the windshield SYNC does not e You may be e Review the media voice understand the using the wrong commands at the beginning of name of a song or voice commands the media section artist OR e Say the song or artist exactly e You may not be Jas listed If you say Play Artist saying the name Prince the system does not exactly as it is play music by Prince and the saved OR Revolution or Prince and the e The system New Power Generation may not be e Make sure you are saying the reading the name complete title such as the same way you California remix featuring are saying it Jennifer Nettles e If the songs are saved in all CAPS you have to spell them LOLA requires you to say Play L O L A e Do not use special characters in the title as the system does not recognize them 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus SYNCG 407 Voice command issues cause s SYNC does not understand or is
204. ce 285 4 Locate the vertical adjuster on each headlamp Using a Hex head driver turn the adjuster either clockwise or counterclockwise in order to adjust the vertical aim of the headlamp 5 Close the hood and turn off the lamps HORIZONTAL AIM IS NOT REQUIRED FOR THIS VEHICLE AND IS NON ADJUSTABLE CHANGING A BULB Lamp Assembly Condensation Exterior lamps are vented to accommodate normal changes in pressure Condensation can be a natural by product of this design When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold When normal condensation occurs a thin film of mist can form on the interior of the lens The thin mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions These are examples of acceptable condensation e Presence of thin mist no streaks drip marks or droplets e Fine mist covers less than 50 of the lens These are examples of unacceptable moisture usually caused by a lamp water leak e Water puddle inside the lamp e Large water droplets drip marks or streaks present on the interior of the lens Take your vehicle to a dealer for service if any of the above conditions of unacceptable moisture are present 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 286 Maintenance Replacing headla
205. ce Protection Plan is honored at authorized Lincoln dealers Note Repairs performed outside of Canada and the United States are not eligible for Ford Extended Service Plan coverage This information is subject to change For more information visit your local Ford of Canada dealer or www ford ca to find the Ford Extended Service Plan that is right for you 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Audio System 343 GENERAL INFORMATION Radio Frequencies and Reception Factors AM and FM frequencies are established by the Federal Communications Commission FCC and the Canadian Radio and Telecommunications Commission CRTC Those frequencies are AM 530 540 1700 1710 kHz FM 87 9 107 7 107 9 MHz Radio reception factors Distance and The further you travel from an FM station strength the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with the reception Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and result in the audio system muting CD and CD Player Information Note CD units play commercially pressed 4 75 inch 12 centimeter audio compact discs only Due to technical incompatibility certain recordable and re recordable compact discs may not function correct
206. ces you request for continuous improvement the service may collect and record call details and voice communications For more information see SYNC Services Terms and Conditions at www SYNCMyRide com If you do not want Ford or its service providers to collect your vehicle travel information or other information identified in the Terms and Conditions do not subscribe or use the service SYNC Services uses advanced vehicle sensors integrated GPS technology and comprehensive map and traffic data to give you personalized traffic reports precise turn by turn directions business search news sports weather and more For a complete list of services or to learn more please visit www SYNCMyRide com Connecting to SYNC Services Using Voice Commands Press the voice button on the steering wheel controls 0 1 When prompted say Services This initiates an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone 2 Once you connect to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a list of available services from which to choose 3 Say Services to return to the Services main menu or for help say Help 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 452 MyFord Touch If Equipped Connecting to SYNC Services Using the Touchscreen
207. cing the air cleaner it is important that no foreign material enter the air induction system The engine and turbocharger are susceptible to damage from even small particles Refer to Scheduled Maintenance for the appropriate intervals for changing the air filter element Note Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the correct air filter element is not used 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Maintenance 283 Changing the air filter element 1 Release the clamps that secure the air j filter housing cover 2 Carefully separate the two halves of the ie air filter housing i 3 Remove the air filter element from the air filter housing 4 Wipe the air filter housing and cover clean to remove any dirt or debris and to ensure good sealing 5 Install a new air filter element Be careful not to crimp the filter element edges between the air filter housing and cover This could cause filter damage and allow unfiltered air to enter the engine if not properly seated 6 Replace the air filter housing cover and secure the clamps Be sure that the air cleaner cover tabs are engaged into the slots of the air cleaner housing ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS The headlamps on your vehicle are properly aimed at the assembly plant If your vehicle has been in an accident an authorize
208. ck disabled 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 112 Information Displays MyKey Speed Warning 45 mph 75 km h 55 mph 90 km h 65 mph 105 km h or Off Trip Computer Resetting the trip computer Press and hold OK on the current screen to reset the respective trip distance time and fuel information Trip Odometer Registers the distance of individual journeys Distance to E Indicates the approximate distance the vehicle will travel on the fuel remaining in the tank Changes in driving pattern may cause the value to vary Inst Fuel Econ Shows instantaneous fuel usage Average fuel Indicates the average fuel consumption since the function was last reset Fuel Used Shows the amount of fuel used for a given trip Total Odometer Registers the total mileage of the vehicle Information Messages See Information Messages later in this chapter for more information 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Information Displays 113 Information Display Controls Type 2 e Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through and highlight the options within a menu e Press the right arrow button to enter a sub menu Press the left arrow button to exit a menu Press the OK button to choose and confirm a setting messages The menu travel icon in the upper left corner displays the available button options Main menu From
209. cle laws for towing a trailer e See the instructions included with towing accessories for the proper installation and adjustment specifications e Service your vehicle more frequently if you tow a trailer See your scheduled maintenance information e If you use a rental trailer follow the instructions the rental agency gives you For load specification terms found on the tire label and Safety Compliance label and for instructions on calculating your vehicle s load refer to Load limit in the Load Carrying chapter Remember to account for the trailer tongue weight as part of your vehicle load when calculating the total vehicle weight 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 232 Towing Trailer Towing Connector Vehicles Equipped with a Trailer towing or Prep Package The trailer towing connector is located under the rear bumper on the left side of your vehicle 7 1 Dark Green Right turn signal brake lamp and hazard flasher Left turn signal brake lamp and hazard flasher You must use a four pin trailer wiring connector for your vehicle and the trailer lighting equipment Tail lamps and parking lamps Hitches Do not use a hitch that clamps onto your vehicle s bumper Use a load carrying hitch Distribute the trailer load so 10 1596 of the total trailer weight is on the tongue Safety Chains Note Never attach safety chains to the bumper Always connect the safety chains
210. clean plastic parts e For routine cleaning use Motorcraft Detail Wash e f tar or grease spots are present use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 292 Vehicle Care WAXING Regular waxing is necessary to protect the paint on your car from the elements We recommend that you wash and wax the painted surface once or twice a year When washing and waxing park your vehicle in a shaded area out of direct sunlight Always wash your vehicle before applying wax e Use a quality wax that does not contain abrasives e Follow the manufacturer s instructions to apply and remove the wax e Apply a small amount of wax in a back and forth motion not in circles e Do not allow wax to come in contact with any non body low gloss black colored trim The wax discolors or stains the parts over time such as Bumpers Grained door handles Side mouldings Mirror housings e Windshield cowl area e Do not apply wax to glass areas e After waxing your car s paint should feel smooth and be free of streaks and smudges REPAIRING MINOR PAINT DAMAGE Your authorized dealer has touch up paint to match your vehicle s color Take your color code printed on a sticker in the driver s door jamb to an authorized dealer to make sure you get the correct color e Remove particles such as bird droppings tree sap insect deposits tar spots road salt and industrial fallou
211. clear of fan blades belts moving parts of both engines or any fuel delivery system parts 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Roadside Emergencies 245 Jump Starting 1 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and run the engine at a moderately increased speed 2 Start the engine of the disabled vehicle 3 Once the disabled vehicle has been started run both engines for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables Removing the Jumper Cables Note In the illustration the vehicle on the bottom is used to designate the assisting boosting battery Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected f 1 Remove the jumper cable from the ground metal surface A l 2 Remove the jumper cable on the negative terminal of the booster vehicle s battery 3 Remove the jumper cable from lt q positive terminal of the os vehicle s battery 4 Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the disabled vehicle s battery After the disabled vehicle has been started and the jumper cables removed allow it to idle for several minutes so the engine computer can relearn its idle conditions 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 246 Customer Assistance GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be performed by an authorized dealer While any authoriz
212. conds to ensure the bulb is working If the light does not turn on or begins to flash contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Low washer fluid RTT AEN lluminates when the windshield washer fluid is low Parking Lamps RTT It will illuminate when you switch the parking lamps on Powertrain malfunction reduced power Illuminates when a powertrain or an AWD fault has been P d detected Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Safety belt Reminds you to fasten your safety belt A Belt Minder amp chime will also sound to remind you to fasten your safety belt 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 106 Instrument Cluster Service engine soon The service engine soon indicator light illuminates when the ignition is first turned to the on position to check the bulb and to indicate whether the vehicle is ready for Inspection Maintenance I M testing Normally the service engine soon light will stay on until the engine is cranked then turn itself off if no malfunctions are present However if after 15 seconds the service engine soon light blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing See the Readiness for inspection maintenance I M testing in the Fuel and Refueling chapter Solid illumination after the engine is started indicates the on board diagnostics system OBD IT has detected a malfunction Refer to On board diagnostics OB
213. control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration If the service engine soon indicator is on or the bulb does not work the vehicle may need to be serviced See On board Diagnostics OBD II in this chapter Your vehicle may not pass the I M test if the service engine soon indicator is on or not working properly bulb is burned out or if the OBD II system has determined that some of the emission control systems have not been properly checked In this case the vehicle is considered not ready for I M testing If the vehicle s engine or transmission has just been serviced or the battery has recently run down or been replaced the OBD II system may indicate that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing To determine if the vehicle is ready for I M testing turn the ignition key to the on position for 15 seconds without cranking the engine If the service engine soon indicator blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing if the service engine soon indicator stays on solid it means that the vehicle is ready for I M testing The OBD II system is designed to check the emission control system during normal driving A complete check may take several days If the vehicle is not ready for I M testing the following driving cycle consisting of mixed city and highway driving may be performed 15 minutes of steady driving on an expressway or highway fo
214. count the wrong VIN vehicle identification number listed I am unable to The preferred When you register your account retrieve the dealer you must list a preferred dealer report on the information did If one is already listed try website or T not load correctly selecting another dealer and receive a system logging out Log back in and error change it back to your preferred dealer and retrieve the report I am unable to e This could be e Update your mobile number submit a report due to your in your account on the website phone s e Make sure you have full signal compatibility OR strength and that your e Bad signal Bluetooth volume level has been strength OR turned up e Your phone e Try deleting your phone and may not be performing a clean pairing activated on the website 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus SYNCG 405 Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services Traffic Directions and Information issues Possible solution s cause s I heard a commercial when I tried to use Traffic Directions and Information 2014 Edge edg e The phone in use is not activated OR e Your phone has ID blocker active e This is a free feature but you must first register online to use it e Turn off ID blocker on your phone as the system recognizes you by your phone number e Make sure the currently connected phone is the same one that is registered on your SyncMyRide a
215. ct Play Menu Play your music by artist album genre playlists tracks similar music or to simply play all You can also choose to Explore USB to view the supported digital music files on your playing device See Play Menu later in this section for more information 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus SYNCG 393 Select Source SYNC USB Press OK to access music plugged into your USB port You can also plug in devices to charge them if supported by your device Once connected the system indexes any readable media files The time required to complete this depends on the size of the media content being indexed If Autoplay is on you can access media files randomly as they are indexed If turned off indexed media is not available until the indexing process is complete SYNC is capable of indexing thousands of average size media and notifies you if the maximum indexing file size is reached Bluetooth Audio This is a phone dependent feature which allows you to stream music playing on your Bluetooth enabled phone If supported by your device you can press SEEK to play the previous or next track SYNC Line In Press OK to select and play music from your portable music player over the vehicle s speakers Note If you have already connected a device to the USB port you cannot access the line in feature Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream data and mu
216. cted such as Jazz Rock or News use these buttons to find the previous or next channel in the selected category e n CD mode press these buttons to select the previous or next track C SOUND Press this button to access settings for Treble Middle Bass Balance and Fade D TUNE and TUNE e n radio mode press these buttons to manually search through the radio frequency band e In Sirius mode press these buttons to find the next or previous available satellite radio station E Power and Volume e Press this button to switch the system off and on e Turn it to adjust the volume HD RADIO INFORMATION IF AVAILABLE Note HD Radio broadcasts are not available in all markets HD Radio technology is the digital evolution of analog AM FM radio Your system has a special receiver that allows it to receive digital broadcasts where available in addition to the analog broadcasts it already receives Digital broadcasts provide a better sound quality than analog broadcasts with free crystal clear audio and no static or distortion For more information and a guide to available stations and programming please visit www hdradio com When HD Radio is on and you tune to a station broadcasting HD Radio technology you may notice the HD Radio logo on your screen When this logo is available you may also see Title and Artist fields on screen The multicast indicator appears in FM mode only if the current station is broadcasti
217. d 3D map mode provides an elevated perspective of the map This viewing angle can be adjusted and the map can be rotated 180 degrees by touching the map twice and then dragging your finger along the shaded bar with arrows at the bottom of the map View switches between full map street list and exit view in route guidance Menu displays a pop up box that allows direct access to navigation settings View Edit Route Sirius Travel Link Guidance Mute and Cancel Route Re center the map by pressing this icon whenever you scroll e the map away from your vehicle s current location Auto Zoom Press the green bar to access map mode then select the or zoom button to bring up the zoom level and Auto buttons on the touchscreen When you press Auto Auto Zoom turns on and Auto displays in the bottom left corner of the screen in the map scale The map zoom level then synchronizes with vehicle speed The slower your vehicle is traveling the farther in the map zooms in the faster your vehicle is traveling the farther the map zooms out To turn the feature off just press the or button again In 3D mode rotate the map view by swiping your finger across the shaded bar with the arrows Map Icons Vehicle mark shows the current location of your vehicle It A stays in the center of the map display except when in scroll mode the center of the screen The map position closest to the cursor Scroll cursor allows you to scroll
218. d WARNING To reduce the risk of personal injury make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap The cooling system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly WARNING Do not add coolant further than the MAX mark Note Do not use stop leak pellets cooling system sealants or additives as they can cause damage to the engine cooling and or heating systems This damage would not be covered under your vehicle s warranty Note During normal vehicle operation the engine coolant may change color from orange to pink or light red As long as the engine coolant is clear and uncontaminated this color change does not indicate the engine coolant has degraded nor does it require the engine coolant to be drained the system to be flushed or the engine coolant to be replaced e DO NOT MIX different colors or types of coolant in your vehicle Make sure the correct coolant is used Mixing of engine coolants may harm your engine s cooling system The use of an improper coolant may harm engine and cooling system components and may void the warranty e n case of emergency a large amount of water without engine coolant may be added in order to reach a vehicle service location In this instance the cooling system must be drained chemically cleaned with Motorcraft Premium Cooling System Flush and refilled with engine coolant as soon as possible Water alone witho
219. d dealer should check the alignment of your headlamps Vertical Aim Adjustment 1 Park the vehicle directly in front of a wall or screen on a level surface approximately 25 feet 7 6 meters away 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 284 Maintenance e 1 8 feet 2 4 meters e 2 Center height of lamp to ground e 3 25 feet 7 6 meters e 4 Horizontal reference line 2 Measure the height of the headlamp bulb center from the ground and mark an 8 foot 2 4 meter horizontal reference line on the vertical wall or screen at this height 3 Turn on the low beam headlamps to illuminate the wall or screen and open the hood To see a clearer light pattern for adjusting you may want to block the light from one headlamp while adjusting the other For Vehicles with Halogen Headlamps On the wall or screen you will Observe a flat zone of high intensity light located at the top of the right hand portion of the beam pattern If the top edge of the high intensity light zone is not at the horizontal reference line the headlamp will need to be adjusted For Vehicles with HID Headlamps There is a distinct cut off change from light to dark in the left portion of the beam pattern The top edge of this cut off should be positioned 2 inches 5 centimeters below the horizontal reference line 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Maintenan
220. d for lengthy and expensive legal proceedings In the CAMVAP program impartial third party arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually convenient times and places in an informal environment These impartial arbitrators review the positions of the parties make decisions and when appropriate render awards to resolve disputes CAMVAP decisions are fast fair and final as the arbitrator s award is binding on both you and Ford of Canada CAMVAP services are available in all Canadian territories and provinces For more information without charge or obligation call your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator directly at 1 800 207 0685 or visit www camvap ca GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U S AND CANADA Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country contact the appropriate foreign embassy or consulate These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find unleaded fuel If you cannot find unleaded fuel or can only get fuel with an anti knock index lower than is recommended for your vehicle contact our Customer Relationship Center The use of leaded fuel in your vehicle without proper conversion may damage the effectiveness of your emission control system and may cause engine knocking or serious engine damage Ford Motor Company or Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper fuel Using leaded fuel may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle back into the United States
221. d with 75W140 synthetic gear fluid meeting Ford specification WSL M2C192 A part number FITZ 19580 B or equivalent Add four ounces 118 mL of additive friction modifier XL 3 EST M2C118 A or equivalent for complete refill of Traction Lok rear axles The axle fluid should be changed anytime the axle has been submerged in water California fuel filter replacement If the vehicle is registered in California the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of the vehicle s useful life Ford Motor Company however urges you to have all recommended maintenance services performed at the specified intervals and to record all vehicle service Hot climate oil change intervals Vehicles operating in the Middle East North Africa Sub Saharan Africa or locations with similar climates using an American Petroleum Institute API Certified for Gasoline Engines Certification mark oil of SM or SN quality the normal oil change interval is 5000 miles 8000 kilometers If the available API SM or SN oils are not available then the oil change service interval is 3000 miles 4800 kilometers 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 523 Engine air filter amp cabin air filter replacement Engine air filter and cabin air filter life is dependent on exposure to
222. dealer 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 230 Towing TRAILER SWAY CONTROL WARNING Turning off trailer sway control increases the risk of loss of vehicle control serious injury or death Ford does not recommend disabling this feature except in situations where speed reduction may be detrimental such as hill climbing the driver has significant trailer towing experience and can control trailer sway and maintain safe operation Note This feature does not prevent trailer sway but reduces it once it begins Note This feature cannot stop all trailers from swaying Note In some cases if vehicle speed is too high the system may turn on multiple times gradually reducing vehicle speed This feature applies your vehicle brakes at individual wheels and if necessary reduces engine power If the trailer begins to sway the stability control light flashes and the message TRAILER SWAY REDUCE SPEED appears in the information display The first thing to do is slow your vehicle down then pull safely to the side of the road and check for proper tongue load and trailer load distribution See the Load Carrying chapter for specific loading information RECOMMENDED TOWING WEIGHTS Note Do not exceed the trailer weight for your vehicle configuration listed in the chart below Note Make sure to take into consideration trailer frontal area Do not exceed e 20 feet 1 86 meters trailer fro
223. describes product features and options available throughout the range of available models sometimes even before they are generally available It may describe options not fitted to your vehicle Note Some of the illustrations in this manual may be used for different models so may appear different to you on your vehicle However the essential information in the illustrations is always correct Note Always use and operate your vehicle in line with all applicable laws and regulations Note Pass on this manual when selling your vehicle It is an integral part of the vehicle This manual may qualify the location of a component as left hand side or right hand side The side is determined when facing forward in the seat A A Right hand side B Left hand side e Protecting the Environment You must play your part in protecting the environment Correct vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps toward this aim 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 10 Introduction SYMBOL GLOSSARY WARNING You risk death or serious injury to yourself and others if you do not follow the instruction highlighted by the warning symbol These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle Symbol Symbol Symbol oo Battery a Battery acid Brake system ap Cabin air filter petroleum base Check fuel Child Safety Child seat
224. designated distance for the interval Initial replacement at six years or 100000 miles 160000 kilometers then every three years or 50000 miles 80000 kilometers After initial inspection inspect every other oil change until replaced 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance Maintenance Schedule Log Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 516 Scheduled Maintenance Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer V
225. device limitation e This is a phone dependent feature OR e The device is not connected e Your music files may not contain the proper artist song title album or genre information OR e The file may be corrupted OR e The song may have copyright protection which does not allow it to play e Try turning off the device resetting the device or removing the device s battery then trying again e Make sure you are using the manufacturer s cable e Make sure the USB cable is properly inserted into the device and the vehicle s USB port e Make sure that the device does not have an auto install program or active security settings Make sure you are not leaving the device in your vehicle during very hot or cold temperatures Make sure the device is connected to SYNC and that you have pressed play on your device e Make sure that all song details are populated e Some devices require you to change the USB settings from mass storage to MTP class Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 404 SYNC Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services Traffic Directions and Information issues Possible solution s cause s I received a text e Your account e This is a free feature but you that the Vehicle may not be must first register online to use Health Report is activated on the it not activated website OR e Make sure that your VIN is e You may have correctly listed in your ac
226. display See MyFord Touch for more information WARNING LAMPS AND INDICATORS These lights can alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious enough to cause expensive repairs Many lights will illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure they work If any light remains on after starting the vehicle refer to the respective system warning light for additional information Note Some warning indicators are reconfigurable telltales RTT These indicators appear in the information display and function the same as a warning light but do not display on startup Adaptive cruise control if equipped RTT The speed control system indicator light changes color to indicate what mode the system is in e On gray light Iluminates when the adaptive cruise control system is turned on Turns off when the speed control system is turned off 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Instrument Cluster 103 e Engaged green light Illuminates when the adaptive cruise control system is engaged Turns off when the speed control system is disengaged Airbag readiness If this light fails to illuminate when the ignition is turned on PAN continues to flash or remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible A chime will sound when there is a malfunction in the indicator light Anti lock brake system If the ABS light stays illuminated or continues to flash a malfunction
227. drange Treble Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal Processing Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Compression allows you to turn the compression feature on and off Browse Touch this button to look through all available CD tracks CD Voice Commands E If you are listening to a CD press the voice button on the i steering wheel control When prompted say any of the commands in the following chart If you are not listening to a CD press the voice button and after the tone say CD then any of the commands in the following chart Repeat off Repeat track Shuffle off This applies to WMA or MP3 files only 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 436 MyFord Touch If Equipped SD Card Slot and USB Port SD Card Slot Note Your SD card slot is spring loaded To remove the SD card press the card in and the system ejects it Do not attempt to pull the card to remove it as this could cause damage Note The navigation system also uses this card slot See Navigation system later in this chapter for more information The slot is located either in the center console or behind a small access door in the g instrument panel To access and play music CHE D from your card press the lower left corner of the touchscreen and then select SD Card from the list on the left side of the screen SD logo is a
228. driver s door is opened Keyless Warning Alert If Equipped Sounds the horn twice when you exit your vehicle with the intelligent access key after the last door is closed and your keyless vehicle is in RUN indicating your vehicle is still on Headlamps On Warning Chime Sounds when the headlamps or parking lamps are on the ignition is off the key is not in the ignition and the driver s door is opened Parking Brake On Warning Chime Sounds when you have left the parking brake on and drive your vehicle If the warning chime remains on after you have released the parking brake have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 108 Information Displays GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Various systems on your vehicle can be controlled using the information display controls on the steering wheel Corresponding information is displayed in the information d
229. e 1 The OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message comes on at 28751 miles 46270 kilometers perform the 30000 mile 48000 kilometer automatic transmission fluid replacement Example 2 The OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message has not come on but the odometer reads 30000 miles 48000 kilometers perform the engine air filter replacement For example the Intelligent Oil Life Monitor was reset at 25000 miles 40000 kilometers Towing a trailer or using a camper or car top carrier As required Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information display and perform services listed in the Normal Scheduled Maintenance chart Inspect frequently Inspect and lubricate U joints Exceptions Every 30000 miles Change automatic transmission fluid ESTNE 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 519 Extensive idling or low speed driving for long distances as in heavy commercial use such as delivery taxi patrol car or livery As required Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information display and perform services listed in the Normal Scheduled Maintenance chart Inspect frequently Replace cabin air filter if equipped service as required Replace engine air filter 48000 km Every 60000 miles Replace spark plugs 96000 km Operating in dusty or sandy conditions such as unpaved or dusty roads service as required 8000 km abnormal noise wear looseness or drag
230. e Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The typical operating range for your transmitter is approximately 33 feet 10 meters Vehicles with the remote start feature will have a greater range A decrease in operating range could be caused by e weather conditions e nearby radio towers e structures around your vehicle e other vehicles parked next to your vehicle The radio frequency used by your remote control can also be used by other short distance radio transmissions for example amateur radios medical equipment wireless headphones remote controls and alarm systems If the frequencies are jammed you will not be able to use your remote control You can lock and unlock the doors with the key Note Make sure your vehicle is locked before leaving it unattended Note If you are in range the remote control will operate if you press any button unintentionally Intelligent Access If Equipped The system uses a radio frequency signal to communicate with your vehicle and authorize your vehicle to unlock when one of the following conditions is met e You touch the inside of the front exterior door handle e You press the luggage compartment button e You press a button on the transmitter If excessive radio
231. e edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Vehicle Care 295 e Be certain to wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan lotion in order to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces e Do not use household or glass cleaners as these may damage the finish of the instrument panel interior trim and cluster lens e Do not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill on interior surfaces If a spill occurs wipe off immediately Damage may not be covered by your warranty If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has been spilled on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces clean as follows 1 Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean white cotton cloth 2 Wipe the surface with a damp clean white cotton cloth For more thorough cleaning use a mild soap and water solution If the spot cannot be completely cleaned by this method the area may be cleaned using a commercially available cleaning product designed for automotive interiors 3 If necessary apply more soap and water solution or cleaning product to a clean white cotton cloth and press the cloth onto the soiled area allow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes 4 Remove the soaked cloth and if it is not soiled badly use this cloth to clean the area by using a rubbing motion for 60 seconds 5 Following this wipe area dry with a clean white
232. e based on probable child height age and weight thresholds from NHTSA and other safety organizations or are the minimum requirements of law Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST and consulting your pediatrician to make sure your child seat is appropriate for your child and is compatible with and properly installed in your vehicle To locate a child seat fitting station and CPST contact the NHTSA toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or on the internet at http www nhtsa dot gov In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a CPST or for further information contact your provincial ministry of transportation or locate your local St John Ambulance office by searching for St John Ambulance on the internet or Transport Canada at 1 800 333 0371 http www tc gc ca Failure to properly restrain children in safety seats made especially for their height age and weight may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 18 Child Safety Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children age restraint type children Children weighing 40 Ib 18 kg or less generally age four or younger Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat generally children who are less than 4 ft 9 in 1 45 m tall are greater than age four 4 and les
233. e distance at between 60 mph vehicles 100 km h Each time you restart your vehicle the system will select the last chosen gap for the current driver Disengaging Adaptive Cruise Control Press the brake pedal or press CNCL to disengage the system The last set speed will display with a strikethrough Disengaging the system will not erase your previous set speed Overriding Adaptive Cruise Control WARNING Whenever the driver is overriding the ACC by pressing the accelerator pedal the ACC will not automatically apply the brakes to maintain separation from any vehicle ahead You can override the set speed and gap distance by pressing the accelerator pedal 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 204 Cruise Control When you are overriding the system the green indicator light illuminates and the follow vehicle does not show in the information display The system will resume operation when you release the accelerator pedal The vehicle speed will decrease to the set speed or a lower speed if following a slower vehicle Changing the Set Speed There are three ways to change the set speed e Accelerate or brake to the desired speed and press SET upward and release e Increase or decrease the speed by holding SET upward or downward until the desired set speed is shown on the information display The vehicle speed will gradually change to the selected speed e Increase or decrease the
234. e engine and move the gearshift lever through all of the gear ranges Allow a minimum of 10 seconds for each gear to engage 4 Latch the gearshift lever in P Park and leave the engine running 5 Remove the dipstick wiping it clean with a clean dry lint free rag If necessary refer to Under hood overview in this chapter for the location of the dipstick 6 Install the dipstick making sure it is fully seated in the filler tube by turning it to the locked position 7 Remove the dipstick and inspect the fluid level The fluid should be in the designated areas for normal operating temperature 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 276 Maintenance Low fluid level MIN KSeSq If the fluid level is below the MIN C TMIN poco MAX D ommum range of the dipstick add fluid to 4 reach the hash mark level Note If the fluid level is below the MIN level do not drive the vehicle An underfill condition may cause shift and or engagement concerns and or possible damage Correct fluid level The transmission fluid should be checked at normal operating temperature 180 F 200 F 82 C 93 C on a level surface The normal operating temperature can be reached after approximately 20 miles 30 km of driving MIN KKA MAX The transmission fluid level should be C MIN Ke MAX J SSS targeted within the cross hatch area 4 if at normal operating temperature 180 F 200 F 82 C 93 C High f
235. e from any of the following services e View the message e Delete the message e Delete All messages This screen displays any system messages such as an SD card fault Note The system alerts you to any messages by turning the information icon yellow After you read or delete the messages the icon returns to white Calendar If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation touch the i 2 Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Press Calendar You can view the current calendar by day week or month 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 458 MyFord Touch If Equipped 911 Assist If Equipped WARNING Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on before a crash the system will not dial for help which could delay response time potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash WARNING Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash the system or phone may be damaged or non functional WARNING Always place your phone in a secure location in your vehicle so it does not become a projectile or damaged in a crash Failure to do
236. e front of the handle Press and hold the lock sensor area for about a second to lock your tem a vehicle To avoid unlocking the door e inadvertently make sure to only gt touch the lock sensor and not other areas of the door handle After locking the doors with the lock sensor there is a brief delay before you can unlock your vehicle This delay lets you pull the door handle to make sure it locked Note Keep the door handle surface clean to avoid issues with operation 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 70 Locks At the Liftgate Press the exterior liftgate release button on the top of the liftgate pull cup handle Smart Unlocks for Integrated Keyhead Transmitter This feature helps to prevent you from locking yourself out of your vehicle if your key is still in the ignition When you open one of the front doors and lock your vehicle with the power door lock control all the doors will lock then unlock if your key is still in the ignition You can still lock your vehicle with the key in the ignition To do this use the keyless entry keypad with the driver door closed or press the lock button on the transmitter even if the doors are not closed If both front doors are closed you can lock your vehicle by any method regardless of whether the key is in the ignition or not Smart Unlocks for Intelligent Access Keys If Equipped This feature helps to prevent you from uni
237. e gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 323 2 Full size dissimilar spare with label on wheel This spare tire has a label on the wheel that states THIS TIRE AND WHEEL FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY When driving with one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above do not e exceed 50 mph 80 km h e load the vehicle beyond maximum vehicle load rating listed on the Safety Compliance Label e tow a trailer e use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire e use more than one dissimilar spare tire at a time e use commercial car washing equipment e try to repair the dissimilar spare tire Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above at any one wheel location can lead to impairment of the following e Handling stability and braking performance e Comfort and noise e Ground clearance and parking at curbs e Winter weather driving capability e Wet weather driving capability e All wheel driving capability 3 Full size dissimilar spare without label on wheel When driving with the full size dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly do not e exceed 70 mph 113 km h e use more than one dissimilar spare tire and wheel at a time e use commercial car washing equipment e use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire and wheel The usage of a full size dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly can lead to impairment of the following e Handl
238. e input jack or USB port See Auxiliary input jack later in this chapter O SIRIUS Press this button to listen to Sirius satellite radio Menu Structure Note Depending on your system some options may appear slightly different Press MENU Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through the options Press the right arrow to enter a menu Press the left arrow to exit a menu Press OK to confirm a selection Radio Settings channels Set Category Select to have the system search by certain music categories such as Rock Pop or Country RBDS RDS Text Select to view additional broadcast data if available This feature defaults to off RBDS must be on for you to set a category SIRIUS Select for a brief sampling of all available channels Show ESN Select to view your satellite radio electronic serial number ESN You need this number when communicating with Sirius to activate modify or track your account 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 348 Audio System Channel Guide Select to view available satellite radio channels Press OK to open a list of the following options for this channel Tune Channel Skip Channel or Lock Channel Once you skip or lock a channel you can only access it by pressing Direct and entering the channel number Locking or unlocking a channel requires your PIN Set Category Select to view channel categories such as Pop Rock or News If
239. e is fitted with sophisticated electronic controls WARNING Please read the Supplementary Restraints System chapter Failure to follow the specific warnings and instructions could result in personal injury WARNING Front seat mounted rear facing child or infant seats should NEVER be placed in front of an active passenger airbag 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 16 Introduction MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT Using mobile communications equipment is becoming increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs However you must not compromise your own or others safety when using such equipment Mobile communications can enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used particularly in emergency situations Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits Mobile communication equipment includes but is not limited to cellular phones pagers portable email devices text messaging devices and portable two way radios WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible M
240. e is still moving will result in a loss of brake and steering assistance The steering will not lock but higher effort will be required When the ignition is switched off some electrical circuits warning lamps and indicators may also be off 1 If your vehicle has an ignition key move the transmission selector lever to position N and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop When your vehicle has stopped move the transmission selector lever to position P and turn the key to the off position 2 If your vehicle has a keyless start system press and hold the button for one second or press it three times within two seconds Move the transmission selector lever to position N and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop When your vehicle has stopped move the transmission selector lever to position P and switch the ignition off 3 Apply the parking brake 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 162 Starting and Stopping the Engine Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have this checked immediately Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust fumes Carbon monoxide is present in exhaust fumes Take precautions to avoid its dangerous effects Important Ventilating Information If you stop your vehicle and leave the engine idling for long periods we recommend that you do one of the following e Open the windows at least 1
241. e last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 313 Tire Replacement Requirements WARNING Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same size load index speed rating and type such as P metric versus LT metric or all season versus all terrain as those originally provided by Ford The recommended tire and wheel size may be found on either the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or the Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or edge of the driver s door If this information is not found on these labels then you should contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension ax
242. e local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Note Some features such as Sirius satellite radio may not be available in your location Check with an authorized dealer A RADIO Press this button to listen to the radio or change radio frequency bands Press the function buttons below the radio screen to select different radio functions B CD Press this button to listen to a CD Press the function buttons below the radio screen to select on screen options of Repeat or Shuffle 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 346 Audio System C Memory presets e In radio mode store your favorite radio stations To store a radio station tune to the station then press and hold a preset button until sound returns e In CD mode press one of these buttons to select a track D Function buttons Select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode you are in such as Radio mode or CD mode E TUNE e n radio mode turn the control to manually search the frequency band In satellite radio mode turn the control to tune to the next or previous channel Reverse and Fast Forward AM FM CD Seek e n radio mode select a frequency band and press one of these buttons The system stops at the first station it finds in that direction Press and hold one of these buttons to move quickly in that direction to the next strong radio station or memory preset e
243. e off the ice on the windshield before turning on the wipers The layer of ice has many sharp edges and can damage the micro edge of the wiper rubber element 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 282 Maintenance Changing rear window wiper blade The rear wiper arm is designed without a service position This reduces the risk of damage to the blade in an automatic car wash To replace the wiper blade 1 Grab the wiper arm with one hand close to the arm blade joint and pull it as far away from the glass as wy possible Do not use excessive force because it can break the wiper arm at the heel Hold it there until the next step a 2 Grab the primary structure of the blade with the other hand close to the arm blade joint 3 Grip tightly and press on the arm blade joint from beneath and separate the blade from the arm 4 Attach the new wiper to the wiper arm and press it into place until a click is heard ea If you find this procedure too difficult please see your dealer AIR FILTER CHECK WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running When changing the air filter element use only the air filter element listed Refer to Motorcraft Part Numbers in the Capacities and Specifications chapter For EcoBoost equipped vehicles When servi
244. e radio mode you can view this number by pressing SIRIUS and memory preset 1 at the same time or tuning to channel 0 To access your ESN press the bottom left corner of the touchscreen then SIRIUS gt Options 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 358 Audio System Troubleshooting Radio displa Acquiring Radio requires more No action required This than two seconds to message should produce audio for the disappear shortly selected channel Sat Fault SIRIUS There is an internal If this message does not system failure module or system failure clear shortly or with an present ignition key cycle your receiver may have a fault See an authorized dealer for service Invalid Channel The channel is no longer Tune to another channel available or choose another preset Unsubscribed Channel Your subscription does Contact Sirius at not include this channel 1 888 539 7474 to subscribe to the channel or tune to another channel No Signal The signal is lost from The signal is blocked the Sirius satellite or When you move into an Sirius tower to your open area the signal vehicle antenna should return Updating Update of channel No action required The programming in process may take up to progress three minutes Call SIRIUS Your satellite service is Call Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 no longer available 1 888 539 7474 to resolve subscription issues None Found Check All t
245. e will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle The following gives you a few examples on how to calculate the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity e Suppose your vehicle has a 1400 Ib 635 kg cargo and luggage capacity You decide to go golfing Is there enough load capacity to carry you 4 of your friends and all the golf bags You and four friends average 220 Ib 99 kg each and the golf bags weigh approximately 30 Ib 13 5 kg each The calculation would be 1 400 5 x 220 5 x 30 1 400 1 100 150 150 Ib Yes you have enough load capacity in your vehicle to transport four friends and your golf bags In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 5 x 99 kg 5 x 13 5 kg 635 495 67 5 72 5 kg 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 228 Load Carrying e Suppose your vehicle has a 1400 Ib 635 kg cargo and luggage capacity You and one of your friends decide to pick up cement from the local home improvement store to finish that patio you have been planning for the past 2 years Measuring the inside of the vehicle with the rear seat folded down you have room for 12 100 Ib 45 kg bags of cement Do you have enough load capacity to transport the cement to your home If you and your friend each weigh 220 Ib
246. e with the operation of pedals seats compartments or safe driving abilities e Do not leave playing devices in your vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage See your device s manual for further information e Do not attempt to service or repair the system See your authorized dealer For your safety some SYNO functions are speed dependent Their use is limited to when your vehicle is traveling at speeds under 3 mph 5 km h Make sure that you review your device s manual before using it with SYNC 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 414 MyFord Touch If Equipped Speed restricted Features Some features of this system may be too difficult to use while your vehicle is moving so they are restricted from use unless your vehicle is stationary e Screens that are too crowded with information such as Point of Interest reviews and ratings Sirius Travel Link sports scores movie times and ski conditions e Any action that requires you to use a keyboard is restricted such as entering a navigation destination or editing information e All lists are limited so the user can view fewer entries such as phone contacts or recent phone call entries See the following chart for more specific examples Restricted Features Cellular Phone Pairing a Bluetooth phone phonebook contacts from a USB recent phone call entries System Functionality Editing settings while
247. each code represents 6 speed automatic transmission 6F50 6 speed automatic transmission 6F35 i E 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Accessories 337 ACCESSORIES For a complete listing of the accessories that are available for your vehicle please contact an authorized dealer or visit our online store at www Accessories Ford com United States only Ford Motor Company will repair or replace any properly authorized dealer installed Ford Genuine Accessories found to be defective in factory supplied materials or workmanship during the warranty period as well as any component damaged by the defective accessories Ford Motor Company will warrant your vehicle through the warranty that provides the greatest benefit e 12 months or 12000 miles 20000 kilometers whichever occurs first e The remainder of your new vehicle limited warranty Contact an authorized dealer for details and a copy of the warranty Exterior style e Hood deflector e Side window deflectors e Splash guards e Grille insert Interior style e Ambient lighting e Illuminated door sill plates e Sport pedals e Electrochromic compass temperature interior mirrors e Floor mats e Rear seat entertainment Lifestyle e Ash cup coin holder e Cross bars and roof rails e Trailer hitches wiring harnesses and accessories e Cargo organization and management e Roof rack and carriers e SUV camping tent
248. earby your vehicle s current location or near any of your favorite places if programmed Fuel Prices Touch this button to view fuel prices at stations close to your vehicle s location or on an active navigation route Movie Listings Touch this button to view nearby movie theaters and their show times if available Weather Touch this button to view the nearby weather current weather or the five day forecast for the chosen area Select Map to see the weather map which can show storms radar information charts and winds Select Area to select from a listing of weather locations Sports Info Touch this button to view scores and schedules from a variety of sports You can also save up to 10 favorite teams for easier access The score automatically refreshes when a game is in progress Ski Conditions Touch this button to view ski conditions for a specific area Sirius Travel Link Voice Commands Note In order to use Sirius Travel Link your vehicle must be equipped with navigation and your navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot EE Press the voice button on the steering wheel controls and when i prompted say any of the following Travel Link voice commands u 5 day weather forecast Sports scores Fuel prices Traffic 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 456 MyFord Touch If Equipped Travel Link voice commands Movie listings Trav
249. eases to the upright position MANUAL SEATS WARNING Do not adjust the driver s seat or seatback while the vehicle is moving WARNING Rock the seat backward and forward after releasing the lever to make sure that it is fully engaged Moving the Seats Backward and Forward 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Seats 143 Adjusting the Height of the Driver Seat E 4 WARNING Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips Recline Adjustment a WARNING Cover sharp edges on the load to help prevent injury to occupants Secure the load to help prevent shifting during sudden stops WARNING Before returning the seatback to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback After returning the seatback to its original position pull on the seatback to make sure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or crash 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 144 Seats Folding the Front Passenger Seatback The front passenger seatback can be folded to a horizontal position to make room for a long load Lumbar Adjustment POWER SEATS IF EQUIPPED WARNING Never adjust the driver s seat or seatback when the vehicle is moving 4 i WARNING Before returning the seatback to it
250. eature is active the hill start assist feature will be deactivated Hill start assist keeps your vehicle stationary long enough to move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal when your vehicle is on a slope The brakes are released automatically once the engine has developed sufficient drive to prevent the vehicle from rolling down the slope This is an advantage when pulling away on a slope for example from a car park ramp traffic lights or when reversing uphill into a parking space Using Hill Start Assist 1 Press the brake pedal to bring the vehicle to a complete standstill Keep the brake pedal pressed 2 If the sensors detect that the vehicle is on a slope the hill start assist feature will be activated automatically 3 When you remove your foot from the brake pedal the vehicle will remain on the slope without rolling away for approximately two or three seconds This hold time will automatically be extended if you are in the process of driving off 4 Drive off in the normal manner The brakes will be released automatically 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 190 Traction Control PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction If your vehicle begins to slide the system applies the brakes to individual wheels and when needed reduces engine power at the same time If the wheels spin when accelerating
251. eatures That is why it is important to rely upon your dealership to properly diagnose and repair your vehicle Ford Motor Company has recommended maintenance intervals for various parts and component systems based upon engineering testing Ford Motor Company relies upon this testing to determine the most appropriate mileage for replacement of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at the lowest overall cost to you and recommends against maintenance schedules that deviate from the scheduled maintenance information Ford strongly recommends the use of only genuine Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized remanufactured replacement parts because they are engineered for your vehicle Additives and Chemicals Ford Motor Company recommended additives and chemicals are listed in the owner manual and in the Ford Workshop Manual Additional chemicals or additives not approved by Ford Motor Company are not recommended as part of normal maintenance Please consult your warranty information 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 509 Oils Fluids and Flushing In many cases fluid discoloration is a normal operating characteristic and by itself does not necessarily indicate a concern or that the fluid needs to be changed However discolored fluids that also show signs of overheating and foreign material contamination should be inspected immediately by a qualified expert such as the factory
252. ed Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible to minimize engine damage 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 274 Maintenance When Fail Safe Mode is Activated WARNING Fail safe mode is for use during emergencies only Operate the vehicle in fail safe mode only as long as necessary to bring the vehicle to rest in a safe location and seek immediate repairs When in fail safe mode the vehicle will have limited power will not be able to maintain high speed operation and may completely shut down without warning potentially losing engine power power steering assist and power brake assist which may increase the possibility of a crash resulting in serious injury WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot You have limited engine power when in the fail safe mode so drive the vehicle with caution The vehicle will not be able to maintain high speed operation and the engine will run rough Remember that the engine is capable of completely shutting down automatically to prevent engine damage therefore 1 Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and turn off the engine 2 Arrange for the vehicle to be taken to an authorized dealer 3 If this is not possible wait a short period for the engine to cool 4 Check the coolant level and replenish if low 5 Restart the engine and take your vehicle to an authorized dealer Note Dri
253. ed Maintenance Information Note Make sure that the level is between the COLD FILL RANGE marks on the coolant reservoir Note Coolant expands when it is hot The level may extend beyond the upper COLD FILL RANGE mark Note If the level is at the lower COLD FILL RANGE mark below the lower COLD FILL RANGE mark or empty add coolant immediately See Adding Engine Coolant in this chapter The coolant concentration should be maintained within 48 to 50 which equates to a freeze point between 30 F 34 C and 34 F 87 C Note For best results coolant concentration should be tested with a refractometer such as Rotunda tool ROB75240 available from your dealer Ford does not recommend the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips for measuring coolant concentrations Note Automotive fluids are not interchangeable do not use engine coolant antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 270 Maintenance Adding Engine Coolant WARNING Do not add engine coolant when the engine is hot Steam and scalding liquids released from a hot cooling system can burn you badly Also you can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts WARNING Do not put engine coolant in the windshield washer fluid container If sprayed on the windshield engine coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshiel
254. ed Maintenance and Mechanical Repairs One of the best ways for you to make sure that your vehicle provides years of service is to have it maintained in line with our recommendations using parts that conform to the specifications detailed in this owner s manual Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these specifications Collision Repairs We hope that you never experience a collision but accidents do happen Genuine Ford replacement collision parts meet our stringent requirements for fit finish structural integrity corrosion protection and dent resistance During vehicle development we validate that these parts deliver the intended level of protection as a whole system A great way to know for sure you are getting this level of protection is to use genuine Ford replacement collision parts Warranty on Replacement Parts Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement parts are the only replacement parts that benefit from a Ford Warranty Damage caused to your vehicle as a result of the failure of non Ford parts may not be covered by the Ford Warranty For additional information see the terms and conditions of the Ford Warranty SPECIAL NOTICES New Vehicle Limited Warranty For a detailed description of what is covered and what is not covered by your vehicle s New Vehicle Limited Warranty see the warranty information that is provided to you along with your owner s manual Special Instructions For your added safety your vehicl
255. ed dealer handling your vehicle line will provide warranty service we recommend you return to your selling authorized dealer who wants to ensure your continued satisfaction Please note that certain warranty repairs require special training equipment or both so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs This means that depending on the warranty repair needed you may have to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair after taking your vehicle to the authorized dealer Repairs will be made using Ford or Motorcraft parts or remanufactured or other parts that are authorized by Ford Away from Home If you are away from home when your vehicle needs service contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center or use the online resources listed below to find the nearest authorized dealer In the United States Mailing Address Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center P O Box 6248 Dearborn MI 48121 Telephone 1 800 392 3673 FORD TDD for the hearing impaired 1 800 232 5952 Online Additional information and resources are available online at www fordowner com These are some of the items that can be found online e U S Dealer Locator by Dealer Name City State or Zip Code e Owner Manuals e Maintenance Schedules e Recalls e Ford Extended Service Plans 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus C
256. ed replacement fasteners Note Inspect the wheel pilot hole and mounting surface prior to installation Remove any visible corrosion or loose particles 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Capacities and Specifications 329 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 3 5L V6 engine 3 7L V6 engine 2 0L EcoBoost engine Required fuel Minimum Minimum Minimum 87 octane 87 octane 87 octane 1 4 9 5 3 6 1 4 2 5 3 6 1 3 4 8 029 inch 0 049 0 053 inch 0 049 0 053 inch 001 inch 1 25 1 85 mm 1 25 1 85 mm 0 75 mm 05 mm 10 8 1 10 5 1 Engine drivebelt routing 3 5L 3 7L V6 engine e O Spark plug gap 1 Short drivebelt is on first pulley groove closest to engine 2 Long drivebelt is on second pulley groove farthest from engine 2 0L EcoBoost engine We 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Capacities and Specifications 330 9UuON CTX V 9Y60 cl SSM V SY60 cl SS q 660IA dS ASATSTS TSO T0soJo G TX 3J J24030 A V YdeIACHS 97IX cV 8909I SSM 0 amp INd uorjeorroods pIo 19quinu xed pIo G send IO 1010 CIF c LG OE MG AVS 3J 1291010 N 1500goo5i TOZ velo ourug TIO 10 0W 14 8 syrenb 0 9 06 AAS AVS 3J 191010 N seurduo e 96 queoriqn q Xoor pue suds pue ogurq 100p Y ong SXowr yeas S10 0J pue soje d 1o xuns souoqe sosuly queouqny Aeidg suog sdujs1io
257. ed testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags SAFETY CANOPY CURTAIN AIRBAGS WARNING Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the headliner at the siderail that may come into contact with a deploying curtain airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash WARNING Do not lean your head on the door The curtain airbag could injure you as it deploys from the headliner WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the curtain airbags its fuses the A B C or D pillar trim or the headliner on a vehicle containing curtain airbags as you could be seriously injured or killed Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 54 Supplementary Restraints System WARNING All occupants of your vehicle including the driver should always wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system and curtain airbag is provided Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death WARNING To reduce risk of injury do not obstruct or place objects in the deployment path of the curtain airbag WARNING If the curtain airbags have
258. ediate attention The multi point vehicle inspection is one more way to keep your vehicle running great 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 511 ing WEM En E Dwner nui Hester amp io PE Advonfogi foar sonic fabros Multi Point Inspection Report Card as Recommended by Ford Motor Company Tys EL Trpoc Man me mg nun Ebbi Miror Web Model rsyueza rikr Engue Coolant a Menus CF wif www Deruiseamnica cor for etice reruma be ta HECH PLUID LEVELS ANC PILL LIE an arena eis De Dese QE fe nm Dmm 1T nm BATTERY State al Health L o LI Prepay pod Wels Py E dia ade bos E yep ee ed Tra anion u car sai daria mum asia di FF thorn inr id kr im Ici n bhis adanci ingi Lm signals Cenditiond 00i OOOO E esn ari ees tes ran oaks cor amare E imm cong sten in c tcn sad cg L kasmay chive belbi L al agmen chad wot 7 Ime acces tears FI bie his ser dor ust Convert lt 7 1L 1E m roe n gr Service Advisor Customer Signature Technician It B8 Re Tula EISS Fard Moi gy A5 VM ies iana 1220000000 Customer Copy 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 512 Scheduled Maintenance
259. ee Heated windows amd mirrors later in this chapter for more information If your vehicle is equipped with heated mirrors this button turns them on also K Defrost Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents This setting can also be used to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice DUAL AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM WITH SONYG AUDIO SYSTEM Note You can switch temperature units between Fahrenheit and Celsius See Menu features in the MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch chapter A CLIMATE Press to turn the climate control system off and on When the system is off outside air cannot enter the vehicle B AUTO Press to turn on fully automatic operation Select the desired temperature using the temperature control The system automatically determines fan speed air distribution air conditioning operation and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle to maintain the selected temperature 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 132 Climate Control C Rear defrost Turns the heated windows and mirrors off and on See Heated windows amd mirrors later in this chapter for more information If your vehicle is equipped with heated mirrors this button turns them on also D Defrost Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents This setting can also be used to defog and clear the windshield of a thin co
260. eering wheel controls and say the name of the Sirius station such as the Highway The following voice commands are available at the top level of the voice session no matter which current audio source you are listening to such as a USB device or Sirius satellite radio Note This is only available when your MyFord Touch system language is set to North American English Play playlist name Play artist lt name gt Play song lt name gt Play album lt name gt Play lt name song or album gt by lt artist name gt Sports games This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to Sirius satellite radio The commands that have around the word means that the word is optional For example if you say Play Metallica this is the same as the voice command Play artist lt name gt AM and FM Touch the AM or FM tab to listen to the radio To change between AM and FM presets just touch the AM or FM tab Memory Presets Save a station by pressing and holding one of the memory preset areas There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station Sound returns when finished HD Radio Touch this button to turn HD Radio on The light on the button illuminates when the feature is on HD Radio allows you to receive radio broadcasts digitally where available providing free crystal clear sound See HD Radio information later in this chapter Scan To
261. eft paddle to downshift the transmission e Pull the right paddle to upshift the transmission Upshift to the recommended shift speeds according to the following chart 9e md 40 mph 64 km h 45 mph 72 km h 50 mph 80 kmh The instrument cluster will show the selected gear you are currently in In order to prevent the engine from running at too low an RPM which may cause it to stall SelectShift will automatically make some downshifts if it has determined that you have not downshifted in time It will still allow you to downshift at any time as long as SelectShift determines that the engine will not be damaged from over revving Note Return the gear shift lever from S Sport to D Drive when manual control is no longer desired Note Engine damage may occur if excessive engine revving is held without shifting Automatic Transmission Adaptive Learning This feature is designed to increase durability and provide consistent shift feel over the life of the vehicle A new vehicle or transmission may have firm shifts soft shifts or both This operation is considered normal and will not affect function or durability of the transmission Over time the adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation Additionally whenever the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed the strategy must be relearned 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 178
262. egories To expand these listings press the in front of the point of interest listing When programming a point of interest destination the system allows you to sort the resulting lists alphabetically by distance or by cityseekr listings if available Pressing the Search Areas button allows you to search for points of interest nearby near a city or state or near a destination if a route is active Pressing the Search By Name button allows you to directly enter the point of interest name into the system by using the keyboard 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 480 MyFord Touch If Equipped cityseekr If Available Note cityseekr point of interest information is limited to approximately 912 cities 881 in the United States 20 in Canada and 11 in Mexico cityseekr when available is a service that provides more information about certain points of interest such as restaurants i hotels and attractions When you have selected a point of C s e ek r interest the location and information appear such as address and phone number If cityseekr lists the point of interest more information is available such as a brief description hotel check in and checkout times or restaurant hours Press More Information for a longer review a list of services and facilities the average room or meal price as well as the website link This screen displays either a facility photo if
263. ehicle Check the main mirror first before a lane change then check the blind spot mirror If no vehicles are present in the blind spot mirror and the traffic in the adjacent lane is at a safe distance signal that you are going to change lanes Glance over your shoulder to verify traffic is clear and carefully change lanes The image of the approaching vehicle is small and near the inboard edge of the main mirror when it is at a distance The image becomes larger and begins to move outboard across the main mirror as the vehicle approaches A The image will transition from the main mirror and begin to appear in the blind spot mirror as the vehicle approaches B The vehicle will transition to your peripheral field of view as it leaves the blind spot mirror C Blind Spot Information System BLISG with Cross Traffic Alert CTA If Equipped Refer to Blind Spot Information System BLIS with Cross Traffic Alert CTA in the Driving Aids chapter 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 98 Windows and Mirrors INTERIOR MIRROR 4 WARNING Do not adjust the mirror when your vehicle is gt moving Note Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum or ammonia based cleaning products You can adjust the interior mirror to your preference Some mirrors also have a second pivot point This lets you move the mirror head up or down and from s
264. el Link Sports headlines Sports schedule Weather map If you have said Sports headlines Sports schedule or Sports scores you may say any of the commands in the Sports headlines Sports schedules and Sports scores commands chart Tf you have said Travel Link you may say any of the commands in the Travel Link chart Sports headlines sports schedules and sports scores voice commands College football Motorsports ET TRAVEL LINK 5 day weather Golf schedule NBA scores forecast Baseball headlines MLS headlines NFL headlines Baseball scores MLS scores NFL scores headlines schedule College basketball Motor sports scores schedule College football Movie listings Traffic headlines Baseball schedule MLS schedule NFL schedule 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 457 schedule Scores Fuel prices WNBA headlines Golf headlines NBA headlines WNBA schedule Golf leaderboard NBA schedule WNBA scores Alerts e If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation touch the i 2 Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Press Alerts and then choos
265. el drive vehicle in snow and ice it won t stop any faster because as in other vehicles braking occurs at all four wheels Do not become overconfident as to road conditions Make sure you allow sufficient distance between you and other vehicles for stopping Drive slower than usual and consider using one of the lower gears In emergency stopping situations apply the brake steadily Since your vehicle is equipped with a four wheel anti lock brake system ABS do not pump the brakes Refer to the Brakes chapter for additional information on the operation of the anti lock brake system 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 186 All Wheel Drive If Equipped Maintenance and Modifications The suspension and steering systems on your vehicle have been designed and tested to provide predictable performance whether loaded or empty and durable load carrying capability For this reason Ford Motor Company strongly recommends that you do not make modifications such as adding or removing parts such as lift kits or stabilizer bars or by using replacement parts not equivalent to the original factory equipment Any modifications to a vehicle that raise the center of gravity can make it more likely the vehicle will rollover as a result of a loss of control Ford Motor Company recommends that caution be used with any vehicle equipped with a high load or device such as ladder or luggage racks Failure to maintain
266. em with the electrical system or a related component Direction Indicator Illuminates when the left or right turn signal or the hazard warning flasher is turned on If the indicators stay on or flash faster check for a burned out bulb Door ajar RTT Displays when the ignition is on and any door is not completely closed Engine oil pressure RTT mz Illuminates when the oil pressure falls below the normal range Engine coolant temperature RTT Illuminates when the engine coolant temperature is high Stop the vehicle as soon as possible switch off the engine and let cool Grade assist if equipped RTT Illuminates when grade assist is turned on 2 Heads up display if equipped A red beam of lights will illuminate on the windshield in certain instances when using adaptive cruise control and or the collision warning system It will also illuminate momentarily when you start your vehicle to make sure the display works 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Instrument Cluster 105 High beams Es Illuminates when the high beam headlamps are on Low fuel RTT Illuminates when the fuel level in the fuel tank is at or near empty Low tire pressure warning i Illuminates when your tire pressure is low If the light remains ad on at start up or while driving the tire pressure should be checked When the ignition is first turned to on the light will illuminate for 3 se
267. en possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving The USB port is located in the center console It allows you to plug in media playing devices memory sticks and charge devices if supported See the SYNC chapter for more information MEDIA HUB IF EQUIPPED The media hub is located in the center console and has the following features A A N inputs B SD card slot C USB ports C For more information see the MyFord Touch chapter 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus SYNCG 361 EB W SNC Powered by Microsoft SYNC is an in vehicle communications system that works with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone and portable media player This allows you to Make and receive calls Access and play music from your portable music player Use 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services Traffic Directions amp Information if equipped Use applications such as Pandora and Stitcher via SYNC AppLink Gf applicable Access phonebook contacts and music via voice commands Stream music from your connected phone Text message Use the advanced voice recognition system USB device charging if your device supports this 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 362 SYNC GENERAL INFORMATION Make sure
268. en the vehicle is in position P and the liftgate has been open for less than 10 minutes The controls are located on the left hand rear quarter trim panel accessible from the liftgate area e Folding the seatback Press and hold the control Uu mechanism to lower the seatback The top portion 4 lowers the right 40 seatback and the bottom portion lowers the left 60 seatback e Unfolding the seatback Rotate the seatback upward until the seatback latches in the upright position The seatback will click when it is locked into position 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Seats 149 REAR SEAT ARMREST Fold the armrest down to use the armrest and cupholder Lift up one of the slotted areas on the cover to access the cup holder To close the armrest close the cupholder cover and rotate the armrest rearward until the latch clicks 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 150 Universal Garage Door Opener If Equipped HOMELINK WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED WARNING Make sure that the garage door and security device are free from obstruction when you are programming Do not program the system with the vehicle in the garage WARNING Do not use the system with any garage door opener that does not have the safety stop and reverse feature as required by U S Federal Safety Standards this includes any garage door opener manufac
269. endices End user notice Microsoft amp Windows Mobile for Automotive Important Safety Information This system Ford SYNC contains software that is licensed to Manufacturer FORD MOTOR COMPANY by an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation pursuant to a license agreement Any removal reproduction reverse engineering or other unauthorized use of the software from this system in violation of the license agreement is strictly prohibited and may subject you to legal action Read and follow instructions Before using your Windows Automotive based system read and follow all instructions and safety information provided in this end user manual User s Guide Not following precautions found in this User s Guide can lead to an accident or other serious consequences Keep User s Guide in Vehicle When kept in the vehicle the User s Guide will be a ready reference for you and other users unfamiliar with the Windows Automotive based system Please make certain that before using the system for the first time all persons have access to the User s Guide and read its instructions and safety information carefully WARNING Operating certain parts of this system while driving can distract your attention away from the road and possibly cause an accident or other serious consequences Do not change system settings or enter data non verbally using your hands while driving Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations
270. engage the steering lock Displayed when the engine is turned off and shift select lever is in any position other than P Park Displays when the driver s door is opened the vehicle is in park and the engine is on drive the vehicle after a remote start Displays as a reminder to apply the brake and the start button to drive the vehicle after a remote start vehicle have low tire pressure Displays when the tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer Displayed when a tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning or your spare tire is in use For more information on how the system operates under these conditions refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Wheels and tires chapter If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 128 Climate Control MANUAL HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM A Fan speed control Controls the volume of air circulated in your vehicle Turn to select the desired fan speed or switch off If you switch the fan off the windshield may fog up B Defrost Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents This setting can also be used to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice C Power Press to turn the system off and on When the system i
271. er 2013 USA fus 50 Supplementary Restraints System e Have the person sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended e Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and enable the passenger s frontal airbag e If the indicator OFF lamp remains lit even after this the person should be advised to ride in the rear seat P airb Occupant optar di e Passenger airbag ne Lit Empty ON ON Unit lit Disabled E METTE Lit Child ow it Unlit Disabled OFF Unlit Unlit Adult ON Lit Enabled Note When the passenger airbag status indicator OFF lamp is illuminated the passenger side airbag seat mounted may be disabled to avoid the risk of airbag deployment injuries After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts it s very important that they continue to sit properly A properly seated occupant sits upright leaning against the seat back and centered on the seat cushion with their feet comfortably extended on the floor Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event For example if an occupant slouches lies down turns sideways sits forward leans forward or sideways or puts one or both feet up the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased If you think that the state of the passenger airbag status indicator lamp is
272. erature e a failure in the system or a related system Blocked Sensor WARNING Do not use ACC when towing a trailer with brake controls Aftermarket trailer brakes will not function properly when ACC is activated because the brakes are electronically controlled Failing to do so may result in loss of vehicle control which could result in serious injury WARNING Do not use tires sizes other than those recommended because this can affect the normal operation of ACC Failing to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control which could result in serious injury A message regarding a blocked sensor is displayed if the radar signals from the sensor have been obstructed The sensor is located behind a fascia cover near the driver side of the lower grille A vehicle ahead cannot be detected and the system will not function when the radar signals are obstructed The following table lists possible causes and actions for this message being displayed 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Cruise Control 207 The surface of the radar in the Clean the grille surface in front of grille is dirty or obstructed in the radar or remove the object some way causing the obstruction The surface of the radar in the Wait a short time It may take grille is clean but the message several minutes for the radar to remains in the display detect that it is no longer obstructed Heavy rain or snow is inte
273. ered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and services suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may use this information solely to improve their products or to provide customized services or technologies to you MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and systems suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may disclose this information to others but not in a form that personally identifies you e Internet Based Services Components The SOFTWARE may contain components that enable and facilitate the use of certain Internet based services You acknowledge and agree that MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may automatically check the version of the SOFTWARE and or its components that you are utilizing and may provide upgrades or supplements to the SOFTWARE that may be automatically downloaded to your DEVICE e Additional Software Services The SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service suppliers MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent to provide or make available to you SOFTWARE updates supplements add on components or Internet based services components of the SOFTWARE after the date you obtain your init
274. erformance Any damage to a vehicle that is caused by use of fuel not recommended will not be covered under warranty Octane Recommendations 3 5L 3 7L V6 engines Regular unleaded gasoline with a pump R M 2 octane rating of 87 is recommended Some stations offer fuels posted as Regular with an octane rating below 87 particularly in high altitude areas Fuels with octane levels below 87 are not recommended 2 0L V6 EcoBoost engine Regular unleaded gasoline with a pump R M 2 octane rating of 87 is recommended Some stations offer fuels posted as Regular with an octane rating below 87 particularly in high altitude areas Fuels with octane levels below 877 are not recommended Premium fuel will provide improved performance and is recommended for severe duty usage such as trailer tow Do not be concerned if your engine sometimes knocks lightly However if it knocks heavily while you are using fuel with the recommended octane rating see your authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Fuel and Refueling 167 RUNNING OUT OF FUEL Avoid running out of fuel because this situation may have an adverse effect on powertrain components If you have run out of fuel e You may need to cycle the ignition from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine On restarting crank t
275. erly operating or damaged exhaust system may allow exhaust to enter the vehicle Have a damaged or improperly operating exhaust system inspected and repaired immediately 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 172 Fuel and Refueling Do not make any unauthorized changes to your vehicle or engine By law vehicle owners and anyone who manufactures repairs services sells leases trades vehicles or supervises a fleet of vehicles are not permitted to intentionally remove an emission control device or prevent it from working Information about your vehicle s emission system is on the Vehicle Emission Control Information Decal located on or near the engine This decal also lists engine displacement Please consult your warranty information for complete emission warranty information On board Diagnostics OBD II Your vehicle is equipped with a computer that monitors the engine s emission control system This system is commonly known as the on board diagnostics system OBD II The OBD II system protects the environment by ensuring that your vehicle continues to meet government emission standards The OBD II system also assists your authorized dealer in properly servicing your vehicle When the service engine soon indicator illuminates the OBD II system has detected a malfunction Temporary malfunctions may cause the service engine soon indicator to illuminate Examples are 1 The vehicle has run
276. erly restrain children in the rear seat The front passenger sensing system also turns off the passenger front airbag and seat mounted side airbag when the passenger seat is empty e When the front passenger sensing system disables will not inflate the front passenger frontal airbag the passenger airbag status indicator will illuminate the OFF lamp and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled If the child restraint has been installed and the passenger airbag status indicator illuminates the ON lamp then turn the vehicle off remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s instructions The front passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the front passenger seat e When the front passenger sensing system enables the front passenger frontal airbag may inflate the passenger airbag status indicator will illuminate the ON lamp and remain illuminated If a person of adult size is sitting in the front passenger s seat but the passenger airbag status indicator OFF lamp is lit it is possible that the person isn t sitting properly in the seat If this happens e Turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seat back in the full upright position 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing Novemb
277. ers Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Fuel and Refueling 165 Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes If fuel is splashed in the eyes remove contact lenses if worn flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury e Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed through the skin If fuel is splashed on the skin or clothing promptly remove contaminated clothing and wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Repeated or prolonged skin contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation e Be particularly careful if you are taking Antabuse or other forms of disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism Breathing gasoline vapors or skin contact could cause an adverse reaction In sensitive individuals serious personal injury or sickness may result If fuel is splashed on the skin promptly wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Consult a physician immediately if you experience an adverse reaction FUEL QUALITY Note Use of any fuel other than those recommended may cause powertrain damage and a loss of vehicle performance repairs may not be covered under warranty Choosing the Right Fuel Gasoline Engines Use only UNLEADED gasoline or UNLEADED gasoline blended with a maximum of 1596 ethanol in your gasoline vehicle If your vehicle is a Flex Fuel Vehicle FFV it will have a yellow bezel placed over the fuel fill inlet Do not use
278. es 5 Press and release the brake pedal one time The indicator on the START STOP button should begin to rapidly flash indicating the programming mode has been entered and two programmed intelligent access keys have been detected in the vehicle 6 Press the START STOP button within one minute A message will appear in the information display indicating that the new intelligent access key was programmed 7 Remove the intelligent access key from the center console pocket and press the unlock button on the newly programmed intelligent access key to exit programming mode 8 Verify that the remote entry functions operate press lock then unlock making sure you end in unlock and that the vehicle starts with new intelligent access key ANTI THEFT ALARM IF EQUIPPED The system will warn you of unauthorized entry to your vehicle The turn signal lamps will flash and sound the horn up to a total of 10 times when e any door the hood or the luggage compartment is opened without using the keypad the remote control or the intelligent access transmitter if equipped e the ignition is turned on with an invalid key Take all keys and remote controls to an authorized dealer if there is any potential alarm problem with your vehicle 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Security 83 Arming the Alarm The system is ready to arm whenever the ignition is off Lock the vehicle to arm the alarm
279. es sssrini 479 Moon LOOP 3 re entren pae 99 Point of Interest POD 479 Motorcraft parts ENONUS PEE 290 334 Power distribution box MyFord Touch system 409 see FUSES 2 255 MYKGYy i ise teie arura 64 Power door locks 68 N Power liftgate 74 Power mirrors sssss 96 Navigation features 4T Powerpoint ossi 155 Nevigeuian voice commands 486 Power steering ss 217 Notifications se 457 fluid checking and adding 277 fluid refill capacity 330 o fluid specifications 330 Octane rating 166 Power Windows sssi 94 Privacy information 363 415 F Push button start system 158 Pairing other phones 367 444 Putting a call on off hold 369 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Index 529 Q Safety information 362 413 f MUS aeeie Quick touch buttons cece du a a o Belt MinderG R deactivating activating 41 extension assembly 38 Radio tert 345 350 351 for adults eee 35 36 AMEM ssceassstscnap euitetoess ave sara cue teny 423 for children see 24 Single GD see 345 350 351 Occupant Classification Radio reception 343 Sensor eren 48 Badioivoice commands 428 safety belt maintenance 42 MO
280. ess repeatedly or press and hold until the desired level is reached Note In the uplevel message center only a message will pop up that will show incrementally where the dimmer is in relation to the dimming steps These steps will also vary for daytime and night time dimming Note If the battery is disconnected discharged or a new battery is installed the dimmer will set the illuminated components to the maximum setting automatically HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY You can set the delay time to keep the headlamps on for up to three minutes after the ignition is turned off Follow the steps below to change the delay time Steps 1 through 6 must be done within 10 seconds Turn the ignition off Turn the lighting control to the autolamp position Turn the lighting control to the off position Turn the ignition on Turn the ignition off Turn the lighting control to the autolamp position The headlamps and parking lamps will turn on anne co rp 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Lighting 91 7 Turn the lighting control to the off position when the desired delay time has been reached The headlamps and parking lamps will turn off You can set the headlamp exit delay to one of the following settings e Off e 10 seconds e 20 seconds e 120 seconds Note You can also adjust the time delay using the display controls in the instrument cluster See the Information Disp
281. essive wear and remove objects such as stones nails or glass that may be wedged in the tread grooves Check the tire and valve stems for holes cracks or cuts that may permit air leakage and repair or replace the tire and replace the valve stem Inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking cuts bruises and other signs of damage or excessive wear If internal damage to the tire is suspected have the tire demounted and inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced For your safety tires that are damaged or show signs of excessive wear should not be used because they are more likely to blow out or fail Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally Inspect all your tires including the spare frequently and replace them if one or more of the following conditions exist Tire Wear When the tread is worn down to 1 16th of an inch 2 millimeters tires must be replaced to help prevent your vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning Built in treadwear indicators or wear bars which look like narrow strips of smooth rubber across the tread will appear on the tire when the tread is worn down to 1 16th of an inch 2 millimeters When the tire tread wears down to the same height as these wear bars the tire is worn out and must be replaced 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 312 Wheels and Tires Damage Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for d
282. estraint and between the head restraint posts For the center seating positions route the tether strap over the top of the head restraint If needed the head restraints can also be removed 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Child Safety 31 2 Locate the correct anchor behind the gap cover for the selected seating position 3 Pull the gap cover to expose the anchors Clip the tether strap to the anchor as shown 4 Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions If your child restraint system is equipped with a tether strap and the child restraint manufacturer recommends its use Ford also recommends its use 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 32 Child Safety CHILD SAFETY LOCKS The childproof locks are located on the rear edge of each rear door and must be set separately for each door When these locks are set the rear doors cannot be opened from the inside e Insert the key and turn to the lock position key horizontal to engage the childproof locks Insert the key and turn to the unlock position key vertical to disengage the childproof locks 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Safety Belts 33 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION WARNING Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving The passenger cannot pro
283. et your report preferences at www SYNCMyRide com After registering you can request a Vehicle Health Report inside your vehicle Return to your account at www SYNCMyRide com to view your report You can also choose for SYNC to automatically remind you to run reports at specific mileage intervals Cellular phone airtime usage may apply when reporting The system allows you to check your vehicle s overall health in the form of a diagnostic report card The vehicle health report contains valuable information such as e Vehicle Diagnostic Information e Scheduled maintenance e Open Recalls and Field Service Actions e Unserviced items from vehicle inspections by your authorized dealer You can run a report after the vehicle has been running a minimum of 60 seconds by pressing the voice button and saying Vehicle health report or pressing the phone button 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 384 SYNCG To run a report using the phone button 1 Press the phone button to enter Phone Menu 2 Scroll until Vehicle Health is selected and press OK 3 Scroll to select from the following options User Preferences Automatic Reports Press OK and select on Press OK to select or off Select On to have SYNC automatically and enter the menu prompt you to run a health report at certain Scroll to select from mileage intervals Note You must first turn this feature on before you can select the mile
284. etermine how many unrestricted keys you have for your vehicle and detect if an additional MyKey has been programmed USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE START SYSTEMS MyKey is not compatible with non Ford approved aftermarket remote start systems If you choose to install a remote start system please see your Ford authorized dealer for a Ford approved remote start system 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyKey 67 MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING Potential causes I cannot create a e The key or fob used to start the vehicle MyKey does not have admin privileges e The key or fob used to start the vehicle is the only admin key there always has to be at least one admin key e Vehicles with push button start The intelligent access key is not in the backup slot The backup slot location information is in another chapter See Starting amd Stopping the Vehicle e SecuriLock passive anti theft system is disabled or in unlimited mode I cannot program the e The key or fob used to start the vehicle configurable settings does not have admin privileges e No MyKeys are created See Creating a MyKey I cannot clear the e The key or fob used to start the vehicle MyKeys does not have admin privileges e No MyKeys are created Refer to Creating a MyKey key dealer Security No MyKey functions e An admin fob is present at engine start with intelligent access e No MyKey has been created See Creating a key
285. ettings icon gt Settings gt System then select from Th the following System Language Select to have the touchscreen display in English Spanish or French Distance Select to display units in kilometers or miles Temperature Select to display units in Celsius or Fahrenheit System Prompt Adjust the volume of voice prompts from the Volume system Touch Screen Button Select to have the system beep to confirm Beep choices made through the touchscreen Touch Panel Button Select to have the system beep to confirm Beep button choices made through the climate or audio system 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 466 MyFord Touch If Equipped Keyboard Layout Have the touchscreen keyboard display in QWERTY or ABC format the current software licenses Master Reset Select to restore factory defaults This erases all personal settings and personal data Voice Control Press the Settings icon Settings Voice Control then 9 select from the following Voice control Interaction Mode Standard interaction mode provides more detailed interaction and guidance Advanced mode has less audible interaction and more tone prompts Confirmation Have the system ask you short questions if it Prompts has not clearly heard or understood your request Note Even with confirmation prompts turned off the system may occasionally ask you to confirm settings Media Candidate Candidate lists
286. eturns to the Play Menu 6 Press OK and scroll through selections of e Play All Artists Albums Genres Playlists Tracks Explore USB Similar Music Return Qnae co B3 p When the desired selection appears in the display press OK to build your desired music selection 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 390 SYNCG What s Playing EM t any time when a track is playing you can press the voice us icon and ask the system What s playing The system reads the metadata tags if populated of the playing track to you Media Voice Commands EE Press the voice icon and when prompted say USB then any us of the following Search artist name Search genre lt name gt 1 3 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus SYNCG 391 USB Search song lt name gt Search track lt name gt Shuffle off 1 3 1 3 Shuffle on What s playing l lt name gt is a dynamic listing meaning that it could be the name of any desired group artist etc Voice commands which are only available in folder mode Voice commands which are not available until indexing is complete Voice command guide Autoplay Turn on to listen to music which has already been randomly indexed during the indexing process Turn off and the system does not begin to play any of your music until all media has all been indexed
287. ety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Always transport children 12 years old and under in the back seat and always properly use appropriate child restraints WARNING Never place your arm over the airbag module as a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag supplemental restraint systems or its fuses as you could be seriously injured or killed Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING Several airbag system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation as this may result in serious injury 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Supplementary Restraints System 45 WARNING If the airbag has deployed the airbag will not function again and must be replaced immediately If the airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash The airbags are a supplemental restraint system and
288. evice To erase programming from the three HomeLink buttons press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash The LED will begin flashing in 10 to 20 seconds at which time both buttons should be released Programming has now been erased and the LED should blink slowly to indicate the device is in train mode when any one of the three HomeLink buttons is pressed FCC and RSS 210 Industry Canada Compliance This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Changes or modifications to your device not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance can void the user s authority to operate the equipment 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Auxiliary Power Points 155 AUXILIARY POWER POINTS Note Do not insert objects other than an accessory plug into the power point This will damage the outlet and blow the fuse Note Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug Note Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty Note Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigarette lighter socket if equipped Improper use of the
289. ey Displayed when a MyKey is in use and the Top Speed MyKey speed limit is on and the vehicle speed is 80 mph 130 km h Vehicle Near MyKey Displayed when a MyKey is in use and the Top Speed MyKey speed limit is on and the vehicle speed is approaching 80 mph 130 km h Check Speed Drive Displayed when a MyKey is in use and the Safely optional setting is on and the vehicle exceeds preselected speed Buckle Up to Unmute Displayed when a MyKey is in use and Audio Belt Minder is activated Could Not Program Displayed when an attempt is made to Key program a spare key using two existing MyKeys Reverse and the park aid is disabled Reverse and the park aid is disabled Rear Park Aid On Off Displays the rear park aid status Passenger Sensing Action Description System Message Remove Objects Near Displayed when objects are by the passenger Passenger Seat seat After the objects are moved away from the seat if the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Information Displays 127 Reminder Messages Steering Lock Turn Wheel to Unlock Shift to Park Remote Start To Drive Turn Key to On To Drive Press Brake and START Button Tire Messages Low Tire Pressure Tire Pressure Monitor Fault Tire Pressure Sensor Fault 2014 Edge edg wheel in order to dis
290. f 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Maintenance 265 OPENING AND CLOSING THE HOOD 1 Inside the vehicle pull the hood release handle located under the bottom of the instrument panel near the steering column n 2 Go to the front of the vehicle and release the secondary hood latch that is located under the front center of the hood 3 Lift the hood and support it with the prop rod Note Make sure the hood is properly closed 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 266 Maintenance UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW 2 0L EcoBoost engine A Engine coolant reservoir B Power steering fluid reservoir C Engine oil filler cap D Engine oil dipstick E Brake fluid reservoir F Battery G Power distribution box H Air filter assembly I Windshield washer fluid reservoir 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Maintenance 267 3 5L V6 engine shown 3 7L V6 engine similar A Engine coolant reservoir B Power steering fluid reservoir C Engine oil dipstick D Engine oil filler cap E Brake fluid reservoir F Battery G Power distribution box H Air filter assembly I Windshield washer fluid reservoir 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 268 Maintenance ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK 2 0L EcoBoost A B A MIN 3 5L 3 7L and 3 5L EcoBoost A MIN B MAX
291. f even if a valid key is not present Within 20 seconds of switching the engine off press the brake pedal and press the button After 20 seconds have expired you can no longer start the engine without the key present inside your vehicle 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Starting and Stopping the Engine 161 Once the engine has started it remains running until you press the button even if the system does not detect a valid key If you open and close a door while the engine is running the system searches for a valid key You cannot start the engine if the system does not detect a valid key within 20 seconds Failure to Start If you cannot start the engine after three attempts wait 10 seconds and follow this procedure 1 Fully press the brake pedal 2 Fully press the accelerator pedal and hold it there 3 Start the engine Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle Is Stationary 1 Move the transmission selector lever to position P 2 If your vehicle has an ignition key turn the key to the off position If your vehicle has a keyless start system press the button once 3 Apply the parking brake Note This switches off the ignition all electrical circuits warning lamps and indicators Note If the engine is idling for 30 minutes the ignition and engine automatically shut down Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle Is Moving WARNING Switching off the engine when the vehicl
292. f Available Note HD Radio broadcasts are not available in all markets HD Radio technology is the digital evolution of analog AM FM radio Your system has a special receiver that allows it to receive digital broadcasts where available in addition to the analog broadcasts it already receives Digital broadcasts provide a better sound quality than analog broadcasts with free crystal clear audio and no static or distortion For more information and a guide to available stations and programming please visit www hdradio com 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 425 When HD Radio is on and you tune to a station broadcasting HD Radio technology you may notice the following indicators on your screen when digital audio is playing When this logo is available you HD HD logo blinks when acquiring a digital station and stays solid may also see Title and Artist fields on screen Multicast indicator appears in FM mode only if the current station is broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts The highlighted numbers signify available digital channels where new or different content is available HD1 signifies the main programming status and is available in analog and digital broadcasts Other multicast stations HD2 through HD7 are only available digitally TAG allows you to save a song to download later when you are on an acquired HD Radio station and the feature is on T
293. f Equipped Troubleshooting e Do not connect the audio input jack to a line level output The jack only works correctly with devices that have a headphone output with a volume control e Do not set the portable music player s volume level higher than is necessary to match the volume of the CD or FM radio as this causes distortion and reduces sound quality e If the music sounds distorted at lower listening levels turn the portable music player volume down If the problem persists replace or recharge the batteries in the portable media player e Control the portable media player in the same manner when used with headphones as the auxiliary input jack does not provide control such as Play or Pause over the attached portable media player PHONE A Phone B Quick Dial C Phonebook D History E Messaging F Settings 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 443 Hands free calling is one of the main features of SYNC Once you pair your phone you can access many options using the touchscreen or voice commands While the system supports a variety of features many are dependent on your cellular phone s functionality At a minimum most cellular phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions e Answering an incoming call Ending a call Using privacy mode Dialing a number Redialing Call waiting notification Caller ID O
294. fe place for future reference 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Keys and Remote Control 59 Replacing the Battery Note Refer to local regulations when disposing of transmitter batteries Note Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board Note Replacing the battery will not delete the transmitter from your vehicle The transmitter should operate normally The remote control uses one coin type three volt lithium battery CR2032 or equivalent Integrated Keyhead Transmitter 1 Twist a thin coin in the slot near the key 1 ring to remove the battery cover 1 2 Carefully peel up the rubber gasket 2 g 2 from the transmitter if it does not come off with the battery cover 3 3 Remove the old battery 3 4 Insert the new battery Refer to the instructions inside the integrated keyhead transmitter for the correct orientation of the battery Press the battery down to ensure that the battery is fully seated in the battery housing cavity 5 Reinstall the rubber gasket 6 Snap the battery cover back onto the key Intelligent Access Transmitter 1 Remove the backup key from the transmitter 2 Twist a thin coin under the tab a hidden behind the backup key head to remove the battery cover Do not use the backup key to remove the cover or you could damage the intelligent access key 2014 Ed
295. fety restraints 35 39 Selecting your media source Safety defects reporting 253 USB Line in BT audio 392 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 530 Index Sending new text messages 446 SYNC Services 385 450 Setting a destination A477 System settings c eee 465 Setting a destination by VOICB iisdem t mentes A477 T SENES nenea 462 Temperature control Setting the clock 345 462 see Climate control 128 129 Side air curtain eee 53 131 133 474 Side curtain airbags system 53 sae messaging wcities A 373 446 ext messaging sending SIRIUS sane iite radio quB 429 downloading deleting 373 375 Mn m uu 491 Tilt steering wheel 1 84 IES iaceret ect 301 302 322 SIRIUS Travel Link 454 alignment 2 eei ts 3l SIRIUS Travel Link voice GATE E 301 COMMMANGS sasicasth cine enen 455 changing NIRE NR REA EYE 322 324 SOS Post Crash Alert 45 checking the pressure 3M Inflation Eqs 309 Spark plugs Jab essct bb bud 308 specifications 329 334 Teplacihg cosciente 313 Specification chart rotating Aii aa eye sega a vases pedis 3 16 lubricants aieo molem out 330 safety practices u 315 Si sidewall information 304 Stability system 192 son diro and chains ero 316 Starting your vehicle
296. ff and no doors open PHONE Press to select any of the following Making and Receiving Calls Quick Dial Phonebook Call History Text Messaging Settings NAVIGATION Press to select any of the following My Home Favorites Previous Destinations Point of Interest Emergency Street Address Intersection City Center Map Edit Route Cancel Route CLIMATE Press to select any of the following Driver Settings Recirculated Air Auto Dual Passenger Settings A C Defrost 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 411 ES SETTINGS Press to select any of the following Clock Display Sound Vehicle Settings Help HOME Press to access your home screen Depending on your vehicle s option package and software your screens may vary in appearance from the descriptions in this section Your features may also be limited depending on your market Check with your authorized dealer for availability INFORMATION Press to select any of the following SYNC Services Sirius Travel Link Alerts Calendar e SYNC Apps If the icon is yellow see Alerts in the Information section of this chapter ENTERTAINMENT Press to select any of the following AM FM SIRIUS CD USB BT Stereo SD Card A V In 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 412 MyFord Touch If Equipped Using the Touch se
297. fication mark of the Wi Fi Alliance CERTIFIED 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 473 Help Press the Settings icon gt Help then select from the following View your vehicle s current location if your vehicle is equipped with navigation If your vehicle is not equipped with navigation nothing displays System Information ESN version applications installed on your system vehicle is moving 911 Assist Turn on and turn off the 911 Assist feature See 911 Assist in the SYNC applications and services section In Case of Emergency ICE Speed Dial allows you to save up to two numbers as ICE contacts for quick access if there is an emergency Select Edit to access your phonebook and then select the desired contacts The numbers then appear as options on this screen for the ICE 1 and ICE 2 buttons The ICE contacts you select appear at the end of the 911 Assist call process Voice Command List View categorized lists of voice commands To access Help using the voice commands press the voice button then after the tone say Help The system provides allowable voice commands for the current mode 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 474 MyFord Touch If Equipped CLIMATE Press the lower right corner on the touchscreen to access your climate control features Depending on your vehicle
298. fore shifting back into position N 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 238 Driving Hints BREAKING IN You need to break in new tires for approximately 300 miles 480 kilometers During this time your vehicle may exhibit some unique driving characteristics Avoid driving too fast during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers Vary your speed frequently and change up through the gears early Do not labor the engine Do not tow during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers ECONOMICAL DRIVING Fuel economy is affected by several things such as how you drive the conditions you drive under and how you maintain your vehicle There are some things to keep in mind that may improve your fuel economy e Accelerate and slow down in a smooth moderate fashion e Drive at steady speeds without stopping e Anticipate stops slowing down may eliminate the need to stop e Combine errands and minimize stop and go driving e Close the windows for high speed driving e Drive at reasonable speeds traveling at 55 mph 88 km h uses 1596 less fuel than traveling at 65 mph 105 km h e Keep the tires properly inflated and use only the recommended size e Use the recommended engine oil e Perform all regularly scheduled maintenance There are also some things you may not want to do because they may reduce your fuel economy e Sudden or hard accelerations e Rev the engine before turning it off e
299. ftgate to prevent drawing exhaust fumes into your vehicle This will also prevent passengers and cargo from falling out If you must drive with the liftgate open keep the vents or windows open so outside air comes into your vehicle Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury Note Be careful when opening or closing the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed area to avoid damaging the liftgate Note Do not hang anything for example a bike rack from the spoiler glass or liftgate This could damage the liftgate and its components Note Do not leave the liftgate open while driving This could damage the liftgate and its components The liftgate area is only intended for cargo not passengers To open the liftgate Press the button located in the top of the liftgate pull cup handle to unlatch the ON liftgate and then pull on the outside If your vehicle has lost power you can release the latch from inside your vehicle Use the access panel on the liftgate trim 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 74 Locks Power Liftgate If Equipped WARNING Make sure all persons are clear of the power liftgate area before using the power liftgate control WARNING Keep keys out of the reach of children Do not allow children to operate the power liftgate or to play near to an open or moving power liftgate Note Cycling the ignition while the liftgate is power clos
300. g November 2013 USA fus 468 MyFord Touch If Equipped Navigation Press the Settings icon Settings Navigation then select from the following Map Preferences Turn breadcrumbs on and off Have the system display your turn list top to bottom or bottom to top Route Preferences Preferred Route allows you to choose to have the system display the Shortest Fastest or most Ecological route first If you set Always Use Preferred Route to Yes the system uses the selected route type to calculate only one route to the desired destination Always Use Preferred Route bypasses route selection in destination programming The system only calculates one route based on the preferred route setting Eco Time Penalty allows you to select a low medium or high cost for the calculated Eco Route The higher the setting the longer the time allotment is for the route Have the system avoid freeways Have the system avoid tollroads Have the system avoid ferries or car trains Have the system use high occupancy vehicle lanes Navigation Have the system use guidance prompts Preferences Have the system automatically fill in State Province information 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 469 Traffic Preferences Have the system display areas where roadwork occurs driving conditions may occur and ice on the road may occur reduced visibility announcemen
301. g fan and other moving parts 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 244 Roadside Emergencies 2 Check all battery terminals Remove the positive terminal cover if equipped and any excessive corrosion before you attach the battery cables Ensure that vent caps are tight and level 3 Turn the heater fan on in both vehicles to protect from any electrical surges Turn all other accessories off Connecting the Jumper Cables WARNING Do not connect the end of the second cable to the negative terminal of the battery to be jumped A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery Note Do not attach the negative cable to fuel lines engine rocker covers the intake manifold or electrical components as grounding points Note In the illustration the vehicle on the bottom is used to designate the assisting boosting battery 1 Connect the positive jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery 2 Connect the other end of the i positive cable to the positive 1 wy terminal of the assisting battery e 3 Connect the negative cable to Re poe the negative terminal of the x assisting battery 4 2 3 Ss 4 Make the final connection of the negative cable to an exposed metal part of the stalled vehicle s engine away from the battery and the carburetor or fuel injection system Ensure that the cables are
302. g vehicles passing at speeds greater than 15 mph 24 km h e Driving in reverse faster than 3 mph 5 km h e Backing out of an angled parking spot False Alerts Note If you connected a trailer to your vehicle the BLIS system may detect the trailer causing a false alert To avoid false alerts you may want to turn the BLIS off manually There may be certain instances when either the BLIS or CTA systems illuminate the alert indicator with no vehicle in the coverage zone this is known as a false alert Some amount of false alerts are normal they are temporary and self correct System Errors If either system senses a problem with the left or right sensor the BLIS indicator in the information display will illuminate and remain on Also BLIND SPOT SYSTEM FAULT or CROSS TRAFFIC SYSTEM FAULT message will appear When problems that may cause the left or right indicator not to illuminate only the information display message faults appear 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Driving Aids 213 Switching the Systems Off and On One or both systems can be switched off temporarily by using the information display control refer to the Information Display chapter When the BLIS is switched off the driver does not receive alerts and the information display shows BLIND SPOT SYS OFF and or CTA SYSTEM OFF The system switches back on whenever the ignition is switched on One or both systems can
303. ge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 350 Audio System AM FM CD PREMIUM AUDIO SYSTEM A B C m o m e AN WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Note The MyFord Touch system controls most of the audio features See the MyFord Touch chapter for more information A Eject Press this button to eject a CD CD Slot Insert a CD TUNE and TUNE In radio mode press these buttons to manually search through the radio frequency band In Sirius mode press these buttons to find the next or previous available satellite radio station e 0 W D Volume and Power Press this button to switch the system off and on e Turn it to adjust the volume 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Audio System 351 E SEEK Reverse and Fast Forward e In radio mode select a frequency band and press one of these buttons The system stops at the first station it finds in that directio
304. ge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 60 Keys and Remote Control 3 Remove the old battery 4 Insert a new battery with the facing downward Press the battery down to make sure it is fully in the housing 5 Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter and install the backup key Memory Feature If Equipped This feature allows you to recall the driver seat and power mirrors memory positions Press the unlock button on the remote control or activate intelligent access to recall memory The seat and power mirrors automatically move to the memory position The mirrors will move to the programmed position and the seat will move to the easy entry position if the easy entry feature is enabled The seat will move to the final position when you switch the keyless ignition on or put the key in the ignition switch Programming to the Remote Control 1 Switch the ignition on 2 Move the memory features to the desired positions using the associated controls 3 Press and hold memory button 1 E for about five seconds A tone will sound after about two seconds m eJ Continue to hold until you hear a second tone 4 Press the lock button on the remote control within three seconds Repeat this procedure with memory button 2 and a second transmitter if desired 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Keys and Remote Control 61 Deactivating from
305. gh a wheel opening Note If you are stowing the spare tire place the spare in the spare tire well in its original position 1 Put the flat tire jack and lug wrench away Make sure the jack kit is secured in its original location and orientation in the jack kit recess under the flat or spare tire Unblock the wheels 2 Secure the wheel by replacing the washer and the wing nut and turning the wing nut clockwise TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications WARNING When a wheel is installed always remove any corrosion dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel Make sure that any fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub are secured so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel Installing wheels without correct metal to metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while your vehicle is in motion resulting in loss of control 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 328 Wheels and Tires Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles 160 kilometers after any wheel disturbance such as rotation flat tire wheel removal Lug nut socket Wheel lug nut torque size Bolt size Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust Use only Ford recommend
306. ghts of any party ii violates any law statute ordinance or regulation including but not limited to laws and regulations related to spamming privacy consumer and child protection obscenity or defamation or iii is harmful threatening abusive harassing tortuous defamatory vulgar obscene libelous or otherwise objectionable and f lease rent out or otherwise permit unauthorized access by third parties to the TeleNav Software without advanced written permission of TeleNav 4 Disclaimers To the fullest extent permissible pursuant to applicable law in no event will TeleNav its licensors and suppliers or agents or employees of any of the foregoing be liable for any decision made or action taken by you or anyone else in reliance on the information provided by the TeleNav 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 498 Appendices Software TeleNav also does not warrant the accuracy of the map or other data used for the TeleNav Software Such data may not always reflect reality due to among other things road closures construction weather new roads and other changing conditions You are responsible for the entire risk arising out of your use of the TeleNav Software For example but without limitation you agree not to rely on the TeleNav Software for critical navigation in areas where the well being or survival of you or others is dependent on the accuracy of navigation as the maps or funct
307. h pretensioners energy management retractors first row only and safety belt usage sensors e Driver s seat position sensor e Front passenger sensing system e Passenger airbag off and on indicator lamp e Front crash severity sensors e Restraints control module with impact and safing sensors e Restraint system warning light and backup tone e The electrical wiring for the airbags crash sensor s safety belt pretensioners front safety belt usage sensors driver seat position sensor front passenger sensing system and indicator lights How Does the Personal Safety System Work The Personal Safety System can adapt the deployment strategy of your vehicle s safety devices according to crash severity and occupant conditions A collection of crash and occupant sensors provides information to the restraints control module During a crash the restraints control module may activate the safety belt pretensioners and or either one or both stages of the dual stage airbag supplemental restraints based on crash severity and occupant conditions 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 44 Supplementary Restraints System PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION WARNING Airbags do not inflate slowly or gently and the risk of injury from a deploying airbag is the greatest close to the trim covering the airbag module WARNING All occupants of your vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their saf
308. have any concerns or issues 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 299 GENERAL INFORMATION Important Information for P265 40R22 Low profile Tires and Wheels If your vehicle is equipped with P265 40R22 tires they are low profile tires These tires and wheels are designed to give your vehicle a sport appearance With low profile tires you may notice an increase in road noise and faster tire wear depending on road conditions and driving styles Due to their design low profile tires and wheels are more prone to road damage from potholes rough or unpaved roads car wash rails and curb contact than standard tires and wheels Note Your vehicle s warranty does not cover these types of damage Tires should always be kept at the correct inflation pressures and extra caution should be taken when operating on rough roads to avoid impacts that could cause wheel and tire damage Notice to Crossover Vehicle Owners Crossover vehicles handle differently than passenger cars in the various driving conditions that are encountered on streets highways and off road Crossover vehicles are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions WARNING Crossover vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles To reduce the risk of serious injury or dea
309. he brake pedal must be pressed just like any typical braking situation Due to the nature of radar technology there may be certain instances where vehicles do not provide a collision warning These include e Stationary vehicles or vehicles moving below 6 mph 10 km h e Pedestrians or objects in the roadway e Oncoming vehicles in the same lane e Severe weather conditions see blocked sensor section Debris build up on the grille near the headlamps see blocked sensor section e Small distance to vehicle ahead Steering wheel and pedal movements are large very active driving style e High interior temperatures which may deactivate the illumination or the warning lamps until the interior temperature reduces audible warning still sounds Certain conditions may reduce the visibility of the warning lamp therefore it is recommended to keep the audible warning on If the front end of the vehicle is hit or damaged the radar sensing zone may be altered causing missed or false collision warnings See your authorized dealer to have your collision warning radar checked for proper coverage and operation 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Driving Aids 217 STEERING To help prevent damage to the power steering system Never hold the steering wheel at its furthest turning points until it stops for more than three to five seconds while the engine is running Do not operate the vehic
310. he brake support prepares the brake system for rapid braking This may be apparent to the driver The system does not automatically activate the brakes but if the brake pedal is pressed full force braking is applied even if the brake pedal is lightly pressed Using the Collision Warning System A WARNING The collision warning system s brake support can only help reduce the speed at which a collision occurs if the driver applies the vehicle s brakes The brake pedal must be pressed just like any typical braking situation The warning system and chime can be turned on and off separately the warning system sensitivity can be adjusted to one of three possible settings by using the information display control Refer to the Information Displays chapter Note If the system cannot be turned off in a vehicle equipped with MyKey refer to the MyKey chapter Note If collision warnings are perceived as being too frequent or disturbing then the warning sensitivity can be reduced though the manufacturer recommends using the highest sensitivity setting where possible Setting lower sensitivity would lead to fewer and later system warnings Refer to the Information Displays chapter for instructions on reducing the sensitivity 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Driving Aids 215 Blocked Sensors If a message regarding a blocked sensor appears in the information display the radar signals from the
311. he channels in the Use the channel guide to Channel Guide selected category are turn off the Lock or Skip either skipped or locked function on that station Subscription Updated Sirius has updated the No action required channels available for your vehicle 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Audio System 359 AUXILIARY INPUT JACK IF EQUIPPED WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving WARNING For safety reasons do not connect or adjust the settings on your portable music player while your vehicle is moving WARNING Store the portable music player in a secure location such as the center console or the glove box when your vehicle is moving Hard objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while your vehicle is moving The auxiliary input jack allows you t
312. he display until the vehicle speed reaches 6 mph 10 km h This occurs when the rear camera delay feature is on or until a radio button is selected Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF The default setting for the rear camera delay is OFF 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Cruise Control 199 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Cruise control lets you maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal USING CRUISE CONTROL WARNING Do not use cruise control in heavy traffic on winding roads or when the road surface is slippery This could result in loss of vehicle control serious injury or death AN WARNING When you are going downhill your vehicle speed may increase above the set speed The system will not apply the brakes Change down a gear to assist the system in maintaining the set speed Failure to do so could result in loss of vehicle control serious injury or death Note Cruise control will disengage if your vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph 16 km h below your set speed while driving uphill The cruise controls are located on iH i v the steering wheel Switching Cruise Control On Press the ON control up and release The indicator will appear in the instrument cluster Setting a Speed 1 Accelerate to the desired speed 2 Press the SET control upward and release 3 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal The indicator w
313. he engine to idle for at least one minute 5 Turn the A C on and allow the engine to idle for at least one minute 6 Drive the vehicle to complete the relearning process e The vehicle may need to be driven 10 miles 16 km or more to relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy e Note If you do not allow the engine to relearn its idle trim the idle quality of your vehicle may be adversely affected until the idle trim is eventually relearned If the battery has been disconnected or a new battery has been installed the clock and radio settings must be reset once the battery is reconnected 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Maintenance 281 CHECKING THE WIPER BLADES Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of the blade g to check for roughness Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid or water applied with a soft sponge or cloth CHANGING THE WIPER BLADES 1 Pull the wiper arm away from the vehicle Turn the blade at an angle from the wiper arm Press the lock tab to release the blade and pull the wiper blade down toward the windshield to remove it from the arm 2 Attach the new wiper to the wiper arm and press it into place until a click is heard Replace wiper blades at least once per year for optimum performance Poor wiper quality can be improved by cleaning the wiper blades and the windshield To prolong the life of the wiper blades it is highly recommended to scrap
314. he first detent and hold to close the window Rear Window Buffeting You may hear a pulsing noise when one or both of the rear windows are open This noise can be reduced by lowering a front window approximately 2 3 inches 5 8 centimeters One Touch Up or Down Driver s Window This feature automatically opens or closes the window Press or lift the switch completely and release The window will fully open or close Press or lift it again to stop the window 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Windows and Mirrors 95 Bounce Back The window will stop automatically while closing and reverse some distance if there is an obstacle in the way Overriding the Bounce Back Feature WARNING When you override the bounce back feature the window will not reverse if it detects an obstacle Take care when closing the windows to avoid personal injury or damage to your vehicle Pull up the window switch and hold within two seconds of the window reaching the bounce back position The window will travel up with no bounce back protection The window will stop if you release the switch before the window is fully closed Accessory Delay You can use the window switches for several minutes after you switch the ignition off or until you open either front door Window Lock A Unlock B Lock Press the control to lock or unlock the rear window controls 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Pr
315. he fuel system may be under pressure If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler door do not refuel until the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury When fueling your vehicle 1 Turn the engine off 2 Open the fuel filler door 3 Slowly insert the fuel filler nozzle fully into the fuel system and leave the nozzle fully inserted until you are done pumping Pump fuel as normal 4 After you are done pumping fuel wait about five seconds before slowly removing the fuel filler nozzle This allows residual fuel to drain back into the fuel tank and not spill onto the vehicle Note A fuel spillage concern may occur if overfilling the fuel tank Do not overfill the tank to the point that the fuel is able to bypass the fuel filler nozzle The overfilled fuel may run down the drain located within the fuel filler housing and to the ground If the fuel fill inlet was not properly closed a Check Fuel Fill Inlet message may appear on the instrument cluster At the next opportunity do the following 1 Safely pull off the road 2 Turn off the engine 3 Open the fuel filler door and remove any visible debris from the fuel fill opening 4 Insert either the fuel fill nozzle or the fuel fill funnel provided with the vehicle several times to dislodge any debris and or allow the inlet to close properly If this action corrects the problem the message may not reset immediately It may t
316. he sunshades manually or sunshade damage or malfunction may occur The sunshade track clips are designed to release the sunshade crossbar in order to prevent damage to the system If this occurs the sunshade crossbar ends may just need to be slid back into position to regain proper function See your authorized dealer for proper moonroof or sunshade operating diagnostic or repair instructions Note If the moonroof is excessively operated the glass and shade motors will go into a fail safe jog mode manual intermittent operation to prevent overheating or damage to the motor The motors will return to normal operation after a period of idle time The moonroof and sunshade controls are located on the overhead console The moonroof and sunshade have a one touch open and close feature To stop motion during one touch operation press the control a second time 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 100 Windows and Mirrors Opening the Sunshade and Moonroof Note The moonroof will only open after sunshades are completely open Press and release the control to open the sunshade The front and rear sunshades open simultaneously Press and release the control to open the moonroof The moonroof will stop short of the fully opened position Note This position helps to reduce rumbling wind noise which may happen with the roof fully opened Press and release the control again to fully open Closing
317. he system while it is speaking by pressing the voice icon USING SYNC WITH YOUR PHONE Hands free calling is one of the main features of SYNC While the system supports a variety of features many are dependent on your cellular phone s functionality At a minimum most cellular phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions e Answering an incoming call e Ending a call e Using privacy mode e Dialing a number e Redialing e Call waiting notification e Caller ID Other features such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download are phone dependent features To check your phone s compatibility see your phone s user manual and visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca Pairing a Phone for the First Time Note SYNC can support downloading up to approximately 1000 entries per Bluetooth enabled cellular phone Note Make sure the vehicle ignition and radio are turned on and the transmission is in position P Note To scroll through the menus press the up and down arrows on your audio system Wirelessly pairing your phone with SYNC allows you to make and receive hands free calls 1 Press the phone button when the display indicates no phone is paired press OK When Find SYNC appears in the display press OK Put your phone into Bluetooth discovery mode See your phone s user guide if necessary When prompted on your phone s display enter the six dig
318. her Switch the hazard flashers off and on Cleaning the Touchscreen Display Use a clean soft cloth such as one used for cleaning glasses If dirt or fingerprints are still visible apply a small amount of alcohol to the cloth Do not pour or spray alcohol onto the display Do not use detergent or any type of solvent to clean the display 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 413 Support The SYNC support team is available to help you with any questions you cannot answer on your own Monday Saturday 8 30am 9 00pm EST Sunday 10 30am 7 30pm EST In the United States call 1 800 392 3673 In Canada call 1 800 565 3673 Times are subject to change due to holidays Safety Information WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving When using SYNC e Do not operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken split or damaged Place cords and cables out of the way so they do not interfer
319. hone is selected as primary it appears first in the list and is marked with an asterisk 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 378 SYNCG Set Bluetooth On Off Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off Press OK and scroll to toggle between On and Off When the desired selection is chosen press OK Note Turning Bluetooth off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and deactivates all Bluetooth features Delete Device Delete a paired phone Press OK and scroll to select the device Press OK to confirm Delete All Devices Delete all previously paired phones and all information originally saved with those phones Press OK to select Exit the current menu This is a speed dependent feature Advanced Menu Options This menu allows you to access settings such as prompts languages defaults perform a master reset install an application and view system information 1 Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu 2 Scroll until System Settings appears and press OK 3 Scroll until Advanced appears and select OK 4 Scroll to select from the following options If you select Prompts Get help from SYNC by using questions helpful hints or asking you for a specific action To turn these prompts on or off 1 Press OK to select and scroll to select between on or off 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu
320. ial copy of the SOFTWARE Supplemental Components If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party software and services suppliers provide or make available to you Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided along with the Supplemental Components then the terms of this EULA shall apply If MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent make available Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 492 Appendices provided then the terms of this EULA shall apply except that the MS Microsoft Corporation or affiliate entity providing the Supplemental Component s shall be the licensor of the Supplemental Component s FORD MOTOR COMPANY MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent reserve the right to discontinue without liability any Internet based services provided to you or made available to you through the use of the SOFTWARE e Links to Third Party Sites The MS SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to link to third party sites through the use of the SOFTWARE The third party sites are not under the control of MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent Neither MS nor Microsoft Corporation nor their affiliates nor their designated agent are responsible for i the contents of any third party sites any links contained in third party sites or any changes or
321. icate s of Authenticity and the recipient agrees to the terms of this EULA If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade any transfer must include all prior versions of the SOFTWARE Termination Without prejudice to any other rights FORD MOTOR COMPANY or MS may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this EULA Security Updates Digital Rights Management Content owners use the WMDRM technology included in your DEVICE to protect their intellectual property included copyrighted content Portions of the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE use WMDRM software to access WMDRM protected content If the WMDRM software fails to protect the content content owners may ask Microsoft to revoke the 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Appendices 491 SOFTWARE s ability to use WMDRM to play or copy protected content This action does not affect unprotected content When your DEVICE downloads licenses for protected content you agree that Microsoft may include a revocation list with the licenses Content owners may require you to upgrade the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE to access their content If you decline an upgrade you will not be able to access content that requires the upgrade e Consent to Use of Data You agree that MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and systems suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may collect and use technical information gath
322. icated by a warning indicator light in the instrument cluster or by a backup tone if the warning light is not working See the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The readiness light will either flash or stay lit N e The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after the ignition is turned on e A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem or light are repaired 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 56 Supplementary Restraints System If any of these things happen even intermittently have the supplemental restraint system serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a crash The safety belt pretensioners and the airbag supplemental restraint system are designed to activate when the vehicle sustains frontal or sideways deceleration sufficient to cause the restraints control module to deploy a safety device or when a certain likelihood of a rollover event is detected by the rollover sensor The fact that the safety belt pretensioners or airbags did not activate for both front seat occupants in a crash does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the restraints control module determined the accident conditions such as crash
323. icle improvement purposes For U S only if equipped if you choose to use the SYNC Vehicle Health Report you consent that certain diagnostic information may also be accessed electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities and that the diagnostic information may be used for any purpose See the SYNC chapter for more information Event Data Recording This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle this data will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened e How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or the brake pedal e How fast the vehicle was travelling e Where the driver was positioning the steering wheel 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Introduction 13 This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur Note EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash
324. ide turn by turn instructions to get you to a desired destination Please make certain all persons using this system carefully read and follow instructions and safety information fully Distraction Hazard Any navigation features may require manual non verbal setup Attempting to perform such set up or insert data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause an accident or other serious consequences Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations Let Your Judgment Prevail Any navigation features are provided only as an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Any such feature is not a substitute for your personal judgment Any route suggestions made by this system should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices Route Safety Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Potential Map Inaccuracy Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads traffic controls or driving conditions Always use good judgment a
325. ide to side Pull the tab below the mirror toward you to reduce glare at night Auto Dimming Mirror If Equipped Note Do not block the sensors on the front and back of the mirror Mirror performance may be affected A rear center passenger or raised rear center head restraint may also block light from reaching the sensor The mirror will dim automatically to reduce glare when bright lights are detected from behind your vehicle It will automatically return to normal reflection when you select reverse gear to make sure you have a clear view when backing up SUN VISORS Slide On Rod Rotate the visor toward the side window and extend it rearward for extra sunlight coverage Retract the visor before moving it back toward the windshield and storing it 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Windows and Mirrors 99 Illuminated Visor Vanity Mirror If Equipped PANORAMIC VISTA ROOF AND POWER SUNSHADES IF EQUIPPED Lift the cover to switch on the lamp WARNING Do not let children play with the panoramic Vista Roof and power sunshade or leave children unattended in the vehicle They may seriously hurt themselves WARNING When closing the panoramic Vista Roof and power sunshade you should verify that it is free of obstructions and ensure that children and or pets are not in the proximity of the panoramic Vista Roof and power sunshade opening Note Do not attempt to move t
326. ill change colors in the instrument cluster 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 200 Cruise Control Changing the Set Speed Note If you accelerate by pressing the accelerator pedal the set speed will not change When you release the accelerator pedal you will return to the speed that you previously set e Press SET up or down and hold to increase or decrease the set speed Release the control when you reach the desired speed e Press SET up or down and release The set speed will change in approximately 1 mph 2 km h increments e Press the accelerator pedal or brake pedal until you reach the desired speed Press SET up and release Canceling the Set Speed Press CNCL or tap the brake pedal The set speed will not be erased Resuming the Set Speed Press and release RES Switching Cruise Control Off Note The set speed is erased when you switch off cruise control Press the OFF control down and release or turn off the ignition USING ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL IF EQUIPPED WARNING Always pay close attention to changing road conditions especially when using adaptive cruise control Adaptive cruise control cannot replace attentive driving Failing to follow any of the warnings below or failing to pay attention to the road may result in a collision serious injury or death WARNING Adaptive cruise control is not a collision warning or avoidance system Additionally adaptive cruise co
327. ill clear once the vehicle has been started and the battery state of charge has recovered Turning off unnecessary electrical loads will allow faster battery state of charge recovery Contact Dealer possible Factory Mode Contact Contact your authorized dealer as soon as Dealer possible Blind Spot Not Displayed when the blind spot information Available Sensor system cross traffic alert system sensors are Blocked blocked Driver can typically clean the sensor to resolve Blind Spot System Displayed when a fault with the blind spot Fault information system has occurred Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Cross Traffic Not Displayed when the blind spot information Available Sensor system cross traffic alert system sensors are Blocked blocked Driver can typically clean the sensor to resolve 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 122 Information Displays BLISG Messages Cross Traffic System Displayed when a fault with the cross traffic Fault alert system has occurred Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Vehicle Coming From Displayed when the blind spot information X system with cross traffic alert CTA system is operating and senses a vehicle Messages brake system should be inspected immediately Check Brake System Displayed when the brake system needs servicing If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soo
328. ime will be a few seconds longer than normal With keyless ignition just start the engine Crank time will be longer than usual Normally adding 1 gallon 3 8 liters of fuel is enough to restart the engine If the vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep grade more than 1 gallon 3 8 liters may be required The service engine soon indicator may come on For more information on the service engine soon indicator see Warning Lamps and Indicators in the Instrument Cluster chapter Refilling with a Portable Fuel Container WARNING Do not insert the nozzle of a portable fuel container or aftermarket funnel into the capless fuel system This could damage the fuel system and its seal and may cause fuel to run onto the ground instead of filling the tank which could result in serious personal injury WARNING Do not try to pry open or push open the capless fuel system with foreign objects This could damage the fuel system and its seal and cause injury to you or others Note Do not use aftermarket funnels they will not work with the capless fuel system and can damage it The included funnel has been specially designed to work safely with your vehicle When filling the vehicle s fuel tank from a portable fuel container use the funnel included with the vehicle 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 168 Fuel and Refueling 1 Locate the white plastic funnel in the spare tire compartment 2 Slow
329. inch 2 5 centimeters e Set your climate control to outside air ENGINE BLOCK HEATER IF EQUIPPED WARNING Failure to follow engine block heater instructions could result in property damage or physical injury WARNING Do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two pronged cheater adapters There is a risk of electrical shock Note The heater is most effective when outdoor temperatures are below O F 18 C The heater acts as a starting aid by warming the engine coolant This allows the climate control system to respond quickly The equipment includes a heater element installed in the engine block and a wire harness You can connect the system to a grounded 120 volt A C electrical source We recommend that you do the following for safe and correct operation e Use a 16 gauge outdoor extension cord that is product certified by Underwriter s Laboratory or Canadian Standards Association This extension cord must be suitable for use outdoors in cold temperatures and be clearly marked Switable for Use with Outdoor Appliances Never use an indoor extension cord outdoors it could result in an electric shock or become a fire hazard e Use as short an extension cord as possible e Do not use multiple extension cords 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Starting and Stopping the Engine 163 Make sure that when in operation the extension cord plug and the heater
330. ing stability and braking performance e Comfort and noise 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 324 Wheels and Tires e Ground clearance and parking at curbs e Winter weather driving capability e Wet weather driving capability e All wheel driving capability if applicable e Load leveling adjustment if applicable When driving with the full size dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly additional caution should be given to e towing a trailer e driving vehicles equipped with a camper body e driving vehicles with a load on the cargo rack Drive cautiously when using a full size dissimilar spare tire and wheel and seek service as soon as possible Tire Change Procedure WARNING When one of the front wheels is off the ground the transmission alone will not prevent the vehicle from moving or slipping off the jack even if the transmission selector lever is in position P WARNING To help prevent the vehicle from moving when you change a tire be sure to place the transmission selector lever in position P set the parking brake and block in both directions the wheel that is diagonally opposite other side and end of the vehicle to the tire being changed WARNING Never get underneath a vehicle that is supported only by a jack If the vehicle slips off the jack you or someone else could be seriously injured WARNING Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of the vehicle c
331. ing and is near the latch may cause the liftgate to reverse to full open position Make sure you close the liftgate before operating or moving the vehicle especially in an enclosure like a garage or a parking structure You could damage the liftgate or its components Note Do not drive with the liftgate open without first disabling the power function and securing the liftgate to the vehicle Note In case of operation in extreme cold 40 F 40 C or on extreme inclines manual operation of the liftgate is suggested You can enable or disable the power liftgate using the information display The remote control and instrument panel button will still operate the liftgate regardless of the setting Opening and Closing the Power Liftgate Note You can reverse the liftgate movement direction with a second press of the instrument panel button or the button on the liftgate or a second double press of the transmitter button The liftgate will only operate with the vehicle in P Three tones will sound as the liftgate begins to power close A single tone indicates a problem with the close request caused by any of the following e The ignition is on and the transmission is not in P e The battery voltage is below the minimum operating voltage e The vehicle speed is at or above 3 mph 5 km h If the liftgate reverses and starts to close after an open request a fast continuous tone indicates excessive load on the gate or a possible strut fai
332. ing the call e SYNC provides a short window of time about 10 seconds to cancel the call If you fail to cancel the call SYNC attempts to dial 911 e SYNC says the following or a similar message SYNC will attempt to call 911 to cancel the call press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel If you do not cancel the call and SYNC makes a successful call a pre recorded message plays for the 911 operator and then the occupant s in your vehicle is able to talk with the operator Be prepared to provide your name phone number and location immediately because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 460 MyFord Touch If Equipped 911 Assist May Not Work If e Your cellular phone or 911 Assist hardware sustains damage in a crash e The vehicle s battery or SYNC system has no power e The phone s thrown from your vehicle are the ones paired and connected to the system 911 Assist Privacy Notice When you turn on 911 Assist it may disclose to emergency services that your vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators your vehicle location or other details about your vehicle or crash to assist 911 ope
333. inting November 2013 USA fus 96 Windows and Mirrors EXTERIOR MIRRORS Power Exterior Mirrors WARNING Do not adjust the mirror while your vehicle is in motion A Left mirror B Off C Right mirror To adjust your mirrors 1 Select the mirror you want to adjust 2 Move the control in the direction you want to tilt the mirror 3 Return the control to the center position to lock mirrors in place Foldaway Exterior Mirrors Push the mirror toward the door window glass Make sure that you fully engage the mirror in its support when returning it to its original position Heated Exterior Mirror If Equipped The heated exterior mirrors switch on with the heated rear window See Heated Windows and Mirrors in the Climate Control chapter Memory Mirrors If Equipped You can save and recall the mirror positions through the memory function See Memory function in the Seats chapter Signal Indicator Mirrors If Equipped The outer portion of the appropriate mirror housing blinks when you activate the turn signal 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Windows and Mirrors 97 Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors If Equipped WARNING Objects in the blind spot mirror are closer than they appear Blind spot mirrors have an integrated convex mirror built into the upper outboard corner of the exterior mirrors They are designed to assist you by increasing visibility along the side of your v
334. ints or ask you for a specific action 1 Press OK to select and scroll to select between on or off 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Choose from English Francais and Espanol The displays and prompts are in the selected language 1 Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display 3 If you change the language setting the display indicates that the system is updating When complete SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Return to the factory default settings This selection does not erase your indexed information phonebook call history text messages and paired devices 1 Press OK to select and then press OK again when Restore Defaults appears in the display 2 Press OK to confirm Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 400 SYNCG Master Reset Completely erase all information stored on SYNC all phonebook call history text messages and all paired devices and return to the factory default settings Application Download new software applications if available and then load the desired applications through your USB port See the web site for more information Exit the current menu TROUBLESHOOTING Your SYNC system is easy to use However should questions arise see the tables below Use the website at any time to check your phone s com
335. ion of the radio frequency signal 1 With your vehicle parked outside of the garage and your key in the ignition turn the key so that the ignition is in the on position 2 Hold your hand held garage door transmitter 1 3 inches 2 8 centimeters away from the HomeLink button you want to program 3 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the hand held transmitter button DO NOT release either one until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indicates successful training 4 Press and hold the HomeLink button you programmed for five seconds then release You may need to do this twice to activate the door If your garage door does not operate watch the HomeLink indicator light If the indicator light stays on the programming is complete Press and release the programmed HomeLink button and then begin programming your garage door opener See below for Steps 5 7 If the indicator light flashes rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a constant light the HomeLink button is not programmed yet Do the following Press and hold the HomeLink button while you press and release the hand held transmitter button every two seconds The HomeLink indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly once the HomeLink function button recognizes and accepts the hand held transmitter s radio
336. ion performance e Temperature The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 307 M Maximum Inflation Pressure Indicates the tire manufacturer s maximum permissible pressure or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the vehicle manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the vehicle label The tire suppliers may have additional markings notes or warnings such as standard load or radial tubeless Additional Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall for LT Type Tires LT type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires These differences are described below Note Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire A LT Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association
337. ionality of the TeleNav Software are not intended to support such high risk applications especially in more remote geographical areas TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV SOFTWARE WHETHER STATUTORY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING ALL WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM COURSE OF DEALING CUSTOM OR TRADE AND INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TELENAV SOFTWARE Certain jurisdictions do not permit the disclaimer of certain warranties so this limitation may not apply to you 5 Limitation of Liability TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES INCLUDING IN EACH CASE BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA LOSS OF DATA LOSS OF BUSINESS LOSS OF PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE TELENAV SOFTWARE EVEN IF TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ALL DAMAGES REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE
338. ire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 139 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 303 Glossary of Tire Terminology Tire label A label showing the OE Original Equipment tire sizes recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry Tire Identification Number TIN A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant tire size and date of manufacture Also referred to as DOT code Inflation pressure A measure of the amount of air in a tire Standard load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a maximum load at 35 psi 37 psi 2 5 bar for Metric tires Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability Extra load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a heavier maximum load at 41 psi 43 psi 2 9 bar for Metric tires Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability kPa Kilopascal a metric unit of air pressure PSI Pounds per squ
339. irm and enter the Services menu The display indicates the system is connecting Press OK SYNC initiates the call to the Services portal Once connected follow the voice prompts to request your desired Service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a complete list of available services from which to choose 6 To return to the Services menu say Services or for help say Help Receiving Turn by Turn Directions 1 When connected to SYNC Services say Directions or Business search To find the closest business or type of business to your current location just say Business search and then Search near me If you need further assistance in finding a location you can say Operator at any time within a Directions or Business search to speak with a live operator You may also be prompted to speak with an operator when the automatic system has difficulty matching your voice request The live operator can assist you by searching for businesses by name or by category residential addresses by street address or by name or specific street intersections Operator Assist is a feature of your SYNC Services subscription For more information on Operator Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com support 2 Follow the voice prompts to select your destination Once your destination is selected your current vehicle location is uploaded and a route based on current traffic conditions is
340. isplay Information Display Controls Type 1 e Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through and highlight the options within a menu e Press the right arrow button to enter a sub menu e Press the left arrow button to exit a menu e Press the OK button to choose and confirm a setting messages Menu You can access the menus using the information display control Note Some options may appear slightly different or not at all if the items are optional Trip 1 2 Distance to E Trip Odometer Trip Timer 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Information Displays 109 Compass located in lower line of display Note this will also display in other menus Total Odometer located in lower line of display Note this will also display in other menus TSee Trip computer later in this section for more information Intelligent AWD Displays power distribution between the front and rear wheels More power to either front or rear wheels will be displayed by more area filled in MyKey Distance if key is programmed Distance traveled when a programmed key is in use MyKey Information Number of MyKeys and admin keys programmed Coolant Temp The engine coolant indicator will change colors indicating blue for cool gray for normal and red for hot If the engine coolant temperature exceeds the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible swi
341. it PIN provided by SYNC in the radio display The display indicates when the pairing is successful oOo gm wk 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus SYNCG 367 Depending on your phone s capability and your market the system may prompt you with questions such as setting the current phone as the primary phone the phone SYNC automatically tries to connect with first upon vehicle start up downloading your phone book etc Pairing Subsequent Phones Note To scroll through the menus press the up and down arrows on your audio system Note Make sure the vehicle ignition and radio are turned on and that the transmission is in position P Press the phone button and scroll until System Settings is selected Press OK and scroll until Bluetooth Devices is selected and press OK Scroll until Add Bluetooth Device is selected and press OK When Find SYNC appears in the display press OK Put your phone into Bluetooth discovery mode See your phone s user guide if necessary When prompted on your phone s display enter the six digit PIN provided by SYNC in the radio display The display indicates when the pairing is successful 7 The system then prompts with questions such as if you would like to set the current phone as the primary phone the phone SYNC automatically tries to connect with first upon vehicle start up download your phone book etc cx tum eo Dare Phone Voice Commands Press
342. ith Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Press Apps gt 911 Assist gt On You can also access 911 Assist by e Pressing the Settings icon gt Settings gt Phone gt 911 Assist or e Pressing the Settings icon gt Help gt 911 Assist To Make Sure that 911 Assist Works Properly e SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use e The 911 Assist feature must be set on before the incident e You must pair and connect a Bluetooth enabled and compatible phone to SYNC e A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the incident e A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have adequate network coverage battery power and signal strength e The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the United States Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number In the Event of a Crash Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut off which would trigger 911 Assist however SYNC tries to contact emergency services if 911 Assist triggers If a connected phone sustains damage or loses connection to SYNC SYNC searches for and tries to connect to any available previously paired phone and tries to make the call to 911 Before mak
343. itions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear 11 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AAA BC WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Temperature A B C WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the t
344. ized dealer You can also create up to five of your own 5 digit personal entry codes Programming a Personal Entry Code To create your own personal entry code 1 Enter the factory set code 2 Press the 1e2 on the keypad within five seconds 3 Enter your personal 5 digit code You must enter each number within five seconds of each other 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Locks 77 4 For memory recall feature enter the sixth digit 1e2 to store driver 1 settings or 3e4 to store driver 2 settings Note Pressing 5e6 7 8 or 9 0 keypad numbers as a sixth digit will not recall a driver memory setting Note The factory set code cannot be associated with a memory setting 5 The doors will lock and then unlock to confirm that programming is complete You may also program a personal entry code through the MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch system Refer to the MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch chapter Tips e Do not set a code that uses five of the same number e Do not use five numbers in sequential order e The factory set code will work even if you have set your own personal code Erasing a Personal Code 1 Enter the factory set 5 digit code 2 Press and release 1e2 on the keypad within five seconds 3 Press and hold 192 for two seconds This must be done within five seconds of completing Step 2 All personal codes are now erased and only the factory set 5 digit code will
345. jurisdiction of the courts of the County of Santa Clara California The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply 7 Assignment You may not resell assign or transfer this Agreement or any of your rights or obligations except in totality in connection with your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software and expressly conditioned upon the new user of the TeleNav Software agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement Any such sale assignment or transfer that is not expressly permitted under this paragraph will result in immediate termination of this Agreement without liability to TeleNav in which case you and all other parties shall immediately cease all use of the TeleNav Software Notwithstanding the foregoing TeleNav may assign this Agreement to any other party at any time without notice provided the assignee remains bound by this Agreement 8 Miscellaneous 8 1 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between TeleNav and you with respect to the subject matter hereof 8 2 Except for the limited licenses expressly granted in this Agreement TeleNav retains all right title and interest in and to the TeleNav Software including without limitation all related intellectual property rights No licenses or other rights which are not expressly granted in this Agreement are intended to or shall be granted or conferred by implication statute inducement estoppel
346. k e Come to a complete stop e Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in P Park R Reverse With the gearshift lever in R Reverse the vehicle will move backward Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of R Reverse N Neutral With the gearshift lever in N Neutral the vehicle can be started and is free to roll Hold the brake pedal down while in this position D Drive with Overdrive The normal driving position for the best fuel economy Transmission operates in gears one through six The automatic transmission shift strategy has the ability to detect hilly terrain or mountainous areas and will provide a limited amount of grade assist features automatically 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Transmission 175 D Drive with Grade Assist Press the transmission control switch on the side of the gearshift lever to activate grade assist and cancel overdrive Grade assist e Provides additional grade engine braking and extends lower gear operation on uphill climbs for hilly terrain or mountainous areas Provides additional engine braking through the automatic transmission shift strategy which reacts to vehicle inputs vehicle acceleration accelerator pedal brake pedal and vehicle speed e Allows the transmission to select gears that will provide the desired engine braking based on the vehicle inputs mentioned above This will increase
347. k at the specified locations to avoid damage to the vehicle Oe ZG 10 Small arrow shaped marks on the sills show the location of the jacking points 11 Remove the lug nuts with the lug wrench 12 Replace the flat tire with the spare tire making sure the valve stem is facing outward Reinstall the lug nuts until the wheel is snug against the hub Do not fully tighten the lug nuts until the wheel has been lowered 13 Lower the wheel by turning the jack handle counterclockwise 14 Remove the jack and fully tighten the lug nuts in the order shown See Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications later in this chapter for the proper lug nut torque C specification Q 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 327 Stowing the Flat Spare Tire and Jack Note If you are stowing a flat 22 inch tire and wheel assembly temporarily remove the load floor plastic stowage bins and the foam load floor supports to make space Place the 22 inch tire and wheel assembly in the spare tire well with the valve stem facing down Rotate the tire until the jack assembly is able to protrude through a wheel opening Replace the plastic stowage bins and foam load floor supports around the 22 inch tire and wheel assembly Note If you are stowing a flat tire place the tire in the spare tire well with the valve stem facing down Rotate the tire until the jack assembly is able to protrude throu
348. l instead disengage overdrive or manually shift to a lower gear When descending a steep hill avoid sudden hard braking as you could lose control The front wheels have to be turning in order to steer the vehicle Your vehicle has anti lock brakes therefore apply the brakes steadily Do not pump the brakes 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus All Wheel Drive If Equipped 185 Driving on Snow and Ice WARNING If you are driving in slippery conditions that require tire chains or cables then it is critical that you drive cautiously Keep speeds down allow for longer stopping distances and avoid aggressive steering to reduce the chances of a loss of vehicle control which can lead to serious injury or death If the rear end of the vehicle slides while cornering steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of the vehicle Note Excessive tire slippage can cause transmission damage AWD vehicles have advantages over 2WD vehicles in snow and ice but can skid like any other vehicle Should you start to slide while driving on snowy or icy roads turn the steering wheel in the direction of the slide until you regain control Avoid sudden applications of power and quick changes of direction on snow and ice Apply the accelerator slowly and steadily when starting from a full stop Avoid sudden braking as well Although an AWD vehicle may accelerate better than a two whe
349. l and vehicle speed e Gears are selected more quickly and at higher engine speeds Note The system will stay in S Sport until the gear shift lever is moved into another gear for example P park or D Drive SelectShift Automatic Transmission If Equipped Your SelectShift automatic transmission gives you the ability to manually change gears if you d like To use SelectShift move the gearshift lever into S Sport Now you can use select shift to manually change gears If your vehicle is equipped with buttons on the side of your gearshift lever e Press on the gearshift lever button to manually downshift the transmission e Press on the gearshift lever button to manually upshift the transmission Paddle Shifters if equipped The paddle shifters allow you to shift gears quickly without taking your hands off the steering wheel Temporary manual control is provided when pulling the paddles with the gearshift in the D Drive position The system will determine when temporary manual control is no longer desired and reverts back to automatic control Extensive manual control can be achieved by moving the shifter to the S Sport position The system will stay in manual control until the shifter is moved out of the manual position 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Transmission 177 If your vehicle is equipped with paddles on the steering wheel e Pull the l
350. l to enable it and then start the engine 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Starting and Stopping the Engine 159 Ignition Modes Off Turns the ignition off e Without applying the brake pedal press and release the button once when the ignition is in the on mode or when the engine is running but the vehicle is not in motion Accessory Allows some electrical accessories to operate while the engine is not running e Without applying the brake pedal press and release the button once On All electrical circuits are operational Warning lamps and indicators are illuminated e Without applying the brake pedal press and release the button once from accessory mode e Without applying the brake pedal press and release the button twice from off mode Start Starts the engine e Press the brake pedal and then press the button for any length of time An indicator light on the button illuminates when then ignition is on and when the engine starts Your vehicle may have remote start capability Refer to Remote start in the Keys and Remote Control chapter STARTING A GASOLINE ENGINE When you start the engine the idle speed increases this helps to warm up the engine If the engine idle speed does not slow down automatically have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer Before starting the engine check the following e Make sure all occupants have fastened their safety belts
351. latch engage Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it 5 To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode grasp the shoulder portion of the belt and pull downward until all of the belt is pulled out Note The automatic locking mode is available on the front passenger and rear seats This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip 6 Allow the belt to retract to remove slack The belt will click as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode 7 Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode You should not be able to pull more belt out If the retractor is not locked unbuckle the belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Child Safety 27 8 Remove remaining slack from the belt Force the seat down with extra weight for example by pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while pulling up on the shoulder belt in order to force slack from the belt This is necessary to remove the remaining slack that will exist once the extra weight of the child is added to the child restraint It also helps to achieve the proper snugness of the child seat to your vehicle Sometimes a slight lean toward the buckle will provide extra help to remove remaining slack from the belt 9 Attach the tether strap if the child seat is equipped See Using Tether Stra
352. later in this chapter for more information DUAL AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM K J l H Note You can switch temperature units between Fahrenheit and Celsius See Menu features in the MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch chapter A Power Driver temperature control Press to turn the climate control system off and on When the system is off outside air cannot enter the vehicle Turn to increase or decrease the air temperature for the driver side of the vehicle This control also adjusts the passenger side temperature when dual zone operation is disengaged 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 130 Climate Control B AUTO Press to turn on fully automatic operation Select the desired temperature using the temperature control The system automatically determines fan speed air distribution air conditioning operation and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle to maintain the selected temperature C Air distribution control Press to set the air distribution to a position listed below INO Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents demister Fadi vents and floor vents Distributes air through the instrument panel vents P d ESUE Distributes air through the instrument panel vents floor vents Mild and demister vents Distributes air through the floor vents D A C Press to turn air conditioning off and on Air conditioning cools the vehicle using
353. lation 3 Choose from up to three different types of routes and then select Start Route e Fastest Route Uses the fastest moving roads possible e Shortest Route Uses the shortest distance possible e Eco Route Uses the most fuel efficient route You can cancel the route or have the system demo the route for you Select Route Prefs to set route preferences like avoiding freeways tollroads ferries and car trains as well as to use or not use high occupancy vehicle lanes High occupancy vehicle lanes are also known as carpool or diamond lanes People who ride in buses vanpools or carpools use these lanes Note If your vehicle is on a recognized road and you do not press the Start Route button the system defaults to the Fastest Route option and begins guidance During route guidance you can press the talking bubble icon that appears in the upper right navigation corner green bar if you want the system to repeat route guidance information When the system repeats the last guidance instruction it updates the distance to the next guidance instruction since it detects when the vehicle is moving 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 479 Point of Interest POI Categories Your system offers a variety of points of interest categories Food Drink amp Dining Automotive Within these main categories there are subcategories which contain more listings Subcat
354. lays chapter DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS IF EQUIPPED WARNING Always remember to turn on your headlamps at dusk or during inclement weather The Daytime Running Lamp DRL system does not activate the tail lamps and generally may not provide adequate lighting during these conditions Failure to activate your headlamps under these conditions may result in a collision The system turns the headlamps on with a reduced output To activate e the ignition must be in the on position and e the lighting control is in the off autolamp or parking lamp position and e the transmission is not in PARK DIRECTION INDICATORS The turn signal lever does not mechanically lock in the upward or downward position when activated The turn signal control activation and cancellation is electronic t e Push down to activate the left turn signal e Push the lever again in either direction to manually cancel turn signal operation e Push up to activate the right turn signal Note Tap the lever up or down to make the direction indicators flash only three times to indicate a lane change 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 92 Lighting INTERIOR LAMPS Dome Lamp Control Without fog lamps With fog lamps Use to manually turn the dome lamp on e Press the control This will turn on the interior courtesy lights The lights will remain on until the control is pressed again 2014 Edge edg Owner
355. le transfer case or power transfer unit failure If you have questions regarding tire replacement contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 314 Wheels and Tires WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury when mounting replacement tires and wheels you should not exceed the maximum pressure indicated on the sidewall of the tire to set the beads without additional precautions listed below If the beads do not seat at the maximum pressure indicated re lubricate and try again When inflating the tire for mounting pressures up to 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure on the tire sidewall the following precautions must be taken to protect the person mounting the tire 1 Make sure that you have the correct tire and wheel size 2 Lubricate the tire bead and wheel bead seat area again 3 Stand at a minimum of 12 feet 3 66 meters away from the tire wheel assembly 4 Use both eye and ear protection For a mounting pressure more than 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure a Ford dealer or other tire service professional should do the mounting Always inflate steel carcass tires with a remote air fill with the person inflating standing at a minimum of 12 feet 3 66 meters away from the tire wheel assembly Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability Important Remember t
356. le with a low power steering pump fluid reservoir level below the MIN mark on the reservoir Some noise is normal during operation If the noise is excessive check for low power steering pump fluid level before seeking service by your authorized dealer Heavy or uneven steering efforts may be caused by low power steering pump fluid level Check for a low power steering pump fluid level before seeking service by your authorized dealer Do not fill the power steering reservoir above the MAX mark as this may result in leaks from the reservoir If the power steering system breaks down or if the engine is turned off you can steer the vehicle manually but it takes more effort If the steering wanders or pulls check for an improperly inflated tire uneven tire wear loose or worn suspension components loose or worn steering components improper steering alignment A high crown in the road or high crosswinds may also make the steering seem to wander pull 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 218 Load Carrying CARGO NETS IF EQUIPPED A N WARNING This net is not designed to restrain objects during a collision or heavy braking The cargo net secures lightweight objects in the cargo area Attach the net to the anchors provided in one of the two configurations Repeat the attachment on both sides of the vehicle Type 1 X a 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printi
357. lerator in each gear If your vehicle is equipped with AdvanceTrac with Roll Stability Control it may be beneficial to disengage the AdvanceTrac with Roll Stability Control system while attempting to rock the vehicle Emergency Maneuvers e In an unavoidable emergency situation where a sudden sharp turn must be made remember to avoid over driving your vehicle i e turn the steering wheel only as rapidly and as far as required to avoid the emergency Excessive steering will result in less vehicle control not more Additionally smooth variations of the accelerator and or brake pedal pressure should be utilized if changes in vehicle speed are called for Avoid abrupt steering acceleration or braking which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover and or personal injury Use all available road surface to return the vehicle to a safe direction of travel e n the event of an emergency stop avoid skidding the tires and do not attempt any sharp steering wheel movements e If the vehicle goes from one type of surface to another i e from concrete to gravel there will be a change in the way the vehicle responds to a maneuver steering acceleration or braking Again avoid these abrupt inputs Sand When driving over sand try to keep all four wheels on the most solid area of the trail Avoid reducing the tire pressures but shift to a lower gear and drive steadily through the terrain
358. lighter can cause damage not covered by your warranty and can result in fire or serious injury Auxiliary power points may be found e on the passenger side of the center console near the instrument panel e in the center console storage compartment e on the rear of the center console e on the left rear quarter panel accessible from the liftgate or behind the rear seat Do not use the power point for operating the cigarette lighter element if equipped Do not use the power point s over the vehicle capacity of 12 volts DC 180 watts or a fuse may blow Run the engine for full capacity use of the power point and to avoid discharge of the battery To prevent the battery from being discharged e Do not use the power point longer than necessary when the engine is not running e Do not leave devices plugged in overnight or when the vehicle is parked for extended periods Always keep the power point caps closed when not in use 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 156 Storage Compartments CENTER CONSOLE Stow items in the cupholder carefully as items may become loose during hard braking acceleration or collisions including hot drinks which may spill Available console features include A Cupholders B Cover Two pen holders travel tissue pack holder and business card or paper holder Utility compartment in bin powerpoint media hub removable coin holder and removable storage
359. line and option package your climate screen may look different from the screen shown here A Power Touch to switch the system off and on Outside air cannot enter your vehicle when you switch off the system B Passenger settings Touch DUAL to switch on the passenger temperature control Touch or to adjust the temperature Touch the heated seat icon to control the heated seat Touch the cooled seat icon to control the cooled seat Fan speed Touch or to adjust fan speed Recirculated air Touch to turn the recirculated air on or off which May reduce the amount of time needed to cool down the interior May help reduce odors from reaching the interior Engages automatically when MAX A C is selected May be engaged manually in any airflow mode except defrost May turn off in all airflow modes except MAX A C to reduce fog potential E MAX A C Touch to cool your vehicle with recirculated air Touch again for normal A C operation MAX A C e Distributes air through instrument panel vents e s more economical and efficient than normal A C mode e May help reduce odors from entering your vehicle eeeee DQ MyFord Touch If Equipped 475 F A C Touch to turn the air conditioning on or off e Use with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency e Engages automatically in MAX A C defrost and floor defrost G AUTO Touch to engage automatic operation then set the temperatu
360. llowed by 20 minutes of stop and go driving with at least four 30 second idle periods Allow the vehicle to sit for at least eight hours without starting the engine Then start the engine and complete the above driving cycle The engine must warm up to its normal operating temperature Once the engine is started do not turn off the engine until the above driving cycle is complete If the vehicle is still not ready for I M testing the above driving cycle will have to be repeated 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 174 Transmission AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle Your vehicle has been designed to improve fuel economy by reducing fuel usage while coasting or decelerating When you take your foot off the accelerator pedal and the vehicle begins to slow down the torque converter clutch locks up and aggressively shuts off fuel flow to the engine while decelerating This fuel economy benefit may be perceived as a light to medium braking sensation when removing your foot from the accelerator pedal P Park This position locks the transmission and prevents the front wheels from turning To put your vehicle in gear e Press the brake pedal e Move the gearshift lever into the desired gear To put your vehicle in P Par
361. lly have a flat tire on the highway Drive slowly to the closest safe area out of traffic This may further damage the flat tire but your safety is more important If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged immediately reduce your speed Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road Stop and inspect the tires for damage If a tire is under inflated or damaged deflate it remove the wheel and replace it with your spare tire and wheel If you cannot detect a cause have the vehicle towed to the nearest repair facility or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected Tire and Wheel Alignment A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole can cause the front end of your vehicle to become misaligned or cause damage to your tires If your vehicle seems to pull to one side when you are driving the wheels may be out of alignment Have an authorized dealer check the wheel alignment periodically Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear can cause uneven and rapid treadwear of your tires and should be corrected by an authorized dealer Front wheel drive vehicles and those with an independent rear suspension may require alignment of all four wheels The tires should also be balanced periodically An unbalanced tire and wheel assembly may result in irregular tire wear 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 316 Wheels and Tires Ti
362. lose to moving traffic Pull far enough off the road to avoid the danger of being hit when operating the jack or changing the wheel 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 325 WARNING Always use the jack provided as original equipment with your vehicle If using a jack other than the one provided as original equipment with your vehicle make sure the jack capacity is adequate for the vehicle weight including any vehicle cargo or modifications Note Passengers should not remain in the vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked 1 Park on a level surface set the parking brake and activate the hazard flashers 2 Place the transmission selector lever in position P and turn the engine off 3 Lift the carpeted load floor panel located in the rear of the vehicle 4 Remove the spare tire cover and foam spacer if equipped 5 Remove the wing nut securing the spare tire by turning it counterclockwise 6 Remove the washer temporary spare and jack assembly from the cargo area 7 Block the diagonally opposite wheel m 8 Loosen each wheel lug nut 7 one half turn counterclockwise but do not remove them until the wheel is raised off the ground 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 326 Wheels and Tires 9 The vehicle jacking points are shown here and are depicted on the yellow warning label on the jack Note Jac
363. lt 879 1070 gt Hb de Tf available 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 429 Sirius Satellite Radio If Activated Press the lower left corner of the touchscreen then select the p SIRIUS tab Presets Save a channel by pressing and holding one of the memory preset areas There is a brief mute while the radio saves the channel Sound returns when finished ALERT Save the current song artist or team as a favorite The system alerts you when it plays again on any channel Replay Replay audio on the current channel You can replay approximately 45 minutes of audio as long as you have remained tuned to the current station Changing stations erases the previous audio ps in replay mode Press and release the seek buttons to hear the previous or next song e Press and hold the seek buttons to reverse or fast forward in the current track e Press play or pause to play or pause the audio e Press Replay to return to live audio if you have been using the feature to replay audio Scan Touch this button to hear a brief sampling of channels Options Sound Settings allows you to adjust settings for e Dass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal Processing Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printi
364. luetooth enabled cellular phone number not your VIN Vehicle Identification Number You can pair and connect your phone to any vehicle equipped with SYNC Services and continue enjoying your personalized services You can even access your account outside the vehicle Just use the number on your phone s call history Traffic and Directions features do not function properly but information services and the 411 connect and text message features are available SYNC AppLink Note This feature is only available in the United States Note You must pair and connect your smartphone to SYNC to access AppLink Note iPhone users need to connect the phone to the USB port in order to start the application We recommend you lock your iPhone after starting an application Note The AppLink feature is not available if your vehicle is equipped with the MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch system 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 388 SYNC Depending on your display type you can access AppLink from the media menu the phone menu or by using voice commands Once an app is running through AppLink you can control main features of the app through voice commands and steering wheel controls To Access Using the Phone Menu 1 2 3 4 oon Press the phone button to access the SYNC phone menu on screen Scroll to Mobile Apps and press OK to access a list of available applications Scroll thr
365. luid level Ko MAX If the fluid level is above the MAX C MIN T5 MA SSS range of the dipstick remove fluid to 4 reach the hashmark level Note Fluid level above the MAX level may cause shift and or engagement concerns and or possible damage High fluid levels can be caused by an overheating condition If your vehicle has been operated for an extended period at high speeds in city traffic during hot weather or pulling a trailer the vehicle should be turned off until normal operating temperatures are reached Depending on vehicle use cooling times could take up to 30 minutes or longer Adjusting automatic transmission fluid levels Note Use of a non approved automatic transmission fluid may cause internal transmission component damage Before adding any fluid make sure the correct type is used The type of fluid used is normally indicated on the dipstick and also in the Capacities and Specifications chapter MIN KA MAX Emm If necessary add fluid in 1 2 pint C 1 250 ml increments through the 4 4 filler tube until the level is correct 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Maintenance 277 MIN MAX SSS If an overfill occurs excess fluid C should be removed by an authorized 4 dealer Note An overfill condition of transmission fluid may cause shift and or engagement concerns and or possible damage Do not use supplemental transmission fluid
366. lure Have the system checked by an authorized dealer if you still have a fast tone after removing the load 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Locks 75 To open or close from the instrument panel Press the c instrument panel button Ex EB To open or close with the remote control Press the remote X XS 55 button twice within three seconds To open with the outside liftgate N control button 1 Unlock the liftgate with the remote control or power door unlock button C If an intelligent access transmitter is within 3 feet 1 meter of the liftgate the liftgate will unlock when you press the liftgate release button 2 Press the control button located in the top of the liftgate pull cup handle Note Allow the power system to open the liftgate after pressing the control Manually pushing or pulling the liftgate may activate the system s obstacle detection feature and stops the power operation 5 To close with the rear cargo area control Press and release eda the button located in the rear cargo area WARNING Keep clear of the liftgate when activating the rear switch Obstacle Detection When closing The liftgate will reverse to full open when it detects an obstacle A chime will sound three times as the liftgate begins to reopen Remove the obstacle to close the liftgate Note Entering your vehicle while the liftgate is closing can cause your vehicle to bounce and activate ob
367. ly when used in Ford CD players Note Do not insert CDs with homemade paper adhesive labels into the CD player as the label may peel and cause the CD to become jammed You should use a permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels on your homemade CDs Ballpoint pens may damage CDs Please contact your authorized dealer for further information Note Do not use any irregularly shaped discs or discs with a scratch protection film attached Always handle discs by their edges only Clean the disc with an approved CD cleaner only Wipe it from the center of the disc toward the edge Do not clean in a circular motion Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 344 Audio System MP3 Track and Folder Structure Audio systems capable of recognizing and playing MP3 individual tracks and folder structures work as follows e There are two different modes for MP3 disc playback MP3 track mode system default and MP3 folder mode e MP3 track mode ignores any folder structure on the MP3 disc The player numbers each MP3 track on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension from T001 to a maximum of T255 Note The maximum number of playable MP3 files may be less depending on the structure of the CD and exact model of radio present e MP8 folder mode represents a folder structure consisting of one level of folders The CD player nu
368. ly insert the funnel into the capless fuel system 3 Fill the vehicle with fuel from the portable fuel container a 4 When done clean the funnel or properly dispose of it Extra funnels can be purchased from your authorized dealer if you choose to dispose of the funnel REFUELING WARNING Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause severe injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Stay outside your vehicle and do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle this is against the law in some places e Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel e Do not use personal electronic devices while refueling Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build up when filling an ungrounded fuel container e Place approved fuel container on the ground e DO NOT fill a fuel container while it is in the vehicle including the cargo area e Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while filling e DO NOT use a device that would hold the fuel pump handle in the fill position 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Fuel and Refueling 169 Easy Fuel amp No Cap Fuel System WARNING T
369. ly statistical process and that recognition errors are inherent in the process Neither FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process Limitations on Reverse Engineering Decompilation and Disassembly You may not reverse engineer decompile or disassemble nor permit others to reverse engineer decompile or disassemble the SOFTWARE except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation Limitations on Distributing Copying Modifying and Creating Derivative Works You may not distribute copy make modifications to or create derivative works based on the SOFTWARE except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation Single EULA The end user documentation for the DEVICE and related systems and services may contain multiple EULAs such as multiple translations and or multiple media versions e g in the user documentation and in the software Even if you receive multiple EULAs you are licensed to use only one 1 copy of the SOFTWARE SOFTWARE Transfer You may permanently transfer your rights under this EULA only as part of a sale or transfer of the DEVICE provided you retain no copies you transfer all of the SOFTWARE including all component parts the media and printed materials any upgrades and if applicable the Certif
370. m the following e Listen speaker icon e Dial e Send Text e View e Delete Composing a Text Message Note This is a speed dependent feature It is unavailable when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over 3 mph 5 km h Note Downloading and sending text messages using Bluetooth are phone dependent features 1 Touch the top left corner of the display to access the Phone menu 2 Touch Messaging Send Text 3 Enter a phone number or choose from your phone book 4 You can select from the following options e Send which sends the message as it is e Edit Text allows you to customize the pre defined message or create a message on your own 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 447 You can then preview the message verify the recipient as well as update the message list Thanks Stuck in traffic Call me later Receiving a Text Message When a new message arrives an audible tone sounds and the screen displays a pop up with the caller name and ID if supported by your phone You can press LOL e View to view the text message e Listen for SYNC to read the message to you e Dial to call the contact e Ignore to exit the screen Note If you select View and your vehicle is traveling over 3 mph 5 km h the system offers to read the message to you instead of allowing you to view it while driving 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printi
371. mage your engine or your vehicle may stall Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as quickly as dry brakes 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 240 Driving Hints FLOOR MATS AN WARNING Always use floor mats that are designed to fit the gt foot well of your vehicle leaving the pedal area unobstructed and which can be firmly secured to retention posts so that they cannot slip out of position and interfere with the pedals or impair safe operation of your vehicle in other ways e Incorrectly fitted floor mats can cause the accelerator pedal to become stuck in the open position This can cause loss of vehicle control e Always correctly install the floor mats to the retention posts so that they cannot slip out of position or obstruct pedal operation e Do not place unsecured floor mats or any other covering in the foot well e Do not place additional floor mats or any other covering on top of the original floor mats This will reduce the pedal clearance and interfere with the pedal operation e Do not allow objects to fall or become trapped under the pedals of your vehicle This can cause loss of vehicle control e Carry out regular inspections to make sure the floor mats are secure To install the floor mats position the floor mat eyelet over the retention post and press down to lock in position Remove in reverse order 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 20
372. maged or loses connection to SYNC SYNC searches for and tries to connect to any available previously paired phone and tries to make the call to 911 Before making the call e SYNC provides a short window of time about 10 seconds to cancel the call Failure to cancel the call results in SYNC attempting to dial 911 e SYNC says the following or a similar message SYNC will attempt to call 911 to cancel the call press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel If the call is not cancelled and a successful call is made a pre recorded message is played for the 911 operator then the occupant s in the vehicle is able to talk with the operator Be prepared to provide your name phone number and location immediately because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically 911 Assist May Not Work If e Your cellular phone or 911 Assist hardware was damaged in a crash e The vehicle s battery or SYNC system has no power e The phone s paired and connected to the system was thrown from the vehicle 911 Assist Privacy Notice Once 911 Assist is set on it may disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators the vehicle location and or other details ab
373. may cause undesired operation 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 319 Changing Tires with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System Note Each road tire is equipped r with a tire pressure sensor located inside the tire and wheel assembly cavity The pressure sensor is attached to the valve stem The pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is not visible unless the tire is removed Take care when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor You should always have your tires serviced by an authorized dealer Check the tire pressure periodically at least monthly using an accurate tire gauge See Inflating Your Tires in this chapter Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System The tire pressure monitoring system measures pressure in your four road tires and sends the tire pressure readings to your vehicle The low tire pressure warning light will turn on if the tire pressure is significantly low Once the light is illuminated your tires are under inflated and need to be inflated to the manufacturer s recommended tire pressure Even if the light turns on and a short time later turns off your tire pressure still needs to be checked When Your Temporary Spare Tire Is Installed When one of your road tires needs to be replaced with the temporary spare the system will continue to identify an issue to remind you that the damaged road wheel and tire assembly needs to be
374. mber 2013 USA fus Vehicle Care 297 Body e Wash vehicle thoroughly to remove dirt grease oil tar or mud from exterior surfaces rear wheel housing and underside of front fenders Periodically wash vehicles stored in exposed locations e Touch up raw or primed metal to prevent rust e Cover chrome and stainless steel parts with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent discoloration Re wax as necessary when the vehicle is washed Lubricate hood latch all door latches and trunk lid hinges with a light grade oil e Cover interior trim to prevent fading e Keep all rubber parts free from oil and solvents Engine e The engine oil and filter should be changed prior to storage as used engine oil contains contaminates that may cause engine damage e Start the engine every 15 days Run at fast idle until it reaches normal operating temperature e With your foot on the brake shift through all the gears while the engine is running Fuel system e Fill the fuel tank with high quality fuel until the first automatic shutoff of the fuel pump nozzle Cooling system e Protect against freezing temperatures e When removing vehicle from storage check coolant fluid level Confirm there are no cooling system leaks and fluid is at the recommended level Battery e Check and recharge as necessary Keep connections clean e If storing your vehicle for more than 30 days without recharging the battery it may be advisable to discon
375. mbers all MP3 tracks on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension and all folders containing MP3 files from F001 folder T001 track to F253 T255 e Creating discs with only one level of folders helps with navigation through the disc files If you are burning your own MP3 discs it is important to understand how the system reads the structures you create While various files may be present files with extensions other than mp3 only files with the mp3 extension are played other files are ignored by the system This enables you to use the same MP3 disc for a variety of tasks on your work computer home computer and your in vehicle system In track mode the system displays and plays the structure as if it were only one level deep all mp3 files play regardless of being in a specific folder In folder mode the system only plays the mp3 files in the current folder 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Audio System 345 MyFord SYSTEM A A WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicabl
376. mp bulbs AN WARNING Handle a halogen headlamp bulb carefully and keep out of children s reach Grasp the bulb only by its plastic base and do not touch the glass The oil from your hand could cause the bulb to break the next time the headlamps are operated Note If the bulb is accidentally touched it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used 1 Make sure that the headlamp control is in the off position 2 Open the hood 3 Remove the bulb cover 4 4 Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove it 5 Disconnect the electrical connector 6 Reverse the procedure to install the new bulb Replacing HID headlamp bulbs if equipped The low beam headlamps on your vehicle use a high intensity discharge source These lamps operate at a high voltage When the bulb is burned out the bulb and starter capsule assembly must be replaced by your authorized dealer 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Maintenance 287 Replacing front parking lamp turn signal bulbs 1 Make sure that the headlamp control is in the off position 2 Open the hood 3 Reach over the front bolster 4 Rotate the bulb socket counterclockwise and remove from the lamp assembly 5 Carefully pull the bulb out of the socket and push in the new bulb 6 Install the bulb socket into the lamp assembly and rotate clockwise Replacing tail stop turn sidemarker backup lamp bulbs
377. must access the photos either from your USB mass storage device or from an SD card Note Photographs with extremely large dimensions such as 2048 x 1536 may not be compatible and appear as a blank black image on the display Your system allows you to upload and view up to 32 photos To access press the Settings icon Display Edit Wallpaper and then follow the system prompts to upload your photographs Only the photograph s which meets the following conditions display e Compatible file formats are as follows jpg gif png bmp e Each file must be 1 5 MB or less e Recommended dimensions 800 x 384 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 464 MyFord Touch If Equipped Sound Press the Settings icon Sound then select from the following Sound Settings Bass Midrange Occupancy Mode Treble Speed Compensated Volume Set Balance and Fade aa If equipped Vehicle Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle then select from the following Ambient Lighting Vehicle Health Report Door Keypad Code Rear View Camera Enable Valet Mode Ambient Lighting If Equipped When activated ambient lighting illuminates footwells and cupholders with a choice of colors To access and make adjustments 1 Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle gt Ambient Lighting 2 Touch the desired color 3 Use the scroll bar to increase or decrease the intensity To turn the feature
378. n e In Sirius mode press these buttons to select the previous or next channel If a specific category is selected such as Jazz Rock or News use these buttons to find the previous or next channel in the selected category e n CD mode press these buttons to select the previous or next track AM FM CD SONYG AUDIO SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED A B C WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Note The MyFord Touch system controls most of the audio features See the MyFord Touch chapter for more information A SOURCE Press this button to access different audio modes such as AM FM and A V Input 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 352 Audio System B Seek Reverse and Fast Forward e n radio mode select a frequency band and press one of these buttons The system stops at the first station it finds in that direction e In Sirius mode press these buttons to select the previous or next channel If a specific category is sele
379. n parking aid blind spot information system BLIS with cross traffic alert lane departure warning and forward collision warning system Configurable Settings With an admin key you can configure certain MyKey settings when you first create a MyKey and before you recycle the key or restart the vehicle You can also change the settings afterward with an admin key e A vehicle speed limit can be set Warnings will be shown in the display followed by an audible tone when your vehicle reaches the set speed You cannot override the set speed by fully depressing the accelerator pedal or by setting cruise control e Vehicle speed minders of 45 55 or 65 mph 75 90 or 105 km h Once you select a speed it will be shown in the display followed by an audible tone when the preselected vehicle speed is exceeded 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyKey 65 e Audio system maximum volume of 4596 A message will be shown in the display when you attempt to exceed the limited volume Also the speed sensitive or compensated automatic volume control will be disabled e Always on setting When this is selected you will not be able to turn off AdvanceTrac if your vehicle is equipped with this feature CREATING A MYKEY Use the information display to create a MyKey 1 Insert the key you want to program into the ignition If your vehicle is equipped with a push button start put the intelligent access key i
380. n as possible Park Brake Engaged Displayed when the parking brake is set the engine is running and the vehicle is driven more than 3 mph 5 km h If the warning stays on after the parking brake is released contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible System Messages Collision Warn Not Displayed when there is a system malfunction Available with the collision warning system The system will be disabled Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Collision Warn Not Displayed when the collision warning system Available Sensor radar is blocked because of poor radar Blocked visibility due to bad weather or ice mud water in front of the radar Driver can typically clean the sensor to resolve Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Information Displays 123 System Messages Collision Warning Displayed when there is a system malfunction Malfunction with the collision warning system The system will be disabled Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Collision Warning Displayed when there is a system malfunction Display Fault with the collision warning system display Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Action Description X Door Ajar Displayed when a door is not completely closed Liftgate Ajar Displayed when the liftgate is not completely closed Fuel Messages Action Description p
381. n the backup slot The location of your backup slot is in another chapter See Starting and Stopping the Engine 2 Switch the ignition on 3 Access the main menu on the information display controls and select Settings then MyKey by pressing OK or the gt button 4 Press OK or the gt button to select Create MyKey 5 When prompted hold the OK button until you see a message informing you to label this key as a MyKey The key will be restricted at the next start MyKey is successfully created Make sure you label it so you can distinguish it from the admin keys You can also program configurable settings for the key s See Programming Changing Configurable Settings Programming Changing Configurable Settings Use the information display to access your configurable MyKey settings 1 Switch the ignition on using an admin key If your vehicle has push button start place the intelligent access key fob into the backup slot The location of your backup slot is in another chapter See Starting and Stopping the Engine 2 Access the main menu and select Settings then MyKey by pressing OK or the gt button 3 Use the arrow buttons to get to a configurable feature 4 Press OK or gt to scroll through settings 5 Press OK or gt to make a selection 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 66 MyKey Note You can clear or change your MyKey settings at any time during the same key cycle a
382. n you are done Browse Touch this button to view a list of all available stations Scroll to see more categories Touch the station you want to listen to Touch Skip if you want to skip this channel Touch Lock if you do not want anyone to listen to this channel Touch Title or Artist to see song and artists on other stations 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 431 Satellite Radio Voice Commands If you are listening to Sirius satellite radio press the voice i button on the steering wheel control When prompted say any of the commands in the following chart If you are not listening to Sirius satellite radio press the voice button and after the tone say Sirius then any of the commands in the following chart SAT preset lt gt SAT SAT 1 preset lt gt SAT 2 SAT 2 preset lt gt If you have said Sports game see the following Sports game chart Tf you have said Tune see the following Tune chart SPORTS GAME Tune to the college name gt game Tune to the team city game Tune to the team city team name gt game Tune to the team name game SAT 1 preset lt gt SAT 2 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 432 MyFord Touch If Equipped SAT 2 preset lt gt SAT 3 SAT 3 preset lt gt
383. nd common sense when following the suggested routes 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 496 Appendices Emergency Services Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for these locations Not all emergency services such as police fire stations hospitals and clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features TeleNav Software End User License Agreement Please read these terms and conditions carefully before you use the TeleNav Software Your use of the TeleNav Software indicates that you accept these terms and conditions If you do not accept these terms and conditions do not break the seal of the package launch or otherwise use the TeleNav Software TeleNav may revise this Agreement and the privacy policy at any time with or without notice to you You agree to visit http www telenav com from time to time to review the then current version of this Agreement and of the privacy policy 1 Safe and Lawful Use You acknowledge that devoting attention to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk of injury or death to you and others in situations that otherwise require your undivided attention and you therefore agree to comply with the following when using the TeleNav Software a observe all traffic laws and otherwise drive safely b use your own personal
384. nd lead compounds Wash hands after handling Your vehicle is equipped with a Motorcraft maintenance free battery which normally does not require additional water during its life of service Note If your battery has a cover shield make sure it is reinstalled after the battery has been cleaned or replaced For longer trouble free operation keep the top of the battery clean and dry Also make certain the battery cables are always tightly fastened to the battery terminals If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals remove the cables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush You can neutralize the acid with a solution of baking soda and water It is recommended that the negative battery cable terminal be disconnected from the battery if you plan to store your vehicle for an extended period of time To ensure proper operation of the battery management system BMS any electrical devices that are added to the vehicle should not have their ground connection made directly at the negative battery post A connection at the negative battery post can cause inaccurate measurements of the battery condition and potential incorrect system operation Note Electrical or electronic accessories or components added to the vehicle by the dealer or the owner may adversely affect battery performance and durability and may also affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing
385. nd wheels could cause steering suspension axle transfer case or power transfer unit failure Note The suspension insulation and bumpers will help prevent vehicle damage Do not remove these components from your vehicle when using snow tires and chains 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 317 The tires on your vehicle have all weather treads to provide traction in rain and snow However in some climates you may need to use snow tires and chains Follow these guidelines when using snow tires and cable chains e f possible avoid fully loading your vehicle e Use only SAE Class S cables or equivalent e Use SAE Class S cables only on the front axle on vehicles equipped with P235 65R17 or P245 60R18 tires e Do not use tire cables or optional traction devices with P245 50R20 or P265 40R22 tires Install cables securely verifying that the cables do not touch any wiring brake lines or fuel lines Drive cautiously If you hear the cable chains rub or bang against your vehicle stop and retighten the cables If this does not work remove the cables to prevent damage to your vehicle Do not exceed 30 mph 48 km h with tire cables on your vehicle Remove the tire cables when they are no longer needed Do not use tire cables on dry roads TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM WARNING The tire pressure monitoring system is NOT a substitute for manually checking tire pressure
386. nebook add contacts from your phone as well as delete or upload your phonebook Roaming Warning Touch this button to have the system alert you when your phone is in roaming mode 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 449 Phone Voice Commands ES Press the voice button on the steering wheel control After the i tone say any of the following commands Read text message Go to hands free Po Heldon o fo This command is only available during an active call If you have said Messages see the following Messages chart MESSAGES Listen to text messages Reply to text messages 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 450 MyFord Touch If Equipped INFORMATION If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Under the Information menu you can access features such as A SYNC Services B Sirius Travel Link C Alerts D Calendar E SYNC Applications SYNC Services If Equipped United States Only Note SYNC Services requires activation before use Visit www SYNCMykRide com to register and check your eligibility for complimentary services Standard phone and message rates may apply Subscription may
387. nect the battery cables to ensure battery charge is maintained for quick starting Note If battery cables are disconnected it will be necessary to reset memory features 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 298 Vehicle Care Brakes e Make sure brakes and parking brake are fully released Tires e Maintain recommended air pressure Miscellaneous e Make sure all linkages cables levers and pins under vehicle are covered with grease to prevent rust e Move vehicles at least 25 feet 8 meters every 15 days to lubricate working parts and prevent corrosion Removing Vehicle from Storage When your vehicle is ready to come out of storage do the following e Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt or grease film build up on window surfaces e Check windshield wipers for any deterioration e Check under the hood for any foreign material that may have collected during storage mice squirrel nests e Check the exhaust for any foreign material that may have collected during storage e Check tire pressures and set tire inflation per the Tire Label e Check brake pedal operation Drive the vehicle 15 feet 4 5 meters back and forth to remove rust build up e Check fluid levels Gncluding coolant oil and gas to make sure there are no leaks and fluids are at recommended levels e If the battery was removed clean the battery cable ends and inspect Contact your authorized dealer if you
388. need to be completed signed and returned to the BBB along with proof of ownership Upon receipt the BBB will review the claim for eligibility under the Program Summary Guidelines You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at 1 800 955 5100 or writing to BBB AUTO LINE 3033 Wilson Boulevard Suite 600 Arlington Virginia 22201 BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be requested by calling the Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center at 1 800 392 3673 Note Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change eligibility limitations modify procedures or to discontinue this process at any time without notice and without obligation 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 250 Customer Assistance UTILIZING THE MEDIATION or ARBITRATION PROGRAM CANADA ONLY This pertains to vehicles delivered to authorized Canadian dealers In those cases where you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve a factory related vehicle service concern have been unsatisfactory Ford of Canada participates in an impartial third party mediation or arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The CAMVAP program is a straightforward and relatively speedy alternative to resolve a disagreement when all other efforts to produce a settlement have failed This procedure is without cost to you and is designed to eliminate the nee
389. nfirm that all the doors are closed The doors will lock again the horn will sound and the turn signals will illuminate if all the doors and the luggage compartment are closed 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Locks 69 Note If any door or the luggage compartment is open or if the hood is open on vehicles with an anti theft alarm or remote start the horn sounds twice and the lamps will not flash Power Liftgate If Equipped WARNING Make sure all persons are clear of the liftgate area before using power liftgate control WARNING Make sure to close and latch the liftgate to prevent drawing exhaust fumes into your vehicle This will also prevent passengers and cargo from falling out If you must drive with the liftgate open keep the vents or windows open so outside air comes into your vehicle Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury Note Be careful when opening or closing the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed area to avoid damaging the liftgate 5 EB Press twice within three seconds to open or close the liftgate X or to reverse the movement Activating Intelligent Access If Equipped You must have the intelligent access key within 3 feet 1 meter of your vehicle At the Front Doors Pull a front exterior door handle to unlock and open the door The unlock sensor is on the back of the handle Make sure not to touch the lock sensor area on th
390. ng is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position The GVW must never exceed the GVWR 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Load Carrying 225 e Example only MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO DATE XX XX GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG FRONT GAWR XXXXL REARGAWR XXXXLB XXXXKG WITH XXXXKG WITH XXXX XXXXXXX TIRES XXXX XXXXXXX TIRES XXXX XX RIMS XXXX XX RIMS AT XXX kPa XX PSLCOLD AT XXX KPa XX PSI COLD THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXX TYPE XXX XXXXX EXT PNT RC X DSO we WIT PPS R E IR SPR XXXXX XXX XX X X XX XX XXXXXXXXXXXXX_XXX__XXXX XXXXXXX XX MFD a FORD MC MOTOR 0 GYW XOX LBAXXXKG FTR FRONT VHR N7 ENR GAWR I AR DATE xx xx XXXX AVEC Tis PHEUS fXXXXX LEON aU Reset XXXX XXXXXX AT AkPa PSI LPC xxx xx UMELEES VIN 3000000000000000 TYPE XXX XXXX COMPLIES 000 300 200 ROX Anno mm lil ME TIPPS TR TANE TTR Ini X XX X XXXX XXX 7 00000000000 XXX 000C00000 XX RIMS TANTES XXxXXX COLD A FROID Xxx xx WA
391. ng November 2013 USA fus 430 MyFord Touch If Equipped Set Category for Seek Scan allows you to select a category of music you would like to search for You can then choose to either seek or scan for the stations playing that category Parental Lockout allows you to lock and unlock channels change or reset your PIN or unlock all channels To use this feature you need your initial PIN which is 1234 Artist Title Team Alerts allows you to select Artists Titles and Teams that you would like the system to alert you to when they are playing on other channels Press Edit Alerts to delete or turn off alerts You can also set all alerts to on or off When an alert appears on the screen you can choose to Tune to the channel to Cancel the alert or to Disable Alerts If you are listening to a sporting event you can save your favorite teams so that the system can alert you when they are playing on a satellite radio channel Note Sirius does not support the Alert feature on all channels Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for Alert feature variation Electronic Serial Number ESN is required when you need to activate modify or track your satellite radio account The ESN is on the System Information Screen SR ESN XXXXXXXXXXXX To access your ESN press the bottom left corner of the touchscreen then SIRIUS gt Options Direct Tune Touch this button to manually enter the desired satellite channel number Touch Enter whe
392. ng November 2013 USA fus 448 MyFord Touch If Equipped Phone Settings Press Phone gt Settings Bluetooth Devices Touch this tab to connect disconnect add or delete a device as well as save it as a favorite Bluetooth Touch this tab to turn Bluetooth off or on Do Not Disturb Touch this tab if you want all calls to go directly to your voice mail and not ring in the vehicle When this feature is on text message notifications do not ring inside the cabin either 911 Assist Turn on or turn off the 911 Assist feature See 911 Assist in the SYNC Services and Applications section Phone Ringer Select the ring tone you want to hear when you receive a call Choose from possible system ring tones your currently paired phone s ring tone beep text to speech or a silent notification Text Message Notification Select a text message notification if supported by your phone Choose from possible system alert tones text to speech or silent Internet Data Connection If your phone is compatible use this screen to adjust your internet data connection Select to make your connection profile with the personal area network or to turn off your connection You can also choose to adjust your settings or have the system always connect never connect when roaming or query on connect Press for more information Manage Phonebook Touch this button to access features such as automatic phonebook download re download your pho
393. ng November 2013 USA fus Load Carrying 219 Type 2 TN g CARGO MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The system is located in the floor of 4 the cargo area Lift the release handle to open 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 220 Load Carrying ROOF RACKS AND LOAD CARRIERS IF EQUIPPED WARNING When loading the roof racks we recommend you evenly distribute the load as well as maintain a low center of gravity Loaded vehicles with higher centers of gravity may handle differently than unloaded vehicles Take extra precautions such as slower speeds and increased stopping distance when driving a heavily loaded vehicle Note The maximum recommended load evenly distributed on the crossbars is 100 pounds 45 kilograms Note Never place loads directly on the roof panel The roof panel is not designed to directly carry a load For correct roof rack system function you must place loads directly on crossbars affixed to the roof rack side rails We recommend you use Ford Genuine Accessory crossbars designed specifically for your vehicle Make sure that you securely fasten the load Check the tightness of the load before driving and at each fuel stop 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Load Carrying 221 UTILITY HOOK You can use the utility hook to hang small items such as grocery bags Do not hang more than 10 po
394. ng lamps will remain on and your vehicle will run for 5 10 or 15 minutes depending on the setting See the nformation Displays chapter to select the duration of the remote start system 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Keys and Remote Control 63 Extending the Vehicle Run Time Repeat Steps 1 and 2 with your vehicle still running to extend the run time for another remote start duration If the duration is set to last 10 minutes the duration will extend by another 10 minutes beginning after what is left of the first activation time For example if your vehicle had been running from the first remote start for five minutes your vehicle will continue to run now for a total of 15 minutes Wait at least five seconds before remote starting after a vehicle shutdown Turning the Vehicle Off After Remote Starting Press the button once The parking lamps will turn off You may have to be closer to your vehicle than when starting due to ground reflection and the added noise of the running vehicle You can disable or enable the remote start system through the information display See the Information Display chapter REPLACING A LOST KEY OR REMOTE CONTROL You can purchase replacement or additional keys or remote controls from an authorized dealer A dealer can program the transmitters to your vehicle or you may be able to program them yourself See the Security chapter for information on programmi
395. ng multiple digital broadcasts The highlighted numbers signify available digital channels where new or different content is available HD1 signifies the main programming status and is available in analog and digital broadcasts Other multicast stations HD2 through HD7 are only available digitally 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Audio System 353 When HD Radio broadcasts are active you can access the following functions When you select Scan To save a multicast station as a preset 2014 Edge edg Hear a brief sampling of all available stations This feature still works when HD Radio reception is on although it does not scan for HD2 HD7 channels You may see the HD logo appear if the station has a digital broadcast When the channel is active on screen press and hold a memory preset slot until the sound returns There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station Sound returns when finished When recalling a HD2 or HD3 memory preset there is a mute before the digital audio plays as the system must once again acquire the digital signal As with any saved radio station you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is outside the station s reception area Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 354 Audio System HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting Potential reception issues Reception area If you are listening to a multica
396. ng your transmitters 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 64 MyKey PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION MyKey allows you to program keys with restricted driving modes to promote good driving habits All but one of the keys programmed to the vehicle can be activated with these restricted modes Any keys that have not been programmed are referred to as administrator keys or admin keys These can be used to e create a MyKey e program configurable MyKey settings e clear all MyKey features When you have programmed a MyKey you can access the following information using the information display e How many admin keys and MyKeys are programmed to your vehicle e The total distance your vehicle has traveled using a MyKey Note All MyKeys are programmed to the same settings You cannot program them individually Note For vehicles with intelligent access key push button start when both a MyKey and an admin intelligent access key fob are present the admin fob will be recognized to start the vehicle Non configurable Settings The following settings cannot be changed by an admin key user e Belt minder You cannot disable this feature The audio system will mute when the front seat occupants safety belts are not fastened e Early low fuel warning The low fuel warning is activated earlier giving the MyKey user more time to refuel e Driver assist features if equipped on your vehicle are forced o
397. nition key from on to off then back on If the blockage is still present after the key cycle the system senses again that it is blocked after driving in traffic Reasons for messages being displayed The radar surface is Clean the fascia area in front of the radar or dirty or obstructed remove the obstruction The radar surface is Drive normally in traffic for a few minutes to not dirty or obstructed allow the radar to detect passing vehicles so it can clear the blocked state 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 212 Driving Aids Reasons for messages being displayed Heavy rainfall snowfall No action required The system automatically interferes with the resets to an unblocked state once the radar signals rainfall snowfall rate decreases or stops Do not use BLIS and or CTA in these conditions System Limitations The BLIS and CTA systems do have their limitations situations such as severe weather conditions or debris build up on the sensor area may limit vehicle detection The following are other situations that may limit the BLIS e Certain maneuvering of vehicles entering and exiting the blind zone e Vehicles passing through the blind zone at very fast rates e When several vehicles forming a convoy pass through the blind zone The following are other situations that may limit the CTA system e Adjacently parked vehicles or objects obstructing the sensors e Approachin
398. nse Subject to your compliance with the terms of this Agreement TeleNav hereby grants to you a personal non exclusive non transferable license except as expressly permitted below in connection with your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software license without the right to sublicense to use the TeleNav Software in object code form only in order to access and use the TeleNav Software This license shall terminate upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement You agree that you will use the TeleNav Software only for your personal business or leisure purposes and not to provide commercial navigation services to other parties 3 1 License limitations You agree not to do any of the following a reverse engineer decompile disassemble translate modify alter or otherwise change the TeleNav Software or any part thereof b attempt to derive the source code audio library or structure of the TeleNav Software without the prior express written consent of TeleNav c remove from the TeleNav Software or alter any of TeleNav s or its suppliers trademarks trade names logos patent or copyright notices or other notices or markings d distribute sublicense or otherwise transfer the TeleNav Software to others except as part of your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software or e use the TeleNav Software in any manner that i infringes the intellectual property or proprietary rights rights of publicity or privacy or other ri
399. nsitive Controls on Your System To turn a feature on and off just touch the graphic with your finger To get the best performance from the touch sensitive controls e Do not press hard on the controls They are sensitive to light touch e Use your bare finger to touch the center of a touch control graphic Touching off center of the graphic may affect operation of a nearby control e Make sure your hands are clean and dry e Keep metal and other conductive material away from the surface of the touchscreen as this may cause electronic interference for example inadvertently turning on a feature other than the one you meant to turn on Depending on your vehicle and option package you may also have these controls on your bezel Power Switch the media or climate features off and on VOL Control the volume of playing media Fan Control the speed of the climate system fan Seek and Tune buttons Use as you normally would in media modes Eject Eject a CD from the entertainment system SOURCE Touch the word repeatedly to see all available media modes The screen does not change but you see the media change in the lower left status bar e SOUND Touch the word to access the Sound menu where you can adjust settings such as Bass Treble Midrange Balance and Fade THX Deep Note Demo DSP Digital Signal Processing Occupancy Mode and Speed Compensated Volume Your vehicle may not have all of these sound options e Hazard flas
400. ntage of our interest free installment payment plan Just a 1096 down payment will provide you with an affordable no interest no fee payment program Complete the information below and mail to Ford ESP PO Box 8072 Royal Oak Michigan 48068 0039 To learn more call our Ford ESP specialists at 800 367 3377 Dont forget to ask about our interest free payment program allowing you all the security and benefits Ford ESP has to offer while paying over time You are pre approved with no credit checks no hassles SERVICE PLANS CANADA ONLY You can get more protection for your vehicle by purchasing a Ford Extended Service Plan Ford Extended Service Plan is the only service contract backed by Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited Depending on the plan you purchase Ford Extended Service Plan provides benefits such as e Rental reimbursement e Coverage for certain maintenance and wear items e Protection against repair costs after your New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage expires e Roadside Assistance benefits There are several Ford Extended Service Plans available in various time distance and deductible combinations Each plan is tailored to fit your own driving needs including reimbursement for towing and rental When you purchase Ford Extended Service Plan you receive added peace of mind protection throughout Canada and the United States provided by a network of participating Ford Motor Company dealers The Lincoln Maintenan
401. ntal area if your vehicle can tow a Class I trailer e 30 feet 2 79 meters trailer frontal area if your vehicle can tow a Class II trailer Note For high altitude operation reduce the gross combined weight by 296 per 1000 feet 300 meters starting at the 1000 foot 300 meter elevation point Note Certain states require electric trailer brakes for trailers over a specified weight Be sure to check state regulations for this specified weight The maximum trailer weights listed may be limited to this specified weight as your vehicle s electrical system may not include the wiring connector needed to use electric trailer brakes 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Towing 231 Your vehicle may tow a Class I or II trailer provided the maximum trailer weight is less than or equal to the maximum trailer weight listed for your vehicle configuration on the following chart Maximum GCWR Maximum trailer weight 2 0L GTDI front wheel drive 6170 Ib 27799 kg 1500 Ib 680 kg 3 5L TiVCT front wheel drive 6710 lb 3048 kg 2000 Ib 907 kg 3 5L TiVCT front wheel drive 8210 Ib 3724 kg 3500 Ib 1588 kg Vehicles not equipped with a trailer towing package Vehicles equipped with a trailer towing package ESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS ae these guidelines for safe towing Do not tow a trailer until you drive your vehicle at least 1000 miles 1600 kilometers e Consult your local motor vehi
402. ntentionally locking your intelligent access key inside your vehicle s passenger compartment or rear cargo area When you lock your vehicle using the driver or passenger power door lock control with the door open transmission in P and ignition off after you close the door your vehicle will search for an intelligent access key in the passenger compartment If your vehicle finds a key all of the doors will immediately unlock and the horn will sound indicating that a key is inside You can override the smart unlock feature and intentionally lock the intelligent access key inside your vehicle To do this lock your vehicle after you have closed all the doors by e using the keyless entry keypad e pressing the lock button on another intelligent access key e touching the locking area on the handle with another intelligent access key in your hand When you open one of the front doors and lock your vehicle using the power door lock control all doors will lock then unlock if e the ignition is on or e the ignition is off and the transmission is not in P 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Locks 71 Autolock Feature If Enabled The autolock feature will lock all the doors when e all the doors are closed e the ignition is on e you shift into any gear putting your vehicle in motion and e your vehicle reaches a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h The autolock feature repeats when e
403. ntrol Note The set speed memory will erase when you switch the system off Press and release OFF or turn off the ignition Detection Issues The radar sensor has a limited field of vision It may not detect vehicles at all or detect a vehicle later than expected in some situations The lead vehicle graphic will not illuminate if the system does not detect a vehicle in front of you Detection issues can occur A When driving on a different line A A than the vehicle in front smi B With vehicles that edge into your B lane The system can only detect these vehicles once they move fully into your lane i gt C There may be issues with the cp meee detection of vehicles in front when i driving into and coming out of a bend or curve in the road In these cases the system may brake late or unexpectedly You should stay alert and intervene when necessary If the front end of your vehicle is hit or damaged the radar sensing zone may be altered causing missed or false vehicle detections See your authorized dealer to have the radar checked for proper coverage and operation 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 206 Cruise Control Adaptive Cruise Control Not Available Several conditions exist which can cause the system to deactivate or prevent the system from activating when requested These conditions include e a blocked sensor e high brake temp
404. ntrol will not detect e stationary or slow moving vehicles below 6 mph 10 km h e pedestrians or objects in the roadway e oncoming vehicles in the same lane WARNING Do not use the adaptive cruise control when entering or leaving a highway in heavy traffic or on roads that are winding slippery or unpaved 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Cruise Control 201 WARNING Do not use in poor visibility specifically fog rain spray or snow Note It is your responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of your vehicle at all times The system adjusts your speed to maintain a proper distance between you and the vehicle in front of you in the same lane You can select from one of four GAP settings The controls are located on the steering wheel At startup the system sets the gap to the last selected setting Once activated you can deactivate the system at any time by pressing the brake pedal pressing the steering wheel OFF control or pressing the CNCL control In addition you can temporarily increase the vehicle speed above the current speed by manually pressing on the accelerator pedal Hele i v Setting Adaptive Cruise Control The controls for using your cruise control are located on the steering wheel 1 Press and release ON The information display will show the gray indicator light current gap setting and SET The system is set to standby mode 2
405. nts Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a collision For fabric carpets cloth seats safety belts and seats equipped with side airbags e Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner e Apply a layer of high quality foam cleaner designed for automotive interiors to the dry stained area s of the item you are cleaning and allow soaking for one minute If grease or tar is present on the material spot clean the area first with Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover In Canada use Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner e If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning clean the entire area immediately but do not oversaturate or the ring can set e Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LENS WARNING Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel to avoid contamination of the airbag system Clean the instrument panel and cluster lens with a clean damp white cotton cloth then use a clean and dry white cotton cloth to dry these areas e Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel The dull finish in this area helps protect the driver from undesirable windshield reflection 2014 Edg
406. o confirm when the system asks if you would like to send the message Each text message is sent with the following signature This message was sent from my Ford or Lincoln Where R you I need more directions 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus SYNCG 375 Pre defined text message options Can t wait to see you Tm stuck in traffic Accessing Your Phone Settings These are phone dependent features Your phone settings allow you to access and adjust features such as your ring tone text message notification modify your phone book and also set up automatic download 1 Press the phone button 2 Scroll until Phone Settings appears then press OK 3 Scroll to select from the following options When you select Phone Status See the provider name signal power battery power and roaming status of your connected phone Press OK to select and scroll to view the information When done press OK again to return to the phone status menu Set Ringer Select which ring tone sounds during an incoming call one of the system s or your phone s 1 Press OK to select and scroll to hear Ringer 1 Ringer 2 Ringer 3 and Phone Ringer 2 Press OK to select Note If your phone supports in band ringing your phone s ringer sounds when Phone Ringer is chosen Message Notification Have the option of hearing an audible tone to notify you when a text message arrives 1 Press OK
407. o connect and play music from your portable music player through your vehicle speakers You can use any portable music player designed for use with headphones Your audio extension cable must have male Vs inch 3 5 millimeter connectors at each end 1 Switch off the engine radio and portable music player Set the parking brake and put the transmission in position P 2 Plug the extension cable from the portable music player into the auxiliary input jack Switch the radio on Select either a tuned FM station or a CD Adjust the volume as desired Switch your portable music player on and adjust its volume to half its maximum level Press AUX until LINE or LINE IN appears in the display You should hear music from your device even if it is low 7 Adjust the volume on your portable music player until it reaches the volume level of the FM station or CD Do this by switching back and forth between the AUX and FM or CD controls D go 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 360 Audio System USB PORT IF EQUIPPED WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems wh
408. o place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a crash Use a belt positioning booster seat for children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat generally children who are less than 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall are greater than age four 4 and less than age twelve 12 and between 40 pounds 18 kilograms and 80 pounds 36 kilograms and upward to 100 pounds 45 kilograms if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Many state and provincial laws require that children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight 8 a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 pounds 36 kilograms Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions when the child is seated without a booster seat e Can the child sit all the way back against their vehicle seat with knees bent comfortably at the edge of the seat cushion e Can the child sit without slouching e Does the lap belt rest low across the hips e Is the shoulder belt centered on the shoulder and chest e Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip Always use booster seats in conjunction with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 22 Child Safety Types of Booster Seats e Backless b
409. o replace the wheel valve stems when the road tires are replaced on your vehicle The two front tires or two rear tires should generally be replaced as a pair The tire pressure sensors mounted in the wheels originally installed on your vehicle are not designed to be used in aftermarket wheels The use of wheels or tires not recommended by Ford Motor Company may affect the operation of your tire pressure monitoring system If the tire pressure monitoring system indicator is flashing the system is malfunctioning Your replacement tire might be incompatible with your tire pressure monitoring system or some component of the system may be damaged 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 315 Safety Practices WARNING If your vehicle is stuck in snow mud or sand do not rapidly spin the tires Spinning the tires can tear the tire and cause an explosion A tire can explode in as little as three to five seconds WARNING Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander Driving habits have a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety e Observe posted speed limits e Avoid fast starts stops and turns e Avoid potholes and objects on the road e Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against a curb when parking Highway Hazards No matter how carefully you drive there is always the possibility that you may eventua
410. o turn the feature on and use it 1 Press AM or FM gt Options gt TAG button gt On 2 When you hear a song you like touch TAG 3 The system automatically saves the song s information and transfers it to your portable music player if supported when you connect it to the system The system automatically transfers the tag to your player if already connected and a pop up confirms the transfer 4 When you access iTunes with your portable music player the tags appear to you as a reminder The system allows you to tag up to approximately 100 songs For a list of devices that support tagging see www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca When HD Radio broadcasts are active you can access the following functions e Scan allows you to hear a brief sampling of all available stations This feature still works when HD Radio reception is on although it does not scan for HD2 HD7 channels You may see the HD logo appear if the station has a digital broadcast e Memory presets allow you to save an active channel as a memory preset Touch and hold a memory preset slot until the sound returns There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station Sound returns when finished When switching to an HD2 or HD3 memory preset the sound mutes before the digital audio plays because the system has to reacquire the digital signal e Note As with any saved radio station you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is o
411. o1 y uey 19440 pm Aue Jo esp GY G9OIN SSM SUW quopeambo 10 pmj oxe1g soya 1030 9oueunrojreq YSIH AT P LOG PIOA 3121030 Sursn spuouroo91 PIOA TO TEGO TIHSM Josse1duroo juersiyey Tug gIT 20 Qr gq isandu SENA Dyd 3 e191030 q Suruorpuoo ITY 5489 0 I AZ T V 618A TI HSM Bauer soursue T4 8 T9 8 queresuyor tt CHET Y 37 194030 A T 901 Suruonrpuoo ITY epeue U 9T NAO SDD 6I NA ysoogoog I0 G oA suoyes 761 99A IIV xu on 9AH PAM suoyes amp 8T juo4 1 Yue ong F f PMA J9usea PIPUSPUM 6V 9188 HS Kyen umrumodq epeuep Dei Sd ae SM erig poumboi se Ty 4 pue q g V L8 0XO WI Soyezjusouor SM V 68 0Z JOYseM p onjspurM uUmruroIqd 3I1 J9 1030 A uorjeorroods pIo ping Jousea p onjsput Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 2014 Edge edg USA fus 333 Capacities and Specifications uro3s4s JURIOSLIJO1 Surmiornrpuoo Ie ou oorAdos p nous ouuosJed p yyenb Auo Ainfut euosaod osneo ued uro3s amp s JULIO SHJ I Suruonipuoo are y Surued aunssoud YSU Jopun eper JURIOSLIJel surejuoo uro3js s JURIOSLIJoI Suruonipuoo NE ou SurueM MO 9q SUTUTEM 998 sump 1o gup 9uo OAS pm 107 ro eop peztioune AoA 998 TEA1I9 UI 92IAJ9S 199 102 OY ourtuLo op 0 WOLJDWLAO UL BOUDUATULOUL pojympenos 0 Jejoy eSeurep uorssrusuel osneo Leur pmg popueururoo91 oy UeY 1eqo prn Aue Jo asf osuel Surjerodo ewou sonsdip y uo uorjeorpur y Aq
412. ocal area network within your vehicle for things such as game playing file transfer and internet browsing Press for more information Gateway Access Point Settings allows you to view and change settings for using SYNC as the internet gateway Gateway Access Point Device List allows you to view recent connections to your Wi Fi system 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 472 MyFord Touch If Equipped USB Mobile Instead of using Wi Fi your system can also Broadband use a USB mobile broadband connection to access the internet You must turn on your mobile broadband device on your personal computer before connecting it to the system This screen allows you to set up what is your typical area for your USB mobile broadband connection USB mobile broadband settings may not display if the device is already on You can select the following Country Carrier Phone Number User Name and Password Bluetooth Settings Shows you the currently paired devices as well as giving you your typical Bluetooth options to connect disconnect set as favorite delete and add device Bluetooth is a registered trademark of the Bluetooth SIG Prioritize Choose your connection methods and change Connection Methods them as needed You can select to Change Order and have the system either always attempt to connect using a USB mobile broadband or using Wi Fi The Wi Fi CERTIFIED Logo is a bf Cri certi
413. ofile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur The cellular profile media device index and development log remain in the vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in the vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected If you no longer plan to use the system or the vehicle we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to the vehicle s SYNC module Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent a court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada For further privacy information see the sections on 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and Traffic Directions and Information 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 364 SYNCG USING VOICE RECOGNITION This system helps you control many features using voice commands This allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is in front of you Initiating a Voice Session Push the voice icon a tone sounds and Listening appears in the us display Say any of the following If you want to Make c
414. ol if you do not slow down or if you turn the steering wheel too sharply or abruptly e t often may be less risky to strike small objects such as highway reflectors with minor damage to your vehicle rather than attempt a sudden return to the pavement which could cause the vehicle to slide sideways out of control or rollover Remember your safety and the safety of others should be your primary concern If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the lock position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 182 All Wheel Drive If Equipped WARNING Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander Note Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur Note Do not rock the vehicle for more than a few minutes or damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the acce
415. om entering your vehicle Note Recirculated air engages automatically when MAX A C is selected or can be turned on manually in any airflow mode except Defrost E MAX A C Distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel vents to cool the vehicle This position is more economical and efficient than normal air conditioning 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 134 Climate Control F A C Press to turn air conditioning off and on Air conditioning cools the vehicle using outside air To improve air conditioning when starting your vehicle drive with the windows slightly open for two to three minutes Use air conditioning with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency Note Air conditioning turns on automatically in MAX A C Defrost and Floor Defrost G AUTO Press to turn on fully automatic operation Select the desired temperature using the temperature control The system automatically determines fan speed air distribution air conditioning operation and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle to maintain the selected temperature H Rear defrost Turns the heated windows and mirrors off and on See Heated windows and mirrors later in this chapter for more information If your vehicle is equipped with heated mirrors this button turns them on also I Defrost Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents This setting
416. ompile a playlist for you Press OK to select The system creates a new list of similar songs and begins playing The metadata tags must be populated for this feature to include each track Note With certain playing devices if your metadata tags are not populated the tracks won t be available in voice recognition play menu or similar music However if you place these tracks onto your playing device in Mass Storage Device Mode they are available in voice recognition play menu browsing and similar music Unknowns are placed into any unpopulated metadata tag Exit the current menu System Settings System settings provide access to your Bluetooth Devices and Advanced menu features The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you to add connect and delete a device as turn the Bluetooth feature on and off Your Advanced menu allows you to access and set prompts languages defaults and perform a master reset Bluetooth Devices Menu Options This menu allows you to add connect and delete devices as well as turn Bluetooth on and off 1 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the Media Menu 2 Scroll until System Settings appears and select OK 3 Scroll until Bluetooth Devices appears 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 398 SYNCG 4 Press OK and then scroll to select from When you select You can Add Bluetooth Allows you to pair additional devices to the Device system 1 Pres
417. on display tread depth recommended Inspect automatic transmission fluid level if equipped with dipstick Consult dealer for requirements Inspect brake pads shoes rotors drums brake linings hoses and parking brake Inspect engine cooling system strength and hoses Inspect rear axle and U joints Lubricate if equipped with grease fittings All wheel drive vehicles Inspect half shaft boots Inspect steering linkage ball joints suspension tie rod ends driveshaft and U joints Lubricate if equipped with grease fittings Inspect wheels and related components for abnormal noise wear looseness or drag Do not exceed one year or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers between service intervals Reset your Intelligent Oil Life Monitor after each engine oil and filter change See the nstrument Cluster chapter 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 514 Scheduled Maintenance Other maintenance items Replace cabin air filter or clean screen 32000 km Replace engine air filter 48000 km Change engine coolant 160000 km Replace spark plugs 160000 km Inspect accessory drive belt s Every 150000 miles Change automatic transmission fluid 240000 km Replace accessory drive belt s if not replaced within the last 100000 miles 160000 km 1These maintenance items can be performed within 3000 miles 4800 kilometers of the last oil change Do not exceed the
418. oning correctly and defaulted to front wheel drive When this warning is displayed have your vehicle serviced at an authorized dealer Note The AWD Off message may also be displayed in the information display if the AWD system has overheated and defaulted to front wheel drive This condition may occur if the vehicle was operated in extreme conditions with excessive wheel slip such as deep sand To resume normal AWD function as soon as possible stop the vehicle in a safe location and stop the engine for at least 10 minutes After the engine has been restarted and the AWD system has adequately cooled the AWD Off message will turn off and normal AWD function will return In the event the engine is not stopped the AWD Off message will turn off when the system cools and normal AWD function returns Do not use a spare tire of a different size other than the tire provided If the mini spare tire is installed the AWD system may disable automatically and enter front wheel drive only mode to protect driveline components This condition may be indicated by an AWD Off message in the information display If there is an AWD Off message in the message center from using the spare tire this indicator should turn off after reinstalling the repaired or replaced normal road tire and cycling the ignition off and on It is recommended to reinstall the repaired or replaced road tire as soon as possible Major dissimilar tire sizes between the front and rear axles
419. ontrol Using cruise control zik Rae ERES EX YA Using Adaptive Cruise Control llle Driving Aids Blind Spot Information System BLIS with Cross Traffic Alert CIAJ aaee ada DIDI P Collision warning system 00 000000 a DLEETING naene aari t ee ke Hb Ge beat Td he dogs eee tee ed Load Carrying Cargo neb i4 cua nds WEAR RES PEE Ree Da DES ES Roof racks and load carriers 0 00000002 eee Utility KOOKS e Lu v cue Roe ke Wee hw eo ED ae Ba Vehicle loading i52 s bb Sede ee pee ES RES E oed Towing Trailer tOWMNG s iiu GRE CRA A bas DRE EUER Wrecker TOWING 5 16 d arx ROREM MUN EI SU Recreational towing 24 4 cess s o e o9 E dep Driving Hints Economical drVINg 22a pe exakte 6 Pea ae dE oe Driving through water cessen 000000 eee eee Floor MALS ss cetur tem ba A ede pa e ed Reb ess S Roadside Emergencies Getting roadside assistance 2 0 Hazard warning flashers 00 0002 e eee E ana Fuel cut off Switch s sexe RP A Dee eR Jump starling the vehicl si 4s veu eve puna deca e ad 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 6 Table of Contents Customer Assistance 246 Reporting safety defects U S only 2 005 253 Reporting safety defects Canada only 005 253 Fuses 254 Changing fus soos aed ose e EU SEGUI CEN ee 254 Fuse specification chart 2 pata y Y ER 255 Maintenance 264 General information s arser io
420. ooster seats If your backless booster seat has a removable shield remove the shield If a vehicle seating position has a low seat back or no head restraint a backless booster seat may place your child s head as measured at the tops of the ears above the top of the seat In this case move the backless booster to another seating position with a higher seat back or head restraint and lap and shoulder belts or consider using a high back booster seat e High back booster seats If with a backless booster seat you cannot find a seating position that adequately supports your child s head a high back booster seat would be a better choice 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Child Safety 23 Children and booster seats vary in size and shape Choose a booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips never up across the stomach and lets you adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder The following drawings compare the ideal fit center to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder The drawings also show how the lap belt should be low and snug across the child s hips ARK If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat upon which it is being used placing a rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner under the booster seat may improve this condition Do not introduce any item
421. or otherwise and TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors hereby reserve all of their respective rights other than the licenses explicitly granted in this Agreement 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 500 Appendices 8 3 By using the TeleNav Software you consent to receive from TeleNav all communications including notices agreements legally required disclosures or other information in connection with the TeleNav Software collectively Notices electronically TeleNav may provide such Notices by posting them on TeleNav s Website or by downloading such Notices to your wireless device If you desire to withdraw your consent to receive Notices electronically you must discontinue your use of the TeleNav Software 8 4 TeleNav s or your failure to require performance of any provision shall not affect that party s right to require performance at any time thereafter nor shall a waiver of any breach or default of this Agreement constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default or a waiver of the provision itself 8 5 If any provision herein is held unenforceable then such provision will be modified to reflect the intention of the parties and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect 8 6 The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only will not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement and will not be referred to in connection with the cons
422. or the seat cover on a seat containing an airbag as you could be seriously injured or killed Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING If the side airbag has deployed the airbag will not function again The side airbag system including the seat must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash The side airbags are located on the outboard side of the seat backs of the front seats In certain sideways crashes the airbag on the side affected by the crash will be inflated The airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact crashes 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Supplementary Restraints System 53 The system consists of the following e A fabric tag or embossed letters in the plastic trim on the seat with the word AIRBAG Side airbags located inside the seatback of the driver and front passenger seats P e Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness t indicator See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator later in this chapter e Front passenger sensing system Note The passenger sensing system will deactivate the passenger seat mounted side airbag if it detects an empty passenger seat The design and development of the side airbag system included recommend
423. ote control 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 80 Security If your programmed transmitters or standard SecuriLock coded keys integrated keyhead transmitters only are lost or stolen and you do not have an extra coded key you will need to have your vehicle towed to an authorized dealer The key codes need to be erased from your vehicle and new coded keys will need to be programmed Store an extra programmed key away from the vehicle in a safe place to help prevent any inconveniences See an authorized dealer to purchase additional spare or replacement keys Programming a Spare Integrated Keyhead Transmitter Note A maximum of eight coded keys can be programmed to your vehicle Only four of these eight can be integrated keyhead transmitters You can program your own integrated keyhead transmitters or standard SecuriLock coded keys to your vehicle This procedure will program both the engine immobilizer key code and the remote entry portion of the remote control to your vehicle Only use integrated keyhead transmitters or standard SecuriLock keys You must have two previously programmed coded keys and the new unprogrammed key readily accessible See your authorized dealer to have the spare key programmed if two previously programmed coded keys are not available Read and understand the entire procedure before you begin 1 Insert the first previously programmed coded key into the ignition
424. otorcraft Dusting Cloth ZC 24 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser United States only ZC 20 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo Canada only CXC 66 A Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner Canada only CXC 101 Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner Canada only CXC 100 Motorcraft Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid Canada only CXC 37 A B D or F Motorcraft Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant United States only ZC 32 B1 Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover United States only ZC 14 Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC 37 A CLEANING THE EXTERIOR Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash e Never use strong household detergents or soap such as dish washing or laundry liquid These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces e Never wash a vehicle that is hot to the touch or during exposure to strong direct sunlight e Dry the vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel in order to eliminate water spotting e mmediately remove items such as gasoline diesel fuel bird droppings and insect deposits because they can cause damage to the vehicle s paintwork and trim over time Use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Vehicle Care
425. ou are a member of a roadside assistance program your roadside assistance service provider We recommend the use of a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your vehicle Do not tow with a slingbelt Ford Motor Company has not approved a slingbelt towing procedure Vehicle damage may occur if towed incorrectly or by any other means Ford Motor Company produces a towing manual for all authorized tow truck operators Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for proper hook up and towing procedures for your vehicle It is acceptable to have your front wheel drive vehicle towed from the front if using proper wheel lift equipment to raise the front wheels off the ground When towing in this manner the rear wheels can remain on the ground Front wheel drive vehicles must have the front wheels placed on a tow dolly when towing your vehicle from the rear using wheel lift equipment This prevents damage to the transmission 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 236 Towing Towing an all wheel drive vehicle requires that all wheels be off the ground such as using a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment This prevents damage to the transmission all wheel drive system and vehicle TOWING THE VEHICLE ON FOUR WHEELS Emergency Towing If your vehicle becomes inoperable without access to wheel dollies car hauling trailer or flatbed transport vehicle it can be flat towed all
426. ough the list of available applications and press OK to select a particular app Once an app is running through SYNC you can access an app s menu by pressing the MENU button to first access the SYNC menu Select SYNC Media by pressing OK Scroll until lt App name gt Menu is displayed such as Pandora Menu then press OK From here you can access an application s features such as Thumbs up Thumbs down etc For more information please visit www SYNCMyRide com To Access Using the Media Menu pco E e Press AUX button on the center console Press MENU to access the SYNC menu Select SYNC Media by pressing OK Then scroll to Mobile Apps and press OK to access a list of available applications Scroll through the list of available applications and press OK to select a particular app Once an app is running through SYNC you can access an app s menu by pressing the MENU button to first access the SYNC menu Select SYNC Media by pressing OK Scroll until lt App name Menu is displayed such as Pandora Menu then press OK From here you can access an application s features such as Thumbs up Thumbs down etc For more information please visit www SYNCMyRide com To Access Using Voice Commands PB cop L Press the voice icon When prompted say Mobile Apps Say the name of the application after the tone The app should start While an app is running through SYNC you can press the
427. ouns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 522 Scheduled Maintenance EXCEPTIONS There are several exceptions to the Normal Schedule They are listed below Normal vehicle axle maintenance Rear axles and power take off units with synthetic fluid and light duty trucks equipped with Ford design axles are lubricated for life do not check or change fluid unless a leak is suspected service is required or the assembly has been submerged in water During long periods of trailer towing with outside temperatures above 70 F 21 C and at wide open throttle for long periods above 45 mph 72 km h non synthetic rear axle fluids should be changed every 3000 miles 4800 kilometers or three months whichever comes first This interval can be waived if the axle is filled with 75W140 synthetic gear fluid meeting Ford specification WSL M2C192 A part number F1TZ 19580 B or equivalent Add friction modifier XL 3 EST M2C118 A or equivalent for complete refill of Traction Lok rear axles see Technical specifications in the Capacities and Specifications chapter for details Police Taxi Livery vehicle axle maintenance Change rear axle fluid every 100000 miles 160000 kilometers Rear axle fluid change may be waived if the axle was fille
428. out releasing the button follow Step 1 in the Programming section For questions or comments contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Universal Garage Door Opener If Equipped 153 Programming HomeLink to a Genie Intellicode 2 garage door opener Note The Genie Intellicode Z transmitter must already be programmed to operate with the garage door opener Programing the transmitters To program HomeLink to the transmitter you must first put the transmitter into programming mode To do this A Red LED B Green LED A B 1 Press and hold one of the buttons on the hand held transmitter for 10 seconds The LED light will change from green to green and red 2 Press the same button twice to confirm the change to Programming mode If done properly the LED light will appear red 3 Hold the transmitter within 1 3 inches 2 8 centimeters of the button on the sun visor you want to program 4 Press and hold both the programmed Genie button on the hand held transmitter and the button on the sun visor you want to program The indicator light on the sun visor will flash rapidly when the programming is successful Note the Genie transmitter will transmit for up to 30 seconds If HomeLink does not program within 30 seconds the Genie transmitter will need to be pressed again If the Genie transmitter LED displays green and red release the
429. out of fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly 2 Poor fuel quality or water in the fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly 3 The fuel fill inlet may not have been properly closed See Easy Fuel No Cap Fuel System in this chapter 4 Driving through deep water the electrical system may be wet These temporary malfunctions can be corrected by filling the fuel tank with good quality fuel properly closing the fuel fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry out After three driving cycles without these or any other temporary malfunctions present the service engine soon indicator should stay off the next time the engine is started A driving cycle consists of a cold engine start up followed by mixed city or highway driving No additional vehicle service is required If the service engine soon indicator remains on have your vehicle serviced at the first available opportunity Although some malfunctions detected by the OBD II may not have symptoms that are apparent continued driving with the service engine soon indicator on can result in increased emissions lower fuel economy reduced engine and transmission smoothness and can lead to more costly repairs 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Fuel and Refueling 173 Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M Testing Some state provincial and local governments may have Inspection Maintenance I M programs to inspect the emission
430. out the vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not turn the feature on 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus SYNCG 383 Vehicle Health Report WARNING Always follow scheduled maintenance instructions regularly inspect your vehicle and seek repair for any damage or problem you suspect Vehicle Health Report supplements but cannot replace normal maintenance and vehicle inspection Vehicle Health Report only monitors certain systems that are electronically monitored by the vehicle and will not monitor or report the status of any other system i e brake lining wear Failure to perform scheduled maintenance and regularly inspect your vehicle may result in vehicle damage and serious injury Note Your Vehicle Health Report feature requires activation prior to use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register There is no fee or subscription associated with Vehicle Health Report but you must register to use this feature Note This feature may not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your mobile phone Before running a report review the Vehicle Health Report privacy notice Note In order to allow a break in period for your vehicle you may not be able to create a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle odometer has reached 200 miles Register for Vehicle Health Report and s
431. outside air To improve air conditioning when starting your vehicle drive with the windows slightly open for two to three minutes Use air conditioning with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency Note Air conditioning turns on automatically in MAX A C Defrost and Floor Defrost E Recirculated air Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air When the LED on the button is lit the air currently in the passenger compartment is being recirculated Using recirculated air can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle Note Recirculated air engages automatically when MAX A C is selected or can be turned on manually in any airflow mode except Defrost F PASS TEMP Press and turn to increase or decrease the air temperature on the passenger side of the vehicle G MAX A C Distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel vents to cool the vehicle This position is more economical and efficient than normal air conditioning 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Climate Control 131 H Fan speed control Press or to increase or decrease the volume of air circulated in your vehicle I Heated seat controls if equipped Turn the driver or passenger heated seats off and on See Heated seats in the Seats chapter for more information J Rear defrost Turns the heated windows and mirrors off and on S
432. ow dolly 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Towing 237 You can tow your front wheel drive vehicle with all four wheels on the ground or with the front wheels off the ground by using a tow dolly If you are using a tow dolly follow the instructions specified by the equipment provider If you are towing with all four wheels on the ground see the following instructions You can tow your all wheel drive vehicle with all four wheels on the ground or with all four wheels off the ground using a vehicle transport trailer Do not tow your all wheel drive vehicle with the front wheels off the ground by using a tow dolly and the rear wheels on the ground This causes damage to your all wheel drive system If you are using a vehicle transport trailer follow the instruction specified by the equipment provider If you are towing with all four wheels on the ground see the following instructions If you tow your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground e Tow only in the forward direction e Release the parking brake e Place the transmission in position N e Place the ignition in the accessory position See the Starting and Stopping the Engine chapter Do not exceed 65 mph 105 km h e Start the engine and allow it to run for five minutes at the beginning of each day and every six hours thereafter With the engine running and your foot on the brake shift into position D and then into position R be
433. p to select a temperature you would like your vehicle to remember and maintain for you 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 476 MyFord Touch If Equipped Climate Control Voice Commands EB The following voice commands are available at the main menu level of a voice session For example press the voice button and after the prompt Say a command say any of the following commands There are additional climate control commands but in order to access them you have to say Climate first then when the system is ready to listen you may say any of the following commands Fan decrease Temperature lt 15 5 29 5 gt degrees 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 477 Additional climate control voice commands Off Windshield floor on lp Panel oor on 0 If you have said Temperature you can say any of the commands in the following Temperature chart TEMPERATURE lt 15 5 29 5 gt degrees lt 60 85 gt degrees Help NAVIGATION SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Note The navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot to operate the navigation system If you need a replacement SD card see your authorized dealer Note The SD card slot is spring loaded To remove the SD card just push the card in and release it Do not attempt to pull the
434. patibility register your account and set preferences as well as access a customer representative via an online chat during certain hours Visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca for more information Phone issues cause s Excessive The audio control Review your phone s user guide background noise settings on your regarding audio adjustments during a phone phone may be call affecting SYNC performance During a call I Possible phone Try turning off the device can hear the malfunction resetting the device removing other person but the device s battery then trying they cannot hear again me 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus SYNCG 401 cause s SYNC is not able e This is a e Go to the website to review to download my phone dependent your phone s compatibility phonebook feature OR e Try turning off the device e Possible phone resetting the device or removing malfunction the device s battery then trying again e Try pushing your phonebook contacts to SYNC by using the Add Contacts feature e Use the SYNCmyphone feature available on the website The system says Limitations on e Try pushing your phonebook Phonebook your phone s contacts to SYNC by using the Downloaded but capability Add Contacts feature my phonebook in e If the missing contacts are SYNC is empty or stored on your SIM card try is missing moving them to the de
435. perate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken split or damaged Place cords and cables out of the way so they do not interfere with the operation of pedals seats compartments or safe driving abilities 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus SYNCG 363 e Do not leave playing devices in your vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage See your device s manual for further information e Do not attempt to service or repair the system See your authorized dealer For your safety some SYNC functions are speed dependent Their use is limited to when your vehicle is traveling at speeds under 3 mph 5 km h Make sure that you review your device s manual before using it with SYNC Privacy Information When a cellular phone is connected to SYNC the system creates a profile within your vehicle that is linked to that cellular phone This profile is created in order to offer you more cellular features and to operate more efficiently Among other things this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book text messages read and unread and call history including history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to the system In addition if you connect a media device the system creates and retains an index of supported media content The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity The log pr
436. plays 108 Loaq limits s 221 Inspection maintenance I M Locks testing eneko ee nE EE EEN 173 Eao EEE 71 Instrument panel ChildDEOOT i aeree eue 32 cleaning oer 294 oe pc 68 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 528 Index Lubricant specifications 330 Pairing your phone 443 Lug NUTS ueteres ee 327 Pairing your phone for the first time 366 443 M Parental MyKey programming 64 Making and receiving calls m 444 Parking brake ESET LNA ET EAN 188 MAP DVD Loading and Parts Unloading ttes 444 see Motorcraft parts 334 Map Icons 2t ene petto 484 Passenger Occupant Map mode eee 483 Classification Sensor 48 Map preferences iiie 481 Phone Bluetooth menu options adding connecting deleting Map updates sssss 486 turning GRE annn 377 Media Bluetooth menu options adding connecting deleting Phone redial 371 turning OTOL pa sesvaenzoerearastionss 397 Phone settings 448 470 Message Center sisie 108 Phone voice commands 449 warning messages 112 119 Pisis ice aa aying music by artist MITTOTS o annaa 96 98 album genre playlist fold away xao ttt 96 tracks simil 395 programmable memory 60 Tacks Similar i eben side view mirrors power 96 POI categori
437. pment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field or radio noise Do not press the accelerator pedal while starting the engine If you have difficulty starting the engine see Fazlure to start later in this section 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 158 Starting and Stopping the Engine IGNITION SWITCH IF EQUIPPED A Off The ignition is off Note When you switch the ignition off and leave your vehicle do not leave your key in the ignition This could cause your vehicle battery to lose charge B Accessory Allows the electrical accessories such as the radio to operate while the engine is not running Note Do not leave the ignition key in this position for too long This could cause your vehicle battery to lose charge C On All electrical circuits are operational and the warning lamps and indicators illuminate D Start Cranks the engine KEYLESS STARTING IF EQUIPPED Note The keyless starting system may not function if the key is close to metal objects or electronic devices such as mobile phones Note A valid key must be located inside your vehicle to switch the ignition on and start the engine Note When locking your vehicle any remote controls left inside the vehicle may become disabled A message may appear in the information display indicating that there is no key detected if you try to start the engine Press the unlock button on the remote contro
438. pounds may restrict the use of methanol a common windshield washer antifreeze additive Washer fluids containing non methanol antifreeze agents should be used only if they provide cold weather protection without damaging the vehicle s paint finish wiper blades or washer system CHANGING THE VEHICLE BATTERY WARNING Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury Therefore do not allow flames sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery When working near the battery always shield your face and protect your eyes Always provide proper ventilation 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Maintenance 279 WARNING When lifting a plastic cased battery excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through the vent caps resulting in personal injury and or damage to the vehicle or battery Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners WARNING Keep batteries out of reach of children Batteries contain sulfuric acid Avoid contact with skin eyes or clothing Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution In case of acid contact with skin or eyes flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention If acid is swallowed call a physician immediately WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead a
439. ps later in this chapter 10 Before placing the child in the seat forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place To check this grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back There should be no more than 1 inch 2 5 centimeters of movement for proper installation Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician to make certain the child restraint is properly installed In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a Child Passenger Safety Technician 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 28 Child Safety Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH WARNING Never attach two child safety seats to the same anchor In a crash one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child safety seat attachments and may break causing serious injury or death WARNING Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending on the child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies or LATCH lower anchors rendering those features potentially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained The LATCH system is composed of three vehicle anchor points two lower anchors located where your vehicle seatback and seat cushion meet called the
440. quest or when there are multiple possible responses to your request For example the system may ask Phone is that correct If turned off the system simply makes a best guess as to what you requested and you may still occasionally be asked to confirm settings Confirmation prompts on Confirmation prompts off The system creates candidate lists when it has the same confidence level of several options based on your voice command When turned on you may be prompted with as many as four possibilities for clarification For example Say 1 after the tone to call John Doe at home Say 2 after the tone to call Johnny Doe on mobile Say 3 after the tone to call Jane Doe at home Or Say 1 after the tone to play John Doe Say 2 after the tone to play Johnny Doe Phone candidate lists on Phone candidate lists off Media candidate lists on Media candidate lists off Helpful Hints e Make sure the interior of the vehicle is as quiet as possible Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands e After pressing the voice icon wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command Any command spoken prior to this does not register with the system 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 366 SYNC e Speak naturally without long pauses between words e At any time you can interrupt t
441. r 2013 USA fus Appendices 501 The Data is provided for your personal internal use only and may not be resold It is protected by copyright and is subject to the following terms this End User License Agreement and conditions which are agreed to by you on the one hand and NAVTEQ North America LLC NT and its licensors including their licensors and suppliers on the other hand The Data for areas of Canada includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities including 9 Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada 9 Queen s Printer for Ontario 9 Canada Post Corporation GeoBase NT holds a nonexclusive license from the United States Postal Service amp to publish and sell ZIP 4 information 9 United States Postal Service amp 2009 Prices are not established controlled or approved by the United States Postal Service amp The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS United States Postal Service USPS and ZIP 4 The Data for Mexico includes certain Data from Instituto Nacional de Estad stica y Geograf a TERMS AND CONDITIONS License Limitations on Use You agree that your license to use this Data is limited to and conditioned on use for solely personal noncommercial purposes and not for service bureau timesharing or other similar purposes Except as otherwise set forth herein you agree not to otherwise reproduce copy modify decompile disassemble or reverse
442. r 25 seconds of illumination The lights will not turn off if e you turn them on with the dimmer control e any door is open Illuminated Exit The interior lamps and select exterior lamps illuminate when all doors are closed and you switch the ignition off and remove the key from the ignition integrated keyhead transmitter only The lamps turn off if all the doors remain closed and e 25 seconds elapse e you insert the key in the ignition integrated keyhead transmitter only e you press the START STOP button intelligent access key only Battery Saver If you leave the courtesy lamps dome lamps or headlamps on the battery saver shuts them off 10 minutes after you switch the ignition off Accessory Mode Battery Saver for Intelligent Access Keys If Equipped If you leave your vehicle in the run ignition state it will shut off once it detects a certain amount of battery drain or after 45 minutes 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Locks 73 LIFTGATE WARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a crash people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly Manual Liftgate WARNING Make sure to close and latch the li
443. r request When using voice commands words and icons may appear in the lower left status bar indicating the status of the voice session such as Listening Success Failed Paused or Try Again How to Use Voice Commands with Your System Press the voice icon After the tone speak your command i clearly 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 418 MyFord Touch If Equipped What Can I Say To access the available voice commands for the current session do one of the following e During a voice session press the Help icon in the lower left status bar of the screen e Say What can I say for an on screen listing of the possible voice commands associated with your current voice session e Press the voice icon After the tone say Help to hear a list of possible voice commands Helpful Hints e Make sure the interior of your vehicle is as quiet as possible Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands e After pressing the voice icon wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command Any command spoken prior to this does not register with the system e Speak naturally without long pauses between words e At any time you can interrupt the system while it is speaking by pressing the voice icon Accessing a List of Available Commands e If you use the touchscreen press the
444. r sensing system to determine if a front seat passenger is present and therefore potentially in need of a warning To avoid activating the Belt Minder feature for objects placed in the front passenger seat warnings will only be given to front seat occupants as determined by the front passenger sensing system If the Belt Minder warnings have expired warnings for about five minutes for one occupant driver or front passenger the other occupant can still activate the Belt Minder feature The driver s and front passenger s safety belts are buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on position or less than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned to on The driver s or front passenger s safety belt is not buckled when the vehicle has reached at least 6 mph 9 7 km h and 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned to on The driver s or front passenger s safety belt becomes unbuckled for about one minute while the vehicle is traveling at least 6 mph 9 7 km h and more than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned to on 2014 Edge edg The Belt Minder feature will not activate The Belt Minder feature is activated the safety belt warning light illuminates and the warning chime sounds for six seconds every 25 seconds repeating for about five minutes or until the safety belts are buckled The Belt Minder feature is activated
445. r warranty does not cover this damage Heated Exterior Mirrors If Equipped Note Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or attempt to readjust the mirror glass that has frozen in place These actions could cause damage to the glass and mirrors Note Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products Both mirrors heat to remove ice mist and fog when you switch on the heated rear window CABIN AIR FILTER Note A cabin air filter must be installed at all times to prevent foreign objects from entering the system Running the system without a filter in place could result in degradation or damage to the system Your vehicle is equipped with either a screen or filter the access door is located behind the glove box 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Climate Control 137 The particulate air filtration system is designed to reduce the concentration of airborne particles such as dust spores and pollen in the air being supplied to the interior of the vehicle The particulate filtration system gives the following benefits to customers e Improves the customer s driving comfort by reducing particle concentration e Improves the interior compartment cleanliness e Protects the climate control components from particle deposits Vehicles with a manual heating and air conditioning system have a screen which you can
446. raa eisa a Aa a a EAE EE 264 Opening and closing the Nood ss lille 265 Under hood overview csse rs 266 Engine Oil dipstick uiv Ea atop ERROR RE 268 Engine oll check Loses dex GoW ex ee ROO gets BRAS ed 268 Engine coolant check 45 suse ben od eve eoe Y 269 Automatic transmission fluid check l l 275 Brake vid Check e ure vee G4 os 606650 S e e Cee ee 277 Power steering fluid check 0 000000000020 ee eee 277 Fuel filter 1252s deed ate eau ER aee eX e Gee F3 ete Sas 278 Washer fluid check siia ac RR Xe ane bs Sei es 278 Changing the vehicle battery llle 278 Checking the wiper blades 0 datati ra eee eee 281 Changing the wiper blades illie 281 Z rfiller 8 25a eera oo BG ee tU Oe UE CA YU e 282 Adjusting the headlamps llle 283 Changing a bulb ia due SE bene Sb ede ES 285 Bulb specification chart llle 288 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Table of Contents 7 Vehicle Care 290 Cleaning Products a dua E XR a a ER ed E dede DEDA 290 Cleaning th exteriO dew c kw pub REA EU Rey RS Yes 290 WAXING ze arb a Aere Ex MM a E p UN mM P 292 Repairing minor paint damage llle 292 Cleaning the engine sisse d RR pue a RE oh REE OS 292 Cleaning the windows and wiper blades 04 293 Cleaning the interior sey renke ved WEE CEA E P AUN 294 Cleaning the instrument panel and instrument
447. rators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not turn the feature on Vehicle Health Report If Equipped United States Only WARNING Always follow scheduled maintenance instructions regularly inspect your vehicle and seek repair for any damage or problem you suspect Vehicle Health Report supplements but cannot replace normal maintenance and vehicle inspection Vehicle Health Report only monitors certain systems electronically monitored by your vehicle and will not monitor or report the status of any other system such as brake lining wear Failure to perform scheduled maintenance and regularly inspect your vehicle may result in vehicle damage and serious injury Note Your Vehicle Health Report feature requires activation prior to use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register There is no fee or subscription associated with Vehicle Health Report but you must register to use this feature Note This feature may not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your mobile phone Before running a report review the Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice Note In order to allow a break in period for your vehicle you may not be able to create a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle odometer has reached 200 miles Note Cellular phone and SMS charges may apply when making a report 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus
448. rd lights are working Before Towing a Trailer Practice turning stopping and backing up to get the feel of your vehicle trailer combination before starting on a trip When turning make wider turns so the trailer wheels clear curbs and other obstacles When Towing a Trailer e Do not drive faster than 70 mph 113 km h during the first 500 miles 800 kilometers e Do not make full throttle starts e Check your hitch electrical connections and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly after you have traveled 50 miles 80 kilometers e When stopped in congested or heavy traffic during hot weather place the gearshift in position P to aid engine and transmission cooling and to help air conditioning performance 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 234 Towing e Turn off the speed control with heavy loads or in hilly terrain The speed control may turn off automatically when you are towing on long steep grades e Shift to a lower gear when driving down a long or steep hill Do not apply the brakes continuously as they may overheat and become less effective e f your transmission is equipped with a Grade Assist or Tow Haul feature use this feature when towing This provides engine braking and helps eliminate excessive transmission shifting for optimum fuel economy and transmission cooling e Allow more distance for stopping with a trailer attached Anticipate stops and brake gradually e Avoid p
449. re maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly The tire pressure monitoring system complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that
450. re Rotation Note If your tires show uneven wear ask an authorized dealer to check for and correct any wheel misalignment tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation Note Your vehicle may be equipped with a dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly A dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly is defined as a spare tire or wheel that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels If you have a dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly it is intended for temporary use only and should not be used in a tire rotation Note After having your tires rotated inflation pressure must be checked and adjusted to the vehicle requirements Rotating your tires at the recommended interval as indicated in the scheduled maintenance information will help your tires wear more evenly providing better tire performance and longer tire life e Front wheel drive All wheel drive E E 3 vehicles front tires at left of diagram i EUN Em Sometimes irregular tire wear can be corrected by rotating the tires USING SNOW CHAINS WARNING Snow tires must be the same size load index speed rating as those originally provided by Ford Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires a
451. re pursuing replacement or repurchase remedies provided by certain state laws This dispute handling procedure is not required prior to enforcing state created rights or other rights which are independent of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or state replacement or repurchase laws 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 248 Customer Assistance IN CALIFORNIA U S ONLY California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d requires that if a manufacturer or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or payable by the consumer less a reasonable allowance for consumer use The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b presumes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18000 mi 29 000 km whichever occurs first 1 Two or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR 2 Four or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity
452. re using the temperature control The system automatically controls e Fan speed Airflow distribution A C on or off Outside or recirculated air H Rear defroster Touch to turn the rear window defroster and heated mirrors on I Defrost Touch to clear the windshield of fog and thin ice Touch again to return to the previous airflow selection When on defrost e Provides outside air to reduce window fogging e Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents J Manual controls Select any of the following airflow distribution modes e Floor and Defrost Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents and provides outside air to reduce window fogging Panel Distributes air through the instrument panel vents Panel and Floor Distributes air through the instrument panel vents demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents e Floor Distributes air through the demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents K Driver settings Depending on your vehicle and option package you may have the following features e Touch or to adjust the temperature e If your vehicle is equipped with heated seats touch the heated seat icon to control the heated seat See the Seats chapter e If your vehicle is equipped with cooled seats touch the cooled seat icon to control the cooled seat See the Seats chapter e Touch and hold MyTem
453. reen or voice commands 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 422 MyFord Touch If Equipped Browsing Device Content When listening to audio on a device you can browse through other devices without having to change sources For example if you are currently listening to audio on an SD card you can browse all the artists that are stored on your USB device EE Press the voice icon on the steering wheel When prompted us you can say BROWSE within devices m Browse league games Browse Sirius category channels If you have said Browse you can then say any commands in the following chart This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to Sirius satellite radio This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to Sirius satellite radio For more commands in SD card or USB mode see the SD card and USB Port section of this chapter For a complete list of Browse voice commands see USB and SD card voice commands and Bluetooth audio voice commands in the following sections Your voice system allows you to change audio sources with a simple voice command For example if you are listening to music on a USB 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 423 device then want to switch to a satellite radio channel simply press the voice button on the st
454. rfering Do not use the system in these with the radar signals conditions because it may not detect any vehicle ahead Swirling water or snow or ice on Do not use system in these the surface of the road may conditions because it may not interfere with the radar signals detect any vehicle ahead You are in a desert or remote area Wait a short time or switch to with no other vehicles and no normal cruise control roadside objects Due to the nature of radar technology it is possible to get a blockage warning and not be blocked This can happen for example when driving in sparse rural or desert environments A false blocked condition will either self clear or clear after a key cycle Switching to Normal Cruise Control WARNING Normal cruise control will not brake due to slower vehicles Always be aware of which mode is selected and apply the brakes when necessary You can manually change from adaptive cruise control to normal cruise control through the information display The cruise control indicator light will replace the adaptive K cruise control indicator light if normal cruise control is selected The gap setting will not be displayed the system will not automatically respond to lead vehicles and automatic braking will not be activated The system will default to adaptive cruise control when the engine is started 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 208 Driving Aids
455. rn on contact picture settings if your device supports this feature press Phone gt Settings gt Manage Phonebook gt Download photos from Phonebook gt On History After you connect your Bluetooth enabled phone to SYNC you can access any previously dialed received or missed calls You can also choose to save these to your Favorites or to Quick Dial Note This is a phone dependent feature If your phone does not support downloading call history using Bluetooth SYNC keeps track of calls made with the SYNC system 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 446 MyFord Touch If Equipped Messaging Send text messages using your touchscreen See Text messaging later in this section Settings Touch this button to access various phone settings such turning Bluetooth on and off managing your phonebook and more See Phone settings later in this section Text Messaging Note Downloading and sending text messages using Bluetooth are phone dependent features Note Certain features in text messaging are speed dependent and not available when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over 3 mph 5 km h Note SYNC does not download read text messages from your phone You can send and receive text messages using Bluetooth read them aloud and translate text messaging acronyms such as LOL Touch the top left corner of the display to access the Phone menu 2 Select Messaging 3 Choose fro
456. rocessing Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings e Media Player Settings allows you to select more settings which is under Media Player See Settings e Device Information displays software and firmware information about the currently connected media device e Update Media Index indexes your device each time you connect it to make sure you have the latest voice commands available for all media on the device Browse allows you to view the contents of the device It also allows you to search by categories such as genre artist or album If you want to view song information such as Title Artist File Folder Album and Genre touch the on screen album art You can also touch What s Playing to hear how the system pronounces the current band and song This can be helpful when using voice commands to make sure the system correctly plays your request 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 438 MyFord Touch If Equipped SD Card and USB Voice Commands E If you are listening to a USB device or an SD card press the us voice button on the steering wheel control When prompted say any of the commands in the following chart If you are not listening to a USB device or an SD card press the voice button and after the tone say USB or SD card then any of the commands in the following chart USB or SD CARD Browse
457. roperly and expertly They are supported by a wide range of highly specialized tools developed specifically for servicing your vehicle To help you service your vehicle we provide Scheduled Maintenance Information which makes tracking routine service easy If your vehicle requires professional service your authorized dealer can provide the necessary parts and service Check your warranty information to find out which parts and services are covered Use only recommended fuels lubricants fluids and service parts conforming to specifications Motorcraft parts are designed and built to provide the best performance in your vehicle Precautions e Do not work on a hot engine e Make sure that nothing gets caught in moving parts e Do not work on a vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed space unless you are sure you have enough ventilation e Keep all open flames and other burning material such as cigarettes away from the battery and all fuel related parts Working with the Engine Off 1 Set the parking brake and shift to P Park 2 Turn off the engine and remove the key if equipped 3 Block the wheels Working with the Engine On WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running 1 Set the parking brake and shift to position P Park 2 Block the wheels 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide g
458. roperly closed Fuel Level Low XXX Displayed as an early reminder of a low fuel mi km to E condition 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 124 Information Displays Access Messages No Key Detected Displayed if the intelligent access key is not detected by the system in the following three scenarios e When the start stop button is pressed in an attempt to either start the engine or cycle through the ignition states e When the engine is running and a door is opened then closed e When the vehicle s speed exceeds 10 mph 16 km h for the first time after starting Key Programmed x Displayed during spare key programming Keys Total when an intelligent access key is programmed to the system Max Number of Keys Displayed during spare key programming when Programmed the maximum number of keys have been programmed Press Brake to Start Displayed when the start stop button is pressed without the brake pedal being applied This is a reminder that the brake pedal must be applied when the start stop button is pressed in order to start the engi Restart Now or Key is Displayed when the start stop button is Needed pressed to shut off the engine and a Intelligent Access Key is not detected inside the vehicle Accessory Power Displayed when the vehicle is in the accessory Active ignition state Starting System Fault This message is displayed when there is a problem with your vehicle s starting sys
459. rosoft com exporting TRADEMARKS This EULA does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of FORD MOTOR COMPANY MS Microsoft Corporation third party software or service providers their affiliates or suppliers PRODUCT SUPPORT Product support for the SOFTWARE is not provided by MS its parent corporation Microsoft Corporation or their affiliates or subsidiaries For product support please refer to FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions provided in the documentation for the DEVICE Should you have any questions concerning this EULA or if you desire to contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason please refer to the address provided in the documentation for the DEVICE No Liability for Certain Damages EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW FORD MOTOR COMPANY ANY THRID PARTY SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS MS MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE THIS LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE IN NO EVENT SHALL MS MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND OR THEIR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF U S TWO HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS U S 250 00 e THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY EXPRESSLY BE PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW VEHICLE 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 494 App
460. rs Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Seats 141 Rear Seat Center Head Restraint The head restraints consist of A an energy absorbing head restraint B two steel stems C guide sleeve unlock and remove button D guide sleeve adjust and release button To adjust the head restraint do the following e Raise Pull up on the head restraint A e Lower Press and hold the guide sleeve adjust and release button D and push down on the head restraint A e Remove Pull up the head restraint until it reaches the highest adjustment position and then press and hold both the adjust and release button D and the unlock and remove button C then pull up on the head restraint Reinstall Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down until it locks 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 142 Seats Tilting Head Restraints If Equipped The front head restraints may tilt for extra comfort To tilt the head restraint do the following z 1 Adjust the seatback to an upright driving or riding position 2 Tilt the head restraint forward by gently pulling the top of the head restraint Once it is in its forward most position tilt it forward once more to release it to the upright position Note Do not attempt to force the head restraint backward after it is tilted Instead continue tilting it forward until the head restraint rel
461. rs Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Audio System 355 Potential station issues Isme Cause Action Sound fading or The radio is shifting No action required blending in and out between analog and The reception issue digital audio may clear up as you continue to drive There is an audio The digital multicast is No action required mute delay when not available until the This is normal selecting HDZ or HD3 HD Radio broadcast is behavior Wait until multicast preset or decoded Once the audio is available Direct Tune decoded the audio is available Cannot access HD2 or The previously stored No action required HD3 multicast channel multicast preset or The station is not when recalling a direct tune is not available in your preset or from a direct available in your current location tune current reception area Text information does Data service issue by Fill out the station not match currently the radio broadcaster issue form at website playing audio listed below There is no text Data service issue by Fill out the station information shown for the radio broadcaster issue form at website currently selected listed below frequency HD2 HD7 stations not Pressing Scan disables No action required found when Scan is HD2 HD7 channel This is normal pressed search behavior http www ibiquity com automotive report_radio_station_experiences HD Radio Technology man
462. s dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 433 Potential satellite radio reception issues When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio Station overload Satellite radio signal interference system may mute Your display may show ACQUIRING to indicate the interference and the audio system may mute Sirius troubleshooting tips Radio displa Possible action Sat Fault SIRIUS system failure Invalid Channel Unsubscribed Channel No Signal 2014 Edge edg Radio requires more than two seconds to produce audio for the selected channel There is an internal module or system failure present The channel is no longer available Your subscription does not include this channel The signal is lost from the Sirius satellite or Sirius tower to your vehicle antenna No action required This message should disappear shortly If this message does not clear shortly or with an ignition key cycle your receiver may have a fault See your authorized dealer for service Tune to another channel or choose another preset Contact Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 to subscribe to the channel or tune to another channel The signal is blocked When you move into an open area the signal should re
463. s Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Lighting 93 Front Row Map Lamps If Equipped To turn on the map lamps press the outer edge of the clear lens The front row map lamp lights when e any door is opened e the dome lamp button on the instrument panel is activated e the remote entry controls are 7N pressed and the ignition is off Map dome lamp if equipped a N The dome lamp lights when e any door is opened e the dome lamp button on the instrument panel is activated e any of the remote entry controls are pressed and the ignition is off The map lamps are activated by pressing the controls on either side of the lens Rear courtesy lamp Located in the rear cargo area the courtesy lamp lights when e any door is opened e any of the remote entry controls are pressed and the ignition is off 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 94 Windows and Mirrors POWER WINDOWS 4 WARNING Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let children play with the power windows They may seriously injure themselves WARNING When closing the power windows you should verify they are free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings Press or lift the switches to operate the windows e Press the switch to the first detent and hold to open the window e Lift the switch to t
464. s OK to select and press OK again when Find SYNC appears in the display 2 Follow the directions in your phone s user guide to put your phone into discovery mode A six digit PIN appears in the display 3 When prompted on your phone s six digit display enter the PIN Connect Bluetooth Connect a previously paired Device Bluetooth enabled phone 1 Press OK to select and view a list of devices 2 Scroll until the desired device is chosen and press OK to connect the device Set Bluetooth On Off Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off Press OK and scroll to toggle between On and Off When the desired selection is chosen press OK Turning Bluetooth off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and deactivates Bluetooth features Delete Device Delete a paired media device Press OK and scroll to select the device Press OK to confirm Press OK to select This is a speed dependent feature 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus SYNCG 399 Advanced Menu Options This menu allows you to access settings such as prompts language performing a master reset as well as returning to factory defaults 1 Press AUX and then MENU to access the Media Menu 2 Scroll until System Settings appears and select OK 3 Scroll until Advanced appears 4 Press OK and then scroll to select from the following When you select Factory Defaults 2014 Edge edg Have SYNC guide you via questions helpful h
465. s feature to provide quicker access to your most used or favorite information You can save address points such as work or home You can also save favorite information like sports teams such as Detroit Lions or a news category You can learn more about personalization by logging onto www SYNCMyRide com Push to interrupt Press the voice button at any time while connected to SYNC Services to interrupt a voice prompt or an audio clip such as a sports report and say your voice command Portable Your subscription is associated with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone number not your VIN Vehicle Identification Number You can pair and connect your phone to any vehicle equipped with SYNC Services and continue enjoying your personalized services 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 454 MyFord Touch If Equipped SYNC Services Voice Commands EB When a route has been downloaded non navigation systems us press the voice button on the steering wheel control When prompted say any of the following commands SERVICES Sirius Travel Link If Equipped and If Activated Route status WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle
466. s of interest notification Turn this feature ON or OFF When parking points of interest notification is on the icons display on the map when you get close to your destination This may not be very useful in dense areas and may clutter the map when other points of interest display 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 482 MyFord Touch If Equipped Route Preferences Preferred Route allows you to choose to have the system display the Shortest Fastest or most Ecological route first If you set Always Use Preferred Route to Yes the system uses the selected route type to calculate only one route to the desired destination Always Use Preferred Route bypasses route selection in destination programming The system only calculates one route based on the preferred route setting Eco Time Penalty allows you to select a low medium or high cost for the calculated Eco Route The higher the setting the longer the time allotment is for the route Avoid features allows you to choose to have the system avoid freeways toll roads ferries and car trains when planning your route Turn these features ON or OFF Use HOV Lanes allows you to choose to have the system use high occupancy vehicle lanes if available when planning your route Navigation Preferences Guidance Prompts allows you to choose to have the system use Voice amp Tones or Tone Only on your programmed route Auto Fill State Province
467. s off outside air cannot enter the vehicle D A C Press to turn air conditioning off and on Air conditioning cools the vehicle using outside air To improve air conditioning when starting your vehicle drive with the windows slightly open for two to three minutes E Recirculated air Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air When the LED on the button is lit the air currently in the passenger compartment is being recirculated Using recirculated air can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle F Temperature control Controls the temperature of the air circulated in your vehicle Turn to select the desired temperature G MAX A C Distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel vents to cool the vehicle This position is more economical and efficient than normal air conditioning 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Climate Control 129 H Air distribution control Press to set the air distribution to a position listed below INE Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents demister NM vents and floor vents Distributes air through the instrument panel vents pe LEE Distributes air through the instrument panel vents floor vents mg and demister vents Distributes air through the floor vents I Rear defrost Turns the heated windows and mirrors off and on See Heated windows and mirrors
468. s original position 5 make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Seats 145 Power Seat Adjustments __ Power Lumbar 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 146 Seats MEMORY FUNCTION IF EQUIPPED The memory control located on the instrument panel allows automatic positioning of the following features m to two programmable positions e Driver seat e Power mirrors e Optional power steering column Programming a Memory Position 1 Switch the ignition on 2 Adjust the memory features to your desired positions using the associated controls 3 Press and hold the desired pre set button for about two seconds until you hear a single chime You can save up to two pre set memory positions You can save a memory pre set at any time Recalling a Memory Position Press and release the desired memory pre set button to recall a saved memory position You can recall a programmed memory position e In any gearshift position if the ignition is not on e Only in position P or N if the ignition is on Recalling a Memory Position with the Remote Control The memory positions are also recalled when you press unlock on your remote control if the transmitter is programmed to a memory position To program the memory feature to a remo
469. s than age twelve 12 and between 40 Ib 18 kg and 80 Ib 36 kg and upward to 100 Ib 45 kg if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a belt positioning booster seat generally children who are at least 4 ft 9 in 1 45 m tall or greater than 80 Ib 36 kg or 100 Ib 45 kg if recommended by child restraint manufacturer Use a child safety seat sometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat Use a belt positioning booster seat Use a vehicle safety belt having the lap belt snug and low across the hips shoulder belt centered across the shoulder and chest and seat back upright e You are required by law to properly use safety seats for infants and toddlers in the United States and Canada e Many states and provinces require that small children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 pounds 36 kilograms Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements about the safety of children in your vehicle e When possible always properly restrain children twelve 12 years of age and under in a rear seating position of your vehicle Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in a front seating position See Front Passenger Sensing System in the Supplementary Restraints S
470. s you created the MyKey Once you have switched the engine off however you will need an admin key to change or clear your MyKey settings CLEARING ALL MYKEYS You can clear all MyKeys within the same key cycle as you created the MyKey If you switch your ignition off however you will need to use an admin key to clear your MyKeys Note When you clear your MyKeys you remove all restrictions and return all MyKeys to their original admin key status at once To clear all MyKeys of all MyKey settings use the information display to do the following 1 Access the main menu and select Settings then MyKey 2 Scroll to Clear All and press the OK button 3 Hold the OK button until ALL MYKEYS CLEARED displays CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM STATUS You can find information about your programmed MyKeys by using the information display MYKEY DISTANCE Tracks the distance when drivers use a MyKey The only way to delete the accumulated distance is by using an admin key to clear your MyKey If the distance does not accumulate as expected then the intended user is not using the MyKey or an admin key user recently cleared and then recreated a MyKey NUMBER OF MYKEY S Indicates the number of MyKeys programmed to your vehicle Use this feature to detect how many MyKeys you have for your vehicle and determine when a MyKey has been deleted NUMBER OF ADMIN KEY S Indicates how many admin keys are programmed to your vehicle Use this feature to d
471. sages as well as access phone and system settings You can also access advanced features such as 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services 1 Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu 2 Scroll to cycle through When you select Youcam can Phone Redial Redial the last number called if available Press OK to select then press OK again to confirm Call History Allows you to access any previously dialed received or missed calls while your phone has been connected to the system 1 Press OK to select 2 Scroll to select from Call History Incoming Call History Outgoing or Call History Missed Press OK make your selection 3 Press OK or the phone button to call the desired selection Note The system attempts to automatically re download your phone book and call history each time your phone connects to SYNC if the auto download feature is on and your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone supports this feature 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 372 SYNCG Phonebook Allows you to access your downloaded phonebook 1 Press OK to confirm and enter If your phonebook has fewer than 255 listings they appear alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more they are organized into alphabetical categories 2 Scroll until the desired contact appears then press OK 3 Press OK or the phone button Text Message Enables you to send do
472. se use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover e Never apply any cleaning chemical to hot or warm wheel rims or covers e Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims or covers e Industrial strength heavy duty cleaners or cleaning chemicals in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt could wear away the clearcoat finish over time e Do not use hydrofluoric acid based or high caustic based wheel cleaners steel wool fuels or strong household detergent e If you intend on parking your vehicle for an extended period after cleaning the wheels with a wheel cleaner drive your vehicle for a few minutes before doing so This reduces the risk of increased corrosion of the brake discs VEHICLE STORAGE If you plan on storing your vehicle for an extended period of time 30 days or more read the following maintenance recommendations to make sure your vehicle stays in good operating condition All motor vehicles and their components were engineered and tested for reliable regular driving Long term storage under various conditions may lead to component degradation or failure unless specific precautions are taken to preserve the components General e Store all vehicles in a dry ventilated place e Protect from sunlight if possible e If vehicles are stored outside they require regular maintenance to protect against rust and damage 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing Nove
473. sensor have been obstructed The sensors are located behind a fascia cover near the driver side of the lower grille When the sensors are obstructed a vehicle ahead cannot be detected and the collision warning system does not function The following table lists possible causes and actions for this message being displayed The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty or obstructed in some way The surface of the radar in the grille is clean but the message remains in the display Heavy rain spray snow or fog is interfering with the radar signals Swirling water or snow or ice on the surface of the road may interfere with the radar signals 2014 Edge edg Clean the grille surface in front of the radar or remove the object causing the obstruction Wait a short time It may take several minutes for the radar to detect that it is no longer obstructed The collision warning system is temporarily disabled Collision warning should automatically reactivate a short time after the weather conditions improve The collision warning system is temporarily disabled Collision warning should automatically reactivate a short time after the weather conditions improve Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 216 Driving Aids System Limitations WARNING The collision warning system s brake support can only help reduce the speed at which a collision occurs if the driver applies the vehicle s brakes T
474. short sidewall D D Indicates a diagonal type tire R Indicates a radial type tire E 16 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter Location of the Tire Label You will find a Tire Label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door See the payload description and graphic in the Load Carrying chapter 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 309 INFLATING YOUR TIRES Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are properly inflated Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure without appearing flat Every day before you drive check your tires If one looks lower than the others use a tire gauge to check pressure of all tires and adjust if required At least once a month and before long trips inspect each tire and check the tire pressure with a tire gauge including spare if equipped Inflate all tires to the inflation pressure recommended by Ford Motor Company WARNING Under inflation is the most common cause of tire failures and may result in severe tire cracking tread separation or blowout with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury Under inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance resulting in hea
475. sic separately 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 394 SYNCG Media Settings Choose to shuffle or repeat your music and select your Autoplay settings Once these selections are turned on they remain on until turned off Press SEEK to play the previous or next track Note Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream data and music separately Press OK to select and then scroll to choose from Shuffle Press OK to shuffle available media files in the current playlist Note To shuffle all media tracks you must select Play All in the Play Menu and then select Shuffle Repeat Press OK to repeat any song Autoplay Press OK to listen to music which has already been randomly indexed during the indexing process Mobile Apps Interact with SYNC capable mobile applications on your smart phone See SYNC AppLink earlier in this chapter for more information System Settings Access Bluetooth Device menu listings add connect set as primary on off delete as well as Advanced menu listings prompts languages defaults master reset install application and system information Note See System Settings for more information Exit Media Menu Press OK to exit the media menu 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus SYNCG 395 Accessing Your Play Menu This menu allows you to select and play your media by artist album
476. signed for use with headphones and that it is fully charged You also need an audio extension cable with stereo male 1 8th inch 3 5 millimeter connectors at one end and a RCA jack at the other 1 Switch off the engine radio and portable music player Set the parking brake and put the transmission in position P 2 Attach one end of the audio extension cable to the headphone output of your player and the other end into the adapter in one of the two left A V input jacks white or red inside the center console 9 Press the lower left corner on the touchscreen Select either a tuned FM station or a CD if there is a CD already loaded into the system 4 Adjust the volume as desired 5 Turn the portable music player on and adjust the volume to V the maximum 6 Press the lower left corner on the touchscreen Select the A V In tab You should hear audio from your portable music player although it may be low 7 Adjust the sound on your portable music player until it reaches the level of the FM station or CD by switching back and forth between the controls In order to playback video from your iPod or iPhone if compatible you must have a special combination USB RCA composite video cable which you can buy from Apple When the cable is connected to your iPod or iPhone plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 442 MyFord Touch I
477. sit the website Making Calls ES Press the voice button on your steering wheel controls When us prompted say Call lt name gt or say Dial then the desired number To end the call or exit phone mode press this phone button t 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 445 Receiving Calls During an incoming call an audible tone sounds Call information appears in the display if it is available Pro Accept the call by pressing Accept on the touchscreen or by pressing this phone button on your steering wheel controls Reject the call by pressing Reject on the touchscreen or by pressing this phone button on your steering wheel controls Ignore the call by doing nothing SYNC logs it as a missed call Phone Menu Options Press the top left corner on your touchscreen to select from the following options Phone Touch this button to access the on screen numerical pad to enter a number and place a call During an active call you can also choose to e Mute the call Put it on hold Turn on privacy returns the call to your cellular phone Join two calls End the call Quick Dial Set up favorite contacts from you phonebook or history folder Phonebook Touch this button to access and call any contacts in your previously downloaded phone book The system places the entries in alphabetical categories summarized at the top of the screen To tu
478. situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data or information e g name gender age and crash location is recorded see limitations regarding 911 Assist and Traffic Directions and Information privacy below However parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have such special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access event data recorder information without obtaining consent unless pursuant to court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada Note Including to the extent that any law pertaining to Event Data Recorders applies to SYNC or its features please note the following Once 911 Assist if equipped is enabled set ON 911 Assist may through any paired and connected cell phone disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or in certain
479. so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly Note The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident Note Before setting this feature on make sure that you read the 911 Assist privacy notice later in this section for important information Note If any user turns 911 Assist on or off that setting applies for all paired phones If 911 Assist is turned off either a voice message plays or display message or icon comes on or both when your vehicle is started after a previously paired phone connects Note Every phone operates differently While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones some may have trouble using this feature If a crash deploys an airbag excludes knee airbags and rear inflatable safety belts if equipped or activates the fuel pump shut off your SYNC equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth enabled phone You can learn more about the 911 Assist feature visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca e For information on airbag deployment see the Supplementary Restraints System chapter e For information on the fuel pump shut off see the Roadside Emergencies chapter 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 459 Setting 911 Assist On If your vehicle is equipped w
480. speed in increments of 1 mph 2 km h by briefly pressing SET upward or downward The system may apply the brakes to slow your vehicle down to the new set speed The set speed will display continuously in the information display while the system is active Resuming the Set Speed Note Resume should only be used if you are aware of the set speed and intend to return to it Press and release RES Your vehicle will return to the previously set speed The set speed will display continuously in the information display while the system is active Low Speed Automatic Cancellation The system is not functional at vehicle speeds below 16 mph 26 km h An audible alarm sounds and the automatic braking released if your vehicle drops below this speed Hilly Condition Usage Note An audible alarm sounds and the system shuts down if it is applying brakes for an extended period of time This allows the brakes to cool down The system will function normally again when the brakes have cooled down You should select a lower gear position when the system is active in situations such as prolonged downhill driving on steep grades for example driving in mountainous areas Your vehicle needs additional engine braking in these situations to reduce the load on the vehicle s regular brake system to prevent them from overheating 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Cruise Control 205 Switching Off Adaptive Cruise Co
481. ssage rates may apply Subscription may be required You must also have the active SYNC Services Bluetooth enabled cellular phone paired and connected to the system in order to connect to and use SYNC Services See Using SYNC with your phone for pairing instructions Note This feature does not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your mobile phone Make sure your mobile phone is not blocking caller ID before using SYNC Services Note The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Any navigation features are provided only as an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of errors changes in roads traffic conditions or driving conditions Note When you connect the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicle s current location travel direction and speed to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches you request Further to provide the services you request and for continuous improvement the service may collect
482. st station and you are on the fringe of the reception area the station may mute due to weak signal strength If you are listening to HD1 the system switches back to the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again However if you are listening to any of the possible HD2 through HD7 multicast channels the station mutes and stays muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal again Station blending When the system first receives a station aside from HD2 HD7 multicast stations it first plays the station in the analog version Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio station it shifts to the digital version Depending on the station quality you may hear a slight sound change when the station changes from analog to digital Blending is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound In order to provide the best possible experience use the contact form to report any station issues found while listening to a station broadcasting with HD Radio technology Independent entities own and operate each station These stations are responsible for making sure all audio streams and data fields are accurate Potential station issues Isme Cause Action Echo stutter skip or This is poor time No action required repeat in audio alignment by the radio This is a broadcast Increase or decrease broadcaster issue in audio volume 2014 Edge edg Owne
483. stacle detection To prevent this let the power liftgate close completely before you enter your vehicle Before driving off check the instrument cluster for a liftgate or door ajar message or warning indicator Failure to do this could result in unintentionally leaving the liftgate open while driving When opening The system stops when it detects an obstacle and a tone will sound three times Remove the obstacle to operate the liftgate 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 76 Locks Resetting the Power Liftgate The liftgate may not operate properly and you may need to reset it if any of the following conditions occur e A low voltage or dead battery e Disconnected battery e The liftgate is manually closed and left ajar unlatched To reset the power liftgate 1 Disconnect the battery for 20 seconds then reconnect the battery 2 Manually close and fully latch the liftgate 3 Power open the liftgate by using the remote control or the instrument panel button SECURICODE KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD IF EQUIPPED You can use the keypad to lock or unlock the doors e recall memory features if equipped e enable and disable autolock and autounlock e program and erase user codes e arm and disarm the anti theft alarm if equipped You can operate the keypad with the factory set 5 digit entry code This code is located on the owner s wallet card in the glove box and is available from an author
484. sure which can be found 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 310 Wheels and Tires on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label When weather temperature changes occur tire inflation pressures also change A 10 F 6 C temperature drop can cause a corresponding drop of 1 psi 7 kPa in inflation pressure Check your tire pressures frequently and adjust them to the proper pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label To check the pressure in your tire s 1 Make sure the tires are cool meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile Note If you are checking tire pressure when the tire is hot for example driven more than 1 mile 1 6 kilometers never bleed or reduce air pressure The tires are hot from driving and it is normal for pressures to increase above recommended cold pressures A hot tire at or below recommended cold inflation pressure could be significantly under inflated Note If you have to drive a distance to get air for your tire s check and record the tire pressure
485. t before repairing paint chips e Always read the instructions before using the products CLEANING THE ENGINE Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt buildup keep the engine warmer than normal When washing e Take care when using a power washer to clean the engine The high pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause damage e Do not spray a hot engine with cold water to avoid cracking the engine block or other engine components 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Vehicle Care 293 e Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser on all parts that require cleaning and pressure rinse clean In Canada use Motorcraft Engine Shampoo e Never wash or rinse the engine while it is hot or running water in the running engine may cause internal damage e Never wash or rinse any ignition coil spark plug wire or spark plug well or the area in and around these locations e Cover the battery power distribution box and air filter assembly to prevent water damage when cleaning the engine CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES The windows and wiper blades should be cleaned regularly If the wipers do not wipe properly substances on the vehicle s glass or the wiper blades may cause squeaking or chatter noise from the blades and streaking and smearing of the windshield To clean these items follow these tips e The windows may be cleaned with a
486. t 1000 miles 1600 kilometers of driving this is your engine s break in period a more accurate measurement is obtained after 2000 miles 3000 miles 3200 kilometers 4800 kilometers Also fuel expense frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are not accurate ways to measure fuel economy 1 Fill the fuel tank completely and record the initial odometer reading 2 Each time you fill the tank record the amount of fuel added 3 After at least three to five tank fill ups fill the fuel tank and record the current odometer reading 4 Subtract your initial odometer reading from the current odometer reading 5 Calculate fuel economy as follows Standard Divide miles traveled by gallons used Metric Multiply liters used by 100 then divide by kilometers traveled Keep a record for at least one month and record the type of driving city or highway This provides an accurate estimate of the vehicle s fuel economy under current driving conditions Additionally keeping records during summer and winter show how temperature impacts fuel economy In general lower temperatures mean lower fuel economy 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Fuel and Refueling 171 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARNING Do not park idle or drive your vehicle in dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire WARNING Exhaust leaks m
487. t Printing November 2013 USA fus 444 MyFord Touch If Equipped 3 If you are prompted to enter a PIN on your device it does not support Secure Simple Pairing To pair enter the PIN displayed on the touchscreen Skip the next step 4 When prompted on your phone s display confirm that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed on your cellular phone 5 The display indicates when the pairing is successful SYNC may prompt you with more phone options For more information on your phone s capability see your phone s manual and visit the website Pairing Subsequent Phones Note Put the transmission in position P Turn on your vehicle ignition and the radio 1 Press the Phone corner of the touchscreen gt Settings gt BT Devices gt Add Device 2 Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On and that your cellular phone is in the proper mode See your phone s manual if necessary e Select SYNC and a six digit PIN appears on your device 3 If you are prompted to enter a PIN on your device it does not support Secure Simple Pairing To pair enter the PIN displayed on the touchscreen Skip the next step 4 When prompted on your phone s display confirm that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed on your cellular phone 5 The display indicates when the pairing is successful SYNC may prompt you with more phone options For more information on your phone s capability see your phone s user guide and vi
488. t build up and internal damage to the tire It also may result in unnecessary tire stress irregular wear loss of vehicle control and accidents A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat You are strongly urged to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge as automatic service station gauges may be inaccurate Ford recommends the use of a digital or dial type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick type tire pressure gauge Use the recommended cold inflation pressure for optimum tire performance and wear Under inflation or over inflation may cause uneven treadwear patterns Always inflate your tires to the Ford recommended inflation pressure even if it is less than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the tire The Ford recommended tire inflation pressure is found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles Maximum Inflation Pressure is the tire manufacturer s maximum permissible pressure or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pres
489. tch off the engine and let the engine cool 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 110 Information Displays Settings Driver Assist Traction Ctrl check enabled default uncheck disabled Blind Spot check enabled default uncheck disable Collision Warning Sensitivity if High Normal or MyKey is L programmed OW Cross Traffic check enabled default uncheck disable Cruise Control Adaptive or Normal Rear Park Aid check enabled default uncheck disable Trailer Sway Language English Espa ol or Francais Units Distance Miles amp Gal L 100km Temperature Fahrenheit F or Celsius C 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Information Displays 111 Convenience Auto Highbeam check enabled default uncheck disabled Autolamp Delay Off or number of seconds Compass Display Display check enabled default uncheck disabled Easy Entry Exit check enabled default uncheck disabled default uncheck disabled Autounlock check enabled default uncheck disabled Driver First Hold OK to Reset Auto or Off Auto or Off 15 minutes DTE Calculation Normal or Towing Remote Unlock All Doors or Remote Start Climate Control Auto or Last Setting System check enabled default uncheck disabled Remote Open or Close Wipers Courtesy Wipe check enabled default unche
490. te control see the Keys and Remote Control chapter Easy Entry and Exit Feature If Equipped This feature can move the seat rearward and the optional steering column up and forward to allow extra room to exit the vehicle This occurs when e you place the transmission in position N or P and e you switch the keyless ignition off or take the key out of the ignition switch 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Seats 147 The seat and steering wheel will move to their original positions when e you place the transmission in position N or P and e you switch the keyless ignition on or put the key in the ignition switch Turn the Easy Entry Exit feature on or off through the information display settings menu See the Information Displays chapter HEATED SEATS IF EQUIPPED WARNING Persons who are unable to feel pain to the skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medication alcohol use exhaustion or other physical conditions must exercise care when using the seat heater The seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion because this may cause the seat heater to overheat Do not puncture the seat with pins needles or other pointed objects because this may damage the heating element which may cause the seat hea
491. tect the child from injury in a crash WARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a crash people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly WARNING Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips WARNING To reduce the risk of injury make sure children sit where they can be properly restrained A WARNING All occupants of your vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death WARNING In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a safety belt WARNING Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt assembly which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair 1 Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm 2 Never swing the safety belt around your neck over the inside shoulder 3 Never use a single belt for more than one person 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing
492. tem See your authorized dealer for service 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Information Displays 125 Maintenance Action Description Messages LOW Engine Oil Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible Pressure turn off the engine Check the oil level If the warning stays on or continues to come on with your engine running contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Displayed when the engine oil life remaining is Soon 1096 or less Temp temperature is excessively high Low one quarter full Check the washer fluid level Service Now service See your authorized dealer Service Power Steering The power steering system has detected a condition that requires service See your authorized dealer Service Power Steering The power steering system has detected a Now condition within the power steering system that requires service immediately See your authorized dealer Power Steering Assist The power steering system has disabled power Fault steering assist due to a system error See your authorized dealer MyKey Messages Action Description Safely MyKey cannot be programmed Speed Limited to xx Displayed when starting the vehicle and MPH km h MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is on 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 126 Information Displays MyKey Messages Action Description Vehicle Near MyK
493. tem activates SLOW DOWN The AdvanceTrac with Roll Stability Control system helps you keep control of your vehicle when on a slippery surface The electronic stability control portion of the system helps avoid skids and lateral slides and roll stability control helps avoid a vehicle rollover The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction See the Traction Control chapter for details on traction control system operation 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 192 Stability Control A Vehicle without AdvanceTrac with RSC skidding off its intended route j B Vehicle with AdvanceTrac with j RSC maintaining control on a slippery surface ASS ey lt a 2 USING ADVANCETRAC WITH RSC The system automatically activates when you start your engine The AdvanceTrac with RSC system cannot be completely turned off but the electronic stability control and roll stability control portions of the system are disabled when the transmission is in reverse R You can turn the traction control portion of the system off independently See the Traction Control chapter 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Parking Aids 193 SENSING SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED WARNING To help avoid personal injury please read and understand the limitations of the system as contained in this section Sensing is onl
494. ter Do not use LATCH lower anchors for the center seating position unless the child seat manufacturer s instructions permit and specify using anchors spaced at least as far apart as those in this vehicle The lower anchors at the center of the second row rear seat are spaced 18 inches 46 centimeters apart A child seat with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be installed at the center seating position LATCH compatible child seats with attachments on belt webbing can only be used at this seating position provided that the child seat manufacturer s instructions permit use with the anchor spacing stated Do not attach a child seat to any lower anchor if an adjacent child seat is attached to that anchor Each time you use the safety seat check that the seat is properly attached to the lower anchors and tether anchor if applicable Tug the child seat from side to side and forward and back where it is secured to your vehicle The seat should move less than one inch when you do this for a proper installation If the safety seat is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 30 Child Safety Combining Safety Belt and LATCH Lower Anchors for Attaching Child Safety Seats When used in combination either the safety belt or the LATCH lower anchors may be attached first provided a proper installation is achieved Attach the tether
495. ter to overheat An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury Note Do not do the following e Place heavy objects on the seat e Operate the seat heater if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat Allow the seat to dry thoroughly The heated seats will only function when the engine is running To operate the heated seats Press the heated seat symbol to cycle through the various heat settings and off Warmer settings are indicated by more indicator lights If the engine falls below 350 RPM while the heated seats are on the feature will turn itself off You will need to reactivate it 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 148 Seats REAR SEATS WARNING To prevent possible damage to the seat or safety belts make sure that the safety belts are not buckled when folding the seatback 2 e Reclining the seatback With the seat if occupied pull the lever up to recline the seatback e Folding the seatback With the seat empty pull the lever up to fold the seatback forward e Unfolding the seatback Rotate the seatback upward until the seat back latches in the upright position The seatback will click when it is locked into position EasyFold Folding Seat If Equipped WARNING Make sure that the seat is unoccupied when folding it down Folding the seat while occupied could result in damage to the seat or injury Note The power feature is operational wh
496. th from a rollover or other crash you must e Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers Drive at safe speeds for the conditions Keep tires properly inflated Never overload or improperly load your vehicle and e e e e Make sure every passenger is properly restrained 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 300 Wheels and Tires WARNING In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt All occupants must wear seat belts Children and infants must use appropriate restraints to minimize the risk of injury or ejection Study your owner s manual for specific information about equipment features instructions for safe driving and additional precautions to reduce the risk of an accident or serious injury All Wheel Drive System If Equipped WARNING Do not become overconfident in the ability of all wheel drive vehicles Although an all wheel drive vehicle may accelerate better than a two wheel drive vehicle in low traction situations it will not stop any faster than two wheel drive vehicles Always drive at a safe speed Note Your all wheel drive vehicle is not intended for off road use This feature gives your vehicle some limited off road capabilities in which driving surfaces are relatively level obstruction free and otherwise similar to normal on road driving conditions Operating your vehicle under other than those conditions could
497. the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder To adjust the shoulder belt height 1 Pull on the center button and slide the height adjuster up or down 2 Release the button and pull down on the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place SAFETY BELT WARNING LIGHT AND INDICATOR CHIME P This lamp illuminates and an audible warning will sound if the MEM drivers safety belt has not been fastened when the vehicle s ignition is turned on Conditions of Operation The driver s safety belt is not The safety belt warning light buckled before the ignition illuminates 1 2 minutes and the switch is turned to the on warning chime sounds 4 8 seconds position The driver s safety belt is The safety belt warning light and buckled while the indicator warning chime turn off light is illuminated and the warning chime is sounding The driver s safety belt is The safety belt warning light and buckled before the ignition indicator chime remain off switch is turned to the on position 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 40 SAFETY BELT MINDERG This feature supplements the safety belt warning function by providing additional reminders by intermittently sounding a chime and illuminating the safety belt warning light when the driver s or front passenger s seat is occupied and the safety belt is unbuckled Safety Belts The system uses information from the front passenge
498. the systems on your vehicle checked regularly This can help identify potential issues and prevent major problems Ford Motor Company recommends the following multi point inspection be performed at every scheduled maintenance interval to help make sure your vehicle keeps running great Multi point Inspection Accessory drive belt s Half shaft dust boots if equipped Battery performance Clutch operation if equipped Radiator cooler heater and A C hoses Engine air filter Suspension component for leaks or damage Exhaust system Steering and linkage Exterior lamps and hazard Tires including spare for wear and warning system operation proper pressure Fluid levels fill if necessary Windshield for cracks chips or pits For oil and fluid leaks Washer spray and wiper operation Brake coolant recovery reservoir manual and automatic transmission with an underhood dipstick power steering if equipped and window washer If your vehicle is equipped with a temporary mobility kit check the tire sealant expiration Use By date on the canister Replace as needed Be sure to ask your dealership service advisor or technician about the multi point vehicle inspection It s a comprehensive way to perform a thorough inspection of your vehicle It s your checklist that gives you immediate feedback on the overall condition of your vehicle You ll know what s been checked what s okay as well as those things that may require future or imm
499. the key on the driver s side door In order to prevent the perimeter alarm system from triggering the ignition must be turned to start or on before the 12 second chime expires AWD Off Displayed when the AWD system has been automatically disabled to protect itself This is caused by operating the vehicle with the compact spare tire installed or if the system is overheating The AWD system will resume normal function and clear this message after driving a short distance with the road tire re installed or after the system is allowed to cool Check AWD Displayed in conjunction with the Throttle Control Transmission AWD light when the AWD system is not operating properly If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Information Displays 121 Battery and Action Description Charging System Messages Check Charging Displayed when the charging system needs System servicing If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Turn Power Off to Displayed when the battery management Save Battery system determines that e the battery is at a low state of charge or e the ignition has been in accessory position or on position with the engine off for approximately 45 minutes Turn the ignition off as soon as possible to protect the battery This message w
500. the map the fixed icon is in is in a window on the top center part of the screen Address book entry default icon s indicates the location on Wy the map of an address book entry This is the default symbol shown after the entry has been stored to the Address Book by any method other than the map You can select from any of the 22 icons available You can use each icon more than once Home indicates the location on the map currently stored as the home position You can only save one address from the Address Book as your Home entry You cannot change this icon 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 485 POI Point Of Interest icons indicate locations of any point of interest categories you choose to display on the map You can choose to display three point of interest categories on the map at one time Starting point indicates the starting point of a planned route Waypoints indicates the location of a waypoint on the map The number inside the circle is different for each waypoint and represents the position of the waypoint in the route list Destination symbol indicates the ending point of a planned route Next maneuver point indicates the location of the next turn on the planned route No GPS symbol indicates that insufficient GPS satellite signals are available for accurate map positioning This icon may display under normal operation in an area with poor G
501. the rear view camera or Active Park Assist are active Wi Fi and Wireless Editing wireless settings Editing the list of wireless networks Videos Photos and Playing video wallpaper Text Messages Navigation Adding or Editing Address Book entries or Avoid Areas 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 415 Privacy Information When a cellular phone is connected to SYNC the system creates a profile within your vehicle that is linked to that cellular phone This profile is created in order to offer you more cellular features and to operate more efficiently Among other things this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book text messages read and unread and call history including history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to the system In addition if you connect a media device the system creates and retains an index of supported media content The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur The cellular profile media device index and development log remain in the vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in the vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected If you no longer plan to use the system or the vehicle we recommend
502. ther features such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download are phone dependent features To check your phone s compatibility see your phone s user manual and visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca Pairing Your Phone for the First Time WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving The first thing you must do to use the phone features of SYNC is to pair your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone with SYNC This allows you to use your phone in a hands free manner Note Put the transmission in position P Turn on your vehicle ignition and the radio 1 Touch Add Phone in the upper left corner of the touchscreen Find SYNC appears on the screen and instructs you to begin the pairing process from your device 2 Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On and that your cellular phone is in the proper mode See your phone s manual if necessary e Select SYNC and a six digit PIN appears on your device 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1s
503. thicker than this under the booster seat Check with the booster seat manufacturer s instructions 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 24 Child Safety INSTALLING CHILD SEATS Child Seats Use a child safety seat sometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat for infants toddlers or children weighing 40 pounds 18 kilograms or less generally age four or younger Using Lap and Shoulder Belts WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in the rear seat whenever possible WARNING Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending on the child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies or LATCH lower anchors rendering those features potentially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained When installing a child safety seat with combination lap and shoulder belts e Use the correct safety belt buckle for that seating position e nsert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until you hear a sn
504. time Average fuel economy Hold OK to Reset Estimated amount of fuel consumed Total odometer lower left corner Press OK to pause the Trip 1 or 2 screen Press again to un pause Press and hold OK to reset the currently displayed trip information e Trip distance shows the accumulated trip distance e Elapsed trip time timer stops when the vehicle is turned off and restarts when the vehicle is restarted e Average fuel economy shows the average fuel economy for a given trip Fuel Economy Use the left right arrow buttons to choose the desired fuel economy display Economy History ee TFuel usage over a 30 minute time EINE NEUEN span Press and hold OK to reset the currently displayed fuel usage information e nst Fuel Economy This display shows a visual graph of your instantaneous fuel economy 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 116 Information Displays e XX Min Fuel History This display shows a bar chart of your fuel history Driver Assist In this mode you can configure different driver assist setting choices Note Some items are optional and may not appear Traction Control check enabled default uncheck disabled Blindspot check enabled default uncheck disabled Collision Warning High Normal Low Settings In this mode you can configure different driver setting choices Note Some items are optional and may not
505. times at a moderate speed ending in the unbuckled state e After Step 3 the safety belt warning light will be turned on for three seconds 4 Within about seven seconds of the light turning off buckle then unbuckle the safety belt The safety belt warning light will flash for confirmation e This will disable the feature for that seating position if it is currently enabled e This will enable the feature for that seating position if it is currently disabled 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 42 Safety Belts One time Belt Minder amp Disable If at any time the driver or front passenger quickly buckles then unbuckles the safety belt for that seating position the system is disabled for the current ignition cycle The feature will enable during the same ignition cycle if the occupant buckles and remains buckled for about 30 seconds Confirmation is not given for the one time disable CHILD RESTRAINT AND SAFETY BELT MAINTENANCE Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child safety seat systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged Inspect the vehicle and child seat safety belts to make sure there are no nicks tears or cuts Replace if necessary All vehicle safety belt assemblies including retractors buckles front safety belt buckle assemblies buckle support assemblies slide bar if equipped shoulder belt height adjusters if equipped shoulder belt guide on
506. ting 2 Select A C and recirculated air to provide colder airflow 3 Set the fan to the highest speed initially and then adjust to maintain comfort To aid in side window defogging and demisting in cold or humid weather Select Floor Panel Select A C Adjust the temperature control to maintain comfort Set the fan speed to the highest setting Direct the outer instrument panel vents toward the side windows To increase airflow to the outer instrument panel vents close the vents located in the middle of the instrument panel Ours uo Dp Automatic Climate Control e To reduce fog build up on the windshield during humid weather select Defrost You can also improve clearing by increasing the temperature and fan speed e To reduce humidity build up inside the vehicle do not drive with the system off or with recirculated air engaged e Do not put objects under the front seats that will interfere with the airflow to the back seats e Remove any snow ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield e To improve the air conditioning cool down drive with the windows slightly open for 2 3 minutes after start up or until you have aired out the vehicle e You may feel a small amount of air from the floor vent regardless of the air distribution setting you select During extreme high ambient temperatures when idling stationary for extended periods in gear run the air conditioning in the MAX A C mode adj
507. to select and scroll between Message Notification On or Message Notification Off 2 Press OK to select 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 376 SYNC Modify Phonebook Modify the contents of your phone book such as add delete download Press OK to select and scroll between Add Contacts Press OK to add more contacts from your phone book Push the desired contact s on your phone See your phone s guide on how to push contacts Delete Phonebook Press OK to delete the current phone book and call history When Delete Phonebook appears press OK to confirm SYNC takes you back to the Phone Settings menu Download Phonebook Press OK to select and press OK again when Confirm Download appears Auto Download Automatically download your phone book each time your phone connects to SYNC Press OK to select When Auto Download On appears press OK to have your phonebook automatically downloaded each time Select Off to NOT download your phonebook every time your phone connects to SYNC Your phonebook call history and text messages can only be accessed when your specific phone is connected to SYNC Note Downloading times are phone and quantity dependent Note When auto download is on any changes additions or deletions saved since your last download are deleted Exit the current menu 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus SYNCG
508. to the hook retainers of your vehicle hitch To connect the safety chains cross them under the trailer tongue and allow enough slack for turning tight corners Do not allow the chains to drag on the ground 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Towing 233 Trailer Brakes WARNING Do not connect a trailer s hydraulic brake system directly to your vehicle s brake system Your vehicle may not have enough braking power and your chances of having a collision greatly increase Electric brakes and manual automatic or surge type trailer brakes are safe if you install them properly and adjust them to the manufacturer s specifications The trailer brakes must meet local and federal regulations The rating for the tow vehicle s braking system operation is at the gross vehicle weight rating not the gross combined weight rating Separate functioning brake systems are required for safe control of towed vehicles and trailers weighing more than 1500 pounds 680 kilograms when loaded Trailer Lamps WARNING Never connect any trailer lamp wiring to the vehicle s tail lamp wiring this may damage the electrical system resulting in a fire Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible for assistance in proper trailer tow wiring installation Additional electrical equipment may be required Trailer lamps are required on most towed vehicles Make sure all running lights brake lights turn signals and haza
509. trained technicians at your dealership Your vehicle s oils and fluids should be changed at the specified intervals or in conjunction with a repair Flushing is a viable way to change fluid for many vehicle sub systems during scheduled maintenance It is critical that systems are flushed only with new fluid that is the same as that required to fill and operate the system or using a Ford approved flushing chemical Owner Checks and Services Certain basic maintenance checks and inspections should be performed every month or at six month intervals Check every month Engine oil level Function of all interior and exterior lights Tires including spare for wear and proper pressure Windshield washer fluid level Check every six months Battery connections Clean if necessary Body and door drain holes for obstructions Clean if necessary Cooling system fluid level and coolant strength Door weatherstrips for wear Lubricate if necessary Hinges latches and outside locks for proper operation Lubricate if necessary Parking brake for proper operation Safety belts and seat latches for wear and function Safety warning lamps brake ABS airbag safety belt for operation Washer spray and wiper operation Clean or replace blades as necessary 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 510 Scheduled Maintenance Multi point Inspection In order to keep your vehicle running right it is important to have
510. tration of 6096 will provide improved freeze point protection Engine coolant concentrations above 6096 will decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage If you drive in extremely hot climates e t may be necessary to have a Ford authorized dealer decrease the coolant concentration to 4096 e A coolant concentration of 4096 will provide improved overheat protection Engine coolant concentrations below 4096 will decrease the corrosion freeze protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage Vehicles driven year round in non extreme climates should use prediluted engine coolant for optimum cooling system and engine protection 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 272 Maintenance Engine fluid temperature management EcoBoost engine only WARNING To reduce the risk of collision and injury be prepared that the vehicle speed may reduce and the vehicle may not be able to accelerate with full power until the fluid temperatures reduce Your vehicle has been designed to pull a trailer but because of the added load the vehicle s engine may temporarily reach higher temperatures during severe operating conditions such as ascending a long or steep grade while pulling a trailer in hot ambient temperatures At this time you may notice your engine coolant temperature gauge needle move toward the H hot and the POWER REDU
511. treet Address When you say either Navigation destination street address or Destination street address the system asks you to say the full address The system displays an example on screen You can then speak the address naturally such as One two three four Main Street Anytown 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Appendices 489 GENERAL INFORMATION SYNC End User License Agreement EULA e You have acquired a device DEVICE that includes software licensed by FORD MOTOR COMPANY from an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation MS Those installed software products of MS origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation MS SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The MS SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved e The MS SOFTWARE may interface with and or communicate with or may be later upgraded to interface with and or communicate with additional software and or systems provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY The additional software and systems of FORD MOTOR COMPANY origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation FORD SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The FORD SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved e The MS SOFTWARE and or FORD SOFTWARE may interface with and or
512. trol vehicle rollover and personal injury Note For information on electrical items such as fuses or relays see the Fuses chapter Your vehicle s load capacity designation is by weight not by volume so you cannot necessarily use all available space when loading a vehicle Towing a trailer places an extra load on your vehicle s engine transmission axle brakes tires and suspension Inspect these components periodically during and after any towing operation Load Placement To help minimize how trailer movement affects your vehicle when driving e Load the heaviest items closest to the trailer floor e Load the heaviest items centered between the left and right side trailer tires e Load the heaviest items above the trailer axles or just slightly forward toward the trailer tongue Do not allow the final trailer tongue weight to go above or below 10 15 of the loaded trailer weight e Select a tow bar with the correct rise or drop When both the loaded vehicle and trailer are connected the trailer frame should be level or slightly angled down toward your vehicle when viewed from the side When driving with a trailer or payload a slight takeoff vibration or shudder may be present due to the increased payload weight You can find more information about proper trailer loading and setting your vehicle up for towing under Load limit in the Load Carrying chapter and in the RV amp Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized
513. truction or interpretation of this Agreement As used in this Agreement the words include and including and variations thereof will not be deemed to be terms of limitation but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words without limitation 9 Other Vendors Terms and Conditions The TeleNav Software utilizes map and other data licensed to TeleNav by third party vendors for the benefit of you and other end users This Agreement includes end user terms applicable to these companies included at the end of this Agreement and thus your use of the TeleNav Software is also subject to such terms You agree to comply with the following additional terms and conditions which are applicable to TeleNav s third party vendor licensors NavTeq End User License Agreement END USER TERMS The content provided Data is licensed not sold By opening this package or installing copying or otherwise using the Data you agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement If you do not agree to the terms of this agreement you are not permitted to install copy use resell or transfer the Data If you wish to reject the terms of this agreement and have not installed copied or used the Data you must contact your retailer or NAVTEQ North America LLC NT within thirty 80 days of purchase for a refund of your purchase price To contact NT please visit www navteq com 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing Novembe
514. ts Avoid Areas Enter specific areas that you would like to pee a Have the system display any smog alerts 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 470 MyFord Touch If Equipped Phone Settings Press the Settings icon Settings Phone then select from the following Bluetooth Devices Connect disconnect add or delete a device as well as save it as a favorite Bluetooth Turn Bluetooth on and off Do Not Disturb Have all calls go directly to your voice mail and not ring inside your vehicle With this feature turned on text message notifications are also suppressed and do not ring inside your vehicle 911 Assist Turn on or turn off the 911 Assist feature See 911 Assist in the SYNC applications and services section Phone Ringer Select the type of notification for phone calls ring tone beep text to speech or have it be silent Text Message Select the type of notification for text Notification messages alert tone beep text to speech or have it be silent Internet Data If compatible with your phone you can adjust Connection your internet data connection Select to make your connection profile with the personal area network or to turn off your connection You can also choose to adjust your settings or have the system always connect never connect when roaming or query on connect Press for more information Manage Phonebook _ Access features such as automatic phone
515. ttings You can set the climate control to operate in AUTO mode through the information display setting Remote Start Climate Control Heater A C Auto The climate control system automatically sets the interior temperature to 72 F 22 C In hot weather the system is set to 72 F 22 C Cooled seats are set to high if available and selected to AUTO in the information display In moderate weather the system either heats or cools based on previous settings The rear defroster heated mirrors and heated cooled seats are not automatically turned on In cold weather the system is set to 72 F 22 C The heated seats and heated steering wheel are set to high if available and selected to AUTO in the information display The rear defroster and heated mirrors are automatically turned on Last Settings You can set the climate control to operate using the last climate control settings through the information display setting Remote Start gt Climate Control Heater A C Last Settings The climate control system automatically uses the settings last selected before the vehicle was turned off Heated and Cooled Devices The climate control system controls other heated and cooled devices inside the vehicle These devices if available and selected to AUTO in the information displays may also be switched on during remote start Heated devices are typically switched on during cold weather and cooled devices during
516. tured before April 1 1982 Note Make sure you keep the original remote control transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future system programming Note We recommend that upon the sale or lease termination of your vehicle you erase the programmed function buttons for security reasons See Erasing the function button codes later in this section Note You can program a maximum of three devices To change or replace any of the three devices after it has been initially programmed you must first erase the current settings See Erasing the function button codes later in this section The universal garage door opener replaces the common hand held garage door opener with a three button transmitter that is integrated into the driver s sun visor The system includes two primary features a garage door opener and a platform for remote activation of devices with the home As well as being programmed for garage doors the system transmitter can be programmed to operate entry gate operators security systems entry door locks and home or office lighting Additional system information can be found online at www homelink com or by calling the toll free help line on 1 800 355 3515 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Universal Garage Door Opener If Equipped 151 Programming Note Put a new battery in the hand held transmitter This will ensure quicker training and accurate transmiss
517. turn Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 434 MyFord Touch If Equipped Sirius troubleshooting tips Radio displa Possible action Updating Update of channel No action required programming in The process may take progress up to three minutes Call SIRIUS Your satellite service is Contact Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 no longer available 1 888 539 7474 to resolve subscription issues None Found Check All the channels in the Use the channel guide Channel Guide selected channels are to turn off the Lock either skipped or or Skip function on locked that station Subscription Updated Sirius has updated the No action required channels available for your vehicle CD Press the lower left corner of the touchscreen and then select J the CD tab You can also advance and reverse the current track or current folder if applicable Repeat Touch this button to repeat the currently playing track all tracks on the disc or turn the feature off if already on Shuffle Touch this button to play the tracks or entire albums in random order or turn the feature off if already on Scan Touch this button to hear a brief sampling of all available tracks More Info Touch this button to see disc information 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 435 Options Sound Settings allows you to adjust settings for Bass Mi
518. u eoA JOO T pmrpjT oxe1q IPUPA 1030 A JIOAIOSOJ UO YYW ATV LOC 9 ueuuojied pu NIN UseA joq USI 3 4294030 AX SNOILIVOIJIO3dS 1VOINHO3 L eseo18 WMTW osea1r osodanq nmygq bing exei Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 2014 Edge edg USA fus 331 Capacities and Specifications V 66106W ISM TO OVIMGLAX V L6TOCIWdSM TO O6MO08 AX AT NOOSWIN NIO 0T LX AT NOOSWIN NIO 0TLX CT FFHA6W SS Cepeueo q TIdGe 0AO CgnD qa TIde 0A uorjvogri ods pIo 19qumu 34ed p10 prenan or AUG PUM oiv y onequ4g 19e 0 seouno gr TY PMP nia OFT MGL AVS 37e304010 N qup 19jsuea Tomoq donee pmp eAuq PYM oxy y unuq TTD Sud pz euJ TL9 06 M08 AVS 36194030 V Tenuo1ogtp vot ALY AT NOOSIN T98 Suenb 0 6 4pm uorssmusuer J 4294030 A orjeuio1ny THOT send OTT JIOAI9SOJI UO XVIN NI NOOWIN 378194070 pue NIN uooAog UIF 8 sjyrenb 6 8 pejn ppoaq aulsue juelOOD ezeo UV soogooy TOZ g g TUe ooo ouTsUq BULIQ jJeI51030 X as UIT TD syrenb J TT soursue T 6 19 pm S8ur199 s J9Moq Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 2014 Edge edg USA fus Capacities and Specifications 332 ein reg o qrssod pue oseurep uro3s s oxeiq ur 3 nso1 fewr s er1o eur 19430 10 sjonpoid ume orj9d 193184 rp YIM uomeururequo AIP pue uee o prnp exe1q dooy spaepuejs ooueuLioJJod pio oy 19aur jou pu ooueurioJJod oxeiq pepelsap osneo few pny poepueururoo
519. uch fuel is left in the fuel tank The fuel gauge may vary slightly when the vehicle is in motion or on a grade When the fuel level becomes low the level indicator will change to amber When the fuel level becomes critically low the level indicator will change to red Note When a MyKey is in use low fuel warnings will display earlier The fuel icon and arrow indicates which side of the vehicle the fuel filler door is located e Bar Round tachometer Indicates the engine speed in revolutions per minute Driving with your tachometer pointer continuously at the top of the scale may damage the engine During SelectShift Automatic transmission SST use the currently selected gear will appear in the display Refer to Transmission chapter e Engine coolant temperature gauge Indicates engine coolant temperature At normal operating temperature the level indicator will be in the normal range If the engine coolant temperature exceeds the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible switch off the engine and let the engine cool e Intelligent AWD if equipped displays power distribution between the front and rear wheels More power to either front or rear wheels will be displayed by more area filled in 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Information Displays 115 Trip 1 amp 2 Choose between the standard or enhanced trip display Trip 1 amp 2 Trip 1 amp 2 Elapsed trip
520. uch this button to go to the next strong AM or FM radio station The light on the button illuminates when the feature is on 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 424 MyFord Touch If Equipped Options Sound Settings allows you to adjust settings for Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal Processing Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Set PTY for Seek Scan allows you to select a category of music you would like to search for You can then choose to either seek or scan for the stations playing that category RDS Text Display allows you to view the information broadcast by FM stations AST allows you to have the system automatically store the six strongest stations in your current location TAG Button is available when HD Radio is on and allows you to tag a song to download later When you select On TAG appears on screen when HD Radio is active You can touch TAG to save the information of the song that is playing When you plug in your portable music player the information transfers if supported by your device When you are connected to iTunes the tags appear to remind you of the songs you would like to download See HD Radio information later in this chapter Direct Tune Touch this button to manually enter the desired station number Touch Enter when you are done HD Radio Information I
521. uests to be towed to a selling or preferred dealer that is more than 100 miles 161 kilometers from the disablement location the client shall be responsible for any mileage costs in excess of 100 miles 161 kilometers Roadside Assistance will include up to 200 coverage for a towed trailer if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer If the towing vehicle is operational but the trailer is not then the trailer does not qualify for any roadside services 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 242 Roadside Emergencies Vehicles Sold in the U S Using Roadside Assistance Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference This card is found in the owner s manual portfolio in the glove compartment U S Ford vehicle customers who require Roadside Assistance call 1 800 241 3673 If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself Ford Motor Company will reimburse a reasonable amount for towing to the nearest dealership within 35 miles 56 kilometers To obtain reimbursement information U S Ford vehicle customers call 1 800 241 3673 Customers will be asked to submit their original receipts Vehicles Sold in Canada Getting Roadside Assistance Canadian clients who require roadside assistance call 1 800 665 2006 Vehicles Sold in Canada Using Roadside Assistance For your convenience you may complete
522. uetooth to receive incoming text messages Note Forwarding a text message is a speed dependent feature and can only be done when the vehicle is traveling at 3 mph 5 km h or less Note Only one recipient is allowed per text message When a new message arrives an audible tone sounds and the display indicates you have a new message You have these options 1 Press the voice button wait for the prompt and say Read Message to have SYNC read the message to you 2 Press OK to receive and open the text message or do nothing and the message goes into your text message inbox Press OK again and SYNC reads your message aloud as you are not able to view the message You can then also choose whether you d like to reply or forward the message 3 Press OK and scroll to choose between e Reply to Text Message Press OK to access and then scroll through the list of pre defined messages to send e Forward Text Message Press OK to forward the message to anyone in your Phonebook or Call History You can also choose Enter Number Sending Downloading and Deleting Your Text Messages Text messaging is a phone dependent feature If your phone is compatible SYNC allows you to receive send download and delete text messages 1 Press the phone button 2 Scroll until Text Message appears and press OK 3 Scroll to select from the following options Send Text Message enables you to send a new text message based on a pre defined set of 15
523. ufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corp U S and foreign patents HD Radio and the HD and HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp Ford Motor Company and iBiquity Digital Corp are not responsible for the content sent using HD Radio technology Content may be changed added or deleted at any time at the station owner s discretion 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 356 Audio System SATELLITE RADIO INFORMATION IF EQUIPPED Satellite Radio Channels Sirius broadcasts a variety of music news sports weather traffic and entertainment satellite radio channels For more information and a complete list of Sirius satellite radio channels visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 Note This receiver includes the eCos real time operating system eCos is published under the eCos License Satellite Radio Reception Factors Potential satellite radio reception issues Antenna For optimal reception performance keep the obstructions antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger sign
524. uge indicator will be near the center of the normal area between H and C 2 While the engine idles turn the steering wheel left and right several times 3 Turn the engine off 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 278 Maintenance 4 Check the fluid level in the reservoir It should be between the MIN and MAX lines Do not add fluid if the level is in this range 5 If the fluid is low add fluid in small amounts continuously checking the level until it reaches the range between the MIN and MAX lines Be sure to put the cap back on the reservoir Refer to the Capacities and Specifications chapter for the proper fluid type FUEL FILTER Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed WASHER FLUID CHECK WARNING If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 40 F 5 C use washer fluid with antifreeze protection Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze protection in cold weather could result in impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is low Only use a washer fluid that meets Ford specifications See the technical specifications chart in the Capacities and Specifications chapter Note The front and rear washer systems are supplied from the same reservoir State or local regulations on volatile organic com
525. uide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 508 Scheduled Maintenance Protecting Your Investment Maintenance is an investment that will pay dividends in the form of improved reliability durability and resale value To maintain the proper performance of your vehicle and its emission control systems it is imperative that scheduled maintenance be completed at the designated intervals Your vehicle is equipped with the Intelligent Oil Life Monitor IOLM system which displays a message in the information display at the proper oil change service interval this interval may be up to one year or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers When ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED appears in the information display it is time for an oil change the oil change must be done within two weeks or 500 miles 800 kilometers of the ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message appearing The Intelligent Oil Life Monitor must be reset after each oil change see the Information Displays chapter If your information display is prematurely reset or becomes inoperative you should perform the oil change interval at six months or 5000 miles 8000 kilometers from your last oil change Never exceed one year or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers between oil change intervals Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built with multiple complex performance systems Every manufacturer develops these systems using different specifications and performance f
526. uids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm PERCHLORATE MATERIAL Note Certain components in your vehicle such as airbag modules safety belt pretensioners and remote control batteries may contain perchlorate material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate for more information FORD CREDIT U S ONLY Ford Credit offers a full range of financing and lease plans to help you acquire your vehicle If you have financed or leased your vehicle through Ford Credit thank you for your business For your convenience we offer a number of ways to contact us as well as help manage your account Phone 1 800 727 7000 For more information regarding Ford Credit as well as access to Account Manager please go to www fordcredit com REPLACEMENT PARTS RECOMMENDATION Your vehicle has been built to the highest standards using quality parts We recommend that you demand the use of genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts whenever your vehicle requires scheduled maintenance or repair You can clearly identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts by looking for the Ford FoMoCo or Motorcraft branding on the parts or their packaging 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Introduction 15 Schedul
527. unds 4 5 kilograms on the hook LOAD LIMIT Vehicle Loading With and Without a Trailer This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and or trailer to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s Tire Label or Safety Compliance Certification Label Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your authorized dealer plus any aftermarket equipment 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 222 Load Carrying PAYLOAD Payload is the combined weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is carrying The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire Label on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door vehicles exported outside the US and Canada may not have a Tire Label Look for THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg OR XXX Ib for maximum payload The payload listed on the Tire Label is the maximum
528. ust the blower fan speed to the lowest setting and put the vehicle s transmission into position P automatic transmission to continue to receive cool air from your air conditioning system For maximum cooling performance in AUTO mode press MAX A C 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 136 Climate Control For maximum cooling performance in manual override control 1 Choose the Panel A C and recirculated air controls 2 Set the temperature to LO 3 Set the fan to the highest blower setting To aid in side window defogging and demisting in cold or humid weather Select Floor Panel Select A C Adjust the temperature control to maintain comfort Set the fan speed to the highest setting Direct the outer instrument panel vents toward the side windows To increase airflow to the outer instrument panel vents close the vents located in the middle of the instrument panel HEATED WINDOWS AND MIRRORS ouR Co BO Heated Rear Window Note The vehicle must be running to use this feature Press the control to clear the rear window of thin ice and fog Press the control again within 15 minutes to switch it off It turns off automatically after approximately 15 minutes or when you switch off the ignition Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals from the inside of the rear window This may cause damage to the heated grid lines You
529. ustomer Assistance 247 e Ford Genuine Accessories e Service specials and promotions In Canada Mailing address Customer Relationship Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited P O Box 2000 Oakville Ontario L6K 1C8 Telephone 1 800 565 3673 FORD Online www ford ca Additional Assistance If you have questions or concerns or are unsatisfied with the service you are receiving follow these steps 1 Contact your Sales Representative or Service Advisor at your selling or servicing authorized dealer 2 If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved contact the Sales Manager Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager 3 If you require assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company policies please contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center In order to help serve you better please have the following information available when contacting a Customer Relationship Center e Vehicle Identification Number VIN e Your telephone number home and business e The name of the authorized dealer and city where located e The vehicle s current odometer reading In some states you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state s warranty laws Ford is also allowed a final repair attempt in some states In the United States a warranty dispute must be submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE before taking action under the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or to the extent allowed by state law befo
530. ut engine coolant can cause engine damage from corrosion overheating or freezing 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Maintenance 271 e Do not use alcohol methanol brine or any engine coolants mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze coolant Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing e Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the engine coolant Unscrew the cap slowly Any pressure will escape as you unscrew the cap Add prediluted engine coolant meeting the Ford specification See Capacities and Specifications for more information Whenever coolant has been added the coolant level in the coolant reservoir should be checked the next few times you drive the vehicle If necessary add enough prediluted engine coolant to bring the coolant level to the proper level Recycled Engine Coolant Ford Motor Company does NOT recommend the use of recycled engine coolant since a Ford approved recycling process is not yet available a Used engine coolant should be disposed of in an appropriate manner Follow your community s regulations and standards for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids Severe Climates If you drive in extremely cold climates e It may be necessary to have a Ford authorized dealer increase the coolant concentration above 5096 e A coolant concen
531. utside the station s reception area 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 426 MyFord Touch If Equipped HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting Potential Reception Issues Reception area If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the fringe of the reception area the station may mute due to weak signal strength If you are listening to HD1 the system switches back to the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again However if you are listening to any of the possible HD2 through HD7 multicast channels the station mutes and stays muted unless it is able to connect to the digital ignal again Station blending When the system first receives a station aside from HD2 HD7 multicast stations it first plays the station in the analog version Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio station it shifts to the digital version Depending on the station quality you may hear a slight sound change when the station changes from analog to digital Blending is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound In order to provide the best possible experience use the contact form to report any station issues found while listening to a station broadcasting with HD Radio technology Independent entities own and operate each station These stations are responsible for making sure all audio streams and data fields are accurate
532. vehicle Certain versions or updates to Vehicle Health Report may also collect more vehicle information Ford may use your vehicle information it collects for any purpose If you do not want to disclose your cellular phone number or vehicle information do not run the feature or set up your Vehicle Health Report profile at www SYNCMyRide com See www SYNCMyRide com Vehicle Health Report Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement for more information 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 462 MyFord Touch If Equipped SETTINGS A Clock B Display C Sound D Vehicle E Settings F Help Under this menu you can set your clock access and adjust the display sound and vehicle settings as well as access settings for specific modes or the help feature Clock Note You cannot manually set the date Your vehicle s GPS does this for you Note If the battery has been disconnected your vehicle needs to acquire a GPS signal to update the clock Once your vehicle acquires the signal it may take a few minutes for the update to display the correct time 1 Press the Settings icon gt Clock 2 Press and to adjust the time From this screen you can also make other adjustments such as 12 or 24 hour mode activate GPS time synchronization and have the system automatically update for new time zones 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus MyFord
533. vehicle control Routine maintenance of the airbags is not required SOS POST CRASH ALERT SYSTEM The system flashes the turn signal lamps and sounds the horn intermittently in the event of a serious impact that deploys an airbag equipped on your vehicle such as front side side curtain or Safety Canopy The horn and lamps will turn off when e You press the hazard control button e You press the panic button if equipped on the remote entry transmitter e Your vehicle runs out of power 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 46 Supplementary Restraints System DRIVER AND PASSENGER AIRBAGS WARNING Never place your arm or any objects over an airbag module Placing your arm over a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries Objects placed on or over the airbag inflation area may cause those objects to be propelled by the airbag into your face and torso causing serious injury WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back The driver and front passenger airbags will deploy during significant frontal and near frontal crashes The driver and passenger front airbag system consists of e Driver and passenger airbag modules SSR Crash sensors
534. vehicles the activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of being used to electronically or verbally provide to 911 operators the vehicle location such as latitude and longitude and or other details about the vehicle or crash or personal information about the occupants to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not activate the 911 Assist feature See your SYNC chapter for more information Additionally when you connect to Traffic Directions and Information if equipped U S only the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicle s current location travel direction and speed vehicle travel 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 14 Introduction information only to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches that you request If you do not want Ford or its vendors to receive this information do not activate the service Ford Motor Company and the vendors it uses to provide you with this information do not store your vehicle travel information For more information see Traffic Directions and Information Terms and Conditions See your SYNC chapter for more information CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING Some constituents of engine exhaust certain vehicle components certain fl
535. vering of ice E A C Press to turn air conditioning off and on Air conditioning cools the vehicle using outside air To improve air conditioning when starting your vehicle drive with the windows slightly open for two to three minutes Use air conditioning with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency Note Air conditioning turns on automatically in MAX A C Defrost and Floor Defrost F MAX A C Distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel vents to cool the vehicle This position is more economical and efficient than normal air conditioning G Recirculated air Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air When the LED on the button is lit the air currently in the passenger compartment is being recirculated Using recirculated air can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle Note Recirculated air engages automatically when MAX A C is selected or can be turned on manually in any airflow mode except Defrost Note For better cooling in hot conditions recirculated air automatically engages Panel or Panel Floor modes and the air conditioning is on You can switch to fresh air by pressing the recirculated air button again H DUAL Allows the passenger to set their temperature independent of the driver temperature I Passenger temperature control Press or to increase or decrease the air temperature on the passenger side of the
536. vice contacts memory e Remove any pictures or special ring tones associated with the missing contact 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 402 SYNC cause s I am having e This isa e Go to the website to review trouble phone dependent your phone s compatibility connecting my feature OR e Try turning off the device phone to SYNC e Possible phone resetting the device or removing malfunction the device s battery then trying again e Try deleting your device from SYNC deleting SYNC from your device and trying again e Check the security and auto accept prompt always settings relative to the SYNC Bluetooth connection on your phone e Update your device s software firmware e Turn off the Auto phonebook download setting Text messaging is e This is a e Go to the website to review not working on phone dependent your phone s compatibility SYNC feature OR e Try turning off the device e Possible phone resetting the device or removing malfunction the device s battery then trying again 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus SYNCG 403 USB and media issues cause s I am having trouble connecting my device SYNC does not recognize my device when I turn on the car Bluetooth audio does not stream SYNC does not recognize music that is on my device 2014 Edge edg Possible device malfunction This is a
537. vices or a second coded key on the same key chain may cause vehicle starting issues if they are too close to the key when starting your vehicle Prevent these objects from touching the coded key while starting the engine Switch the ignition off move all objects on the key chain away from the coded key and restart your vehicle if a problem occurs Note Do not leave a duplicate coded key in your vehicle Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle The system helps prevent the engine from starting unless you use a coded key programmed to your vehicle Using the wrong key may prevent your vehicle from starting A message may appear in the information display If you are unable to start your vehicle with a correctly coded key a malfunction has occurred A message may appear in the information display Automatic Arming Your vehicle arms immediately after you switch the ignition off Automatic Disarming Your vehicle disarms when you switch the ignition on with a coded key Replacement Keys Note Your vehicle comes with two integrated keyhead transmitters or two intelligent access keys The integrated keyhead transmitter functions as a programmed ignition key that operates all the locks and starts the vehicle as well as a remote control The intelligent access key functions as a programmed key that operates the driver door lock and activates the intelligent access with push button start systems as well as a rem
538. video from your iPod or iPhone if compatible you MUST have a special combination USB RCA composite video cable which you can buy from Apple When the cable is connected to your iPod or iPhone plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 440 MyFord Touch If Equipped Bluetooth Audio Your system allows you to stream audio over your vehicle s speakers from your connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone To access press the lower left corner on the touchscreen then D select the BT Stereo tab Bluetooth Audio Voice Commands E If you are listening to a Bluetooth audio device press the voice us button on the steering wheel control When prompted say Next song Pause Play or Previous song If you are not listening to a Bluetooth audio device press the voice button and after the tone say Bluetooth Audio then Next song Pause Play or Previous song A V Inputs WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you
539. ving the vehicle without repairing the engine problem increases the chance of engine damage Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Maintenance 275 TRANSMISSION FLUID CHECK 6F50 transmission if equipped WARNING The dipstick cap and surrounding components may be hot gloves are recommended Note Automatic transmission fluid expands when warmed To obtain an accurate fluid check drive the vehicle until it is warmed up approximately 20 miles 30 km If your vehicle has been operated for an extended period at high speeds in city traffic during hot weather or pulling a trailer the vehicle should be turned off until normal operating temperatures are reached to allow the fluid to cool before checking Depending on vehicle use cooling times could take up to 30 minutes or longer Refer to your scheduled maintenance information for scheduled intervals for fluid checks and changes Your transmission does not consume fluid However the fluid level should be checked if the transmission is not working properly i e if the transmission slips or shifts slowly or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage 1 Drive the vehicle 20 miles 30 km or until it reaches normal operating temperature 2 Park the vehicle on a level surface and engage the parking brake 3 With the parking brake engaged and your foot on the brake pedal start th
540. wash clean See the Scheduled Maintenance chapter Vehicles with a dual automatic temperature control system have a filter which should be replaced at regular intervals See the Scheduled Maintenance chapter For additional information or to replace the filter see an authorized dealer REMOTE START CLIMATE OPERATION IF EQUIPPED The climate control system adjusts the cabin temperature during remote start You cannot adjust the system during remote start operation In addition the SYNC display and other displays remain blank during remote start operation Turn the ignition on to return the system to its previous settings You can now make adjustments You will need to turn certain vehicle dependent features back on such as e heated seats e cooled seats e heated steering wheel e heated mirrors e heated rear window You can adjust the settings using the information display controls See the Information Displays chapter Manual Climate Systems In hot weather the climate control system is set to MAX A C In moderate weather the system either heats or cools based on previous settings The rear defroster and heated mirrors are not automatically turned on In cold weather maximum heat is provided in floor defrost mode The rear defroster and heated mirrors are automatically turned on 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 138 Climate Control Automatic Climate Systems Automatic Se
541. ween are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall I M S or M S Mud and Snow or AT All Terrain or AS All Season J Tire Ply Composition and Material Used Indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and the sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others K Maximum Load Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire See the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position for the correct tire pressure for your vehicle L Treadwear Traction and Temperature Grades e Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 142 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 e Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor tract
542. while driving do not apply the brake heavily Instead gradually decrease your speed Hold the steering wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe place on the side of the road Have a flat serviced by an authorized dealer in order to prevent damage to the system sensors See Tive Pressure Monitoring System earlier in this chapter Replace the spare tire with a road tire as soon as possible During repairing or replacing of the flat tire have the authorized dealer inspect the tire pressure monitoring system sensor for damage Dissimilar Spare Tire and Wheel Assembly Information WARNING Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control injury or death If you have a dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly then it is intended for temporary use only This means that if you need to use it you should replace it as soon as possible with a road tire and wheel assembly that is the same size and type as the road tires and wheels that were originally provided by Ford If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel is damaged it should be replaced rather than repaired A dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly is defined as a spare tire or wheel that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels and can be one of three types 1 T type mini spare This spare tire begins with the letter T for tire size and may have Temporary Use Only molded in the sidewall 2014 Edge edg Owners Guid
543. witched on When receiving a detection warning the radio volume is reduced to a predetermined level After the warning goes away the radio volume returns to the previous level 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 194 Parking Aids The system can be turned off using the information display control Refer to the Information Display chapter If a fault is present in the system a warning message appears in the information display and does not allow the driver to switch the faulted system on Note If your vehicle is equipped with MyKey it is possible to prevent turning the sensing system off Refer to the MyKey chapter Using the Rear Sensing System The rear sensors are only active when the transmission is in R As the vehicle moves closer to the obstacle the rate of the audible warning increases When the obstacle is fewer than 12 inches 30 centimeters away the warning sounds continuously If a stationary or receding object is detected farther than 12 inches 30 centimeters from the side of the vehicle the tone sounds for only three seconds Once the system detects an object approaching the warning sounds again A Coverage area of up to 6 feet 2 meters from the rear bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper A Sie i Siz m The system detects certain objects while the transmission is in R e and moving toward a stationary object at
544. wnload and delete text messages Phone Settings Allows you to view your phone s status set ring tones select your message notification change phone book entries and automatically download your cellular phone among other features SYNC Services Access the SYNC services portal where you can request various types of information traffic reports and directions 911 Assist Place an emergency call to a 911 operator for you after an accident if the feature is used properly Report your vehicle applications on your smartphone System Settings Access Bluetooth Devices menu listings add connect set as primary on off delete as well as Advanced menu listings prompts languages defaults master reset install application and system information Exit Phone Menu Exit the phone menu by pressing OK 1This is a phone dependent feature This is a phone dependent and speed dependent feature If equipped United States only If equipped United States and Canada only 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus SYNCG 373 Text Messaging Note This is a phone dependent feature SYNC allows you to receive send download and delete text messages The system can also read incoming text messages to you so that you do not have to take your eyes off the road Receiving a Text Message Note This is a phone dependent feature Your phone must support downloading text messages using Bl
545. work Anti Scan Feature The keypad will go into an anti scan mode if you enter the wrong code seven times 35 consecutive button presses This mode disables the keypad for one minute and the keypad lamp will flash The anti scan feature will turn off after e one minute of keypad inactivity e pressing the unlock button on the remote control e switching the ignition on e unlocking the vehicle using intelligent access 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 78 Locks Unlocking and Locking the Doors To unlock the driver door Enter the factory set 5 digit code or your personal code You must press each number within five seconds of each other The interior lamps will illuminate Note All doors will unlock if the two stage unlocking feature is disabled Refer to Locking amd Unlocking earlier in this chapter To unlock all doors Enter the factory set code or your personal code then press 3e4 within five seconds To lock all doors Press and hold 7 8 and 990 at the same time with the driver door closed You do not need to enter the keypad code first 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Security 79 SECURILOCKG PASSIVE ANTI THEFT SYSTEM Note The system is not compatible with non Ford aftermarket remote start systems Use of these systems may result in vehicle starting problems and a loss of security protection Note Metallic objects electronic de
546. xt or A z previous stored preset or track l Press and hold to select the next or w previous frequency or seek through a track MEDIA Press repeatedly to scroll v through available audio modes MUTE Press to silence the radio VOL Volume Press to increase or decrease the volume 3 Lock the steering column 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Steering Wheel 85 VOICE CONTROL IF EQUIPPED A Phone mode A J B Voice recognition v B See the SYNC or MyFord Touch chapter CRUISE CONTROL Typ iH i v Typ i v See the Cruise Control chapter for information on this feature el e 2 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 86 Steering Wheel INFORMATION DISPLAY CONTROL See the Information Displays chapter for more information Cluster Display Control Features If equipped with MyFord system This control functions the same as the center control on the faceplate See MyFord system in the Audio Systems chapter MyFord Touch Use this control to adjust the right side of the cluster display Navigate through the screen and press OK to select See the MyFord Touch chapter 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Wipers and Washers 87 WINDSHIELD WIPERS Note Fully defrost the windshield in icy conditions before turning on the windshield wipers Note
547. y Gracenote logo are trademarks of Gracenote Gracenote End User License Agreement EULA This device contains software from Gracenote Inc of 2000 Powell Street Emeryville California 94608 Gracenote The software from Gracenote the Gracenote Software enables this device to do disc and music file identification and obtain music related information including name artist track and title information Gracenote Data from online servers Gracenote Servers and to 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Appendices 505 perform other functions You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User functions of this device This device may contain content belonging to Gracenote s providers If so all of the restrictions set forth herein with respect to Gracenote Data shall also apply to such content and such content providers shall be entitled to all of the benefits and protections set forth herein that are available to Gracenote You agree that you will use the content from Gracenote Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers for your own personal non commercial use only You agree not to assign copy transfer or transmit the Gracenote Content Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data except in a Tag associated with a music file to any third party YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT GRACENOTE DATA
548. y an aid for some generally large and fixed objects when moving in reverse on a flat surface at parking speeds Traffic control systems inclement weather air brakes and external motors and fans may also affect the function of the sensing system this may include reduced performance or a false activation WARNING To help avoid personal injury always use caution when in R Reverse and when using the sensing system WARNING This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects The system is designed to provide a warning to assist the driver in detecting large stationary objects to avoid damaging the vehicle The system may not detect smaller objects particularly those close to the ground WARNING Certain add on devices such as large trailer hitches bike or surfboard racks and any device that may block the normal detection zone of the system may create false beeps Note Keep the sensors located on the bumper fascia free from snow ice and large accumulations of dirt If the sensors are covered the system s accuracy can be affected Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects Note If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper fascia leaving it misaligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms The sensing system warns the driver of obstacles within a certain range of the bumper area The system turns on automatically whenever the ignition is s
549. y bent e Bend your legs slightly so that you can press the pedals fully 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 140 Seats e Position the shoulder strap of the safety belt over the center of your shoulder and position the lap strap tightly across your hips Make sure that your driving position is comfortable and that you can maintain full control of your vehicle HEAD RESTRAINTS WARNING To minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash the driver and passenger occupants should not sit in or operate the vehicle until the head restraint is placed in its proper position The driver should never adjust the head restraint while the vehicle is in motion WARNING The adjustable head restraint is a safety device Whenever possible it should be installed and properly adjusted when the seat is occupied WARNING Install the head restraint properly to minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash Note Before adjusting any head restraint adjust the seatback to an upright driving or riding position Properly adjust the head restraint so that the top of the head restraint is even with the top of your head and positioned as close as possible to the back of your head For occupants of extremely tall stature adjust the head restraint to its full up position To adjust the head restraint do the following Front Seat and Rear Seat Outboard Head Restraints 2014 Edge edg Owne
550. y selected listed below frequency HD2 HD7 stations not Pressing Scan disables No action required found when Scan is HD2 HD7 channel This is normal pressed search behavior http www ibiquity com automotive report_radio_station_experiences HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corp U S and foreign patents HD Radio and the HD and HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp Ford Motor Company and iBiquity Digital Corp are not responsible for the content sent using HD Radio technology Content may be changed added or deleted at any time at the station owner s discretion 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 428 MyFord Touch If Equipped Radio Voice Commands E If you are listening to the radio press the voice button on the us steering wheel control When prompted say any of the commands in the following chart If you are not listening to the radio press the voice button and after the tone say Radio then any of the commands in the following chart lt 87 9 107 9 gt B7 9 107 9 gt HD 530 7105 AME AM lt 580 I710 gt FM autoset prese die SOS If available Tf you have said Tune see the following Tune chart lt 87 9 107 9 gt lt 87 9 107 9 gt HD lt gt FM autoset preset lt gt lt 530 1710 gt FM preset lt H gt FM 879 107 TM
551. you open then close any door while the ignition is on and the vehicle speed is 9 mph 15 km h or lower and e your vehicle then reaches a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h Autounlock Feature If Enabled The autounlock feature will unlock all the doors when e the ignition is on all the doors are closed and your vehicle has been in motion at a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h e your vehicle has then come to a stop and the ignition is switched off Or to accessory and the driver door is opened within 10 minutes of the ignition being switched off or to accessory Note The doors will not autounlock if you electronically lock the vehicle after you switch the ignition off and before you open the driver door Enabling or Disabling Note You can enable or disable the autolock and autounlock features independently of each other You can enable or disable these features e through an authorized dealer e using the information display if equipped with this feature 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 72 Locks Illuminated Entry The interior lamps and select exterior lamps illuminate when you use the integrated keyhead transmitter intelligent access key or the keyless entry keypad to unlock the vehicle The system will turn off the lights if e you switch the ignition on e you press the lock button on the remote control e you lock your vehicle using the keyless entry keypad e afte
552. ys disconnect the battery before servicing high current fuses WARNING To reduce risk of electrical shock always replace the cover to the power distribution box before reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs The power distribution box is located in the engine compartment It has high current fuses that protect your vehicle s main electrical systems from overloads If the battery has been disconnected and reconnected see Changing the Vehicle Battery in the Maintenance chapter number rating PoC Noued PoC Noued amp 4 3 S Noued 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus 256 Fuses Fuse or relay Fuse amp Protected components number rating 6 Noted 8 20A Monrof Cd 9 1 20A Power point 2 console rear 10 JjNotued ELLEN ENELEN Rear window defroster and heated mirror relay 12 Noetued Cid 14 JjNoeued 15 Fuedpumpreay 16 Neued Po Netued Starter motor
553. ystem chapter for more information 2014 Edge edg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing November 2013 USA fus Child Safety 19 CHILD SEAT POSITIONING WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the vehicle seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back When possible all children age 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat WARNING Always carefully follow the instructions and warnings provided by the manufacturer of any child restraint to determine if the restraint device is appropriate for your child s size height weight or age Follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions and warnings provided for installation and use in conjunction with the instructions and warnings provided by your vehicle manufacturer A safety seat that is improperly installed or utilized is inappropriate for your child s height age or weight or does not properly fit the child may increase the risk of serious injury or death WARNING Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash which may result in serious injury or de

2014 Edge Owner`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents